RESTRICTEDWORLD TRADE
ORGANIZATIONWT/IFSC/6
12 September 2003
(03-4946)
Integrated Framework Steering Committee
REPORT OF THE EVALUATION OF THE INTEGRATED FRAMEWORK
This document contains the report of the second Evaluation of the Integrated Framework for
Trade-Related Technical Assistance to the Least-Developed Countries (IF) as submitted by the
evaluators to the Chairman of the IF Steering Committee on 29 August 2003.  The terms of referencefor the evaluation are contained in document WT/IFSC/3/Rev.1.
_______________WT/IFSC/6
Page 2
Evaluation of the Revamped Integrated Framework
For Trade-Related Technical Assistance
to the Least-Developed Countries
Project GLO/03/G01
FINAL REPORT
Presented to
The Integrated Framework Steering Committee
Prepared by
Capra-TFOC Consortium
(Capra International Inc. and
Trade Facilitation Office Canada)
29 August 2003WT/IFSC/6
Page 3
Table of Contents
Page
Acronyms 5
Preface 7
Executive Summary 8
1. Background 16
2. Evaluation Issues 18
3. Evaluation Approach and Findings 18
3.1 Evaluation Methodology 18
3.2 Evaluation Findings 23
3.2.1 Status of the First IF Review 23
3.2.1.1 Degree of Implementation of the Recommendations
of the First Review 23
3.2.1.2 The Quality of the DTIS 25
3.2.2 Status of the Five Round Table Countries 28
3.2.2.1 Bangladesh 30
3.2.2.2 Haiti 33
3.2.2.3 Uganda 35
3.2.2.4 The Gambia 38
3.2.2.5 Tanzania 403.2.3 Status of the Three Revamped IF Countries 43
3.2.3.1 Cambodia 43
3.2.3.2 Mauritania 46
3.2.3.3 Madagascar 49
3.2.4 Status of the Non-Pilot Countries 52
3.2.4.1 Guinea 52
3.2.4.2 Malawi 55
3.2.4.3 Mali 59
3.2.4.4 Nepal 62
3.2.4.5 Senegal 64
3.2.4.6 Burundi 66
3.2.4.7 Djibouti 693.2.4.8 Ethiopia 72
3.2.4.9 Lesotho 74
3.2.4.10 Yemen 77
3.2.4.11 Eritrea 80
3.2.5 Perceptions of the Core Agencies 81
3.2.5.1 World Trade Organization (WTO) 82
3.2.5.2 World Bank (WB) 82
3.2.5.3 International Monetary Fund (IMF) 83
3.2.5.4 International Trade Centre (ITC) 83
3.2.5.5. United Nations Conference for Trade and
Development (UNCTAD) 84
3.2.5.6 United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) 84
3.2.6 Perceptions of Bilateral Donors 85
3.2.7 Perceptions of LDC Stakeholders 86
3.2.7.1 LDC Government and National Steering Committee 893.2.7.2 LDC Private Sectors 89
3.2.7.3 LDC Civil Society 89WT/IFSC/6
Page 4
Table of Contents (continued)
Page
3.2.8 Defined Roles of Agencies, Donors, LDCs, Governance 89
3.2.8.1 Defined Roles of Core Agencies 893.2.8.1A International Monetary Fund World Trade Organization (IMF) 90
3.2.8.1B International Trade Centre (ITC) 90
3.2.8.1C United Nations Conference for Trade and Development (UNCTAD) 90
3.2.8.1D United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) 90
3.2.8.1E World Bank (WB) 91
3.2.8.1F World Trade Organization (WTO) 92
3.2.8.2 Defined Roles of Donors 923.2.8.3 Defined Roles of LDCs 94
3.2.8.4 Governance (IFSC, IFWG, IF Secretariat) 95
3.2.8.5 UNDP:  IF Trust Fund 99
3.2.9 Linkages of the IF to Existing Development Architecture (PRSP,
Country Consultative Groups, Donor Round Tables) 102
3.2.10 Processes and Procedures 103
3.2.10.1 Process of Country Selection in the Re-vamped IF 104
3.2.10.2 Procedures for Applying the IF to Selected Countries 105
3.2.10.3 Procedures and Processes for Preparing the Diagnostic Trade
Integration Studies, and the Quality of the DTIS 105
3.2.10.4 Selection of Consultants 109
3.2.10.5 Processes and Procedures of the Core Agencies (WB, UNDP, IMF,
WTO, UNCTAD, ITC) 109
3.2.10.6 Processes and Procedures within LDCs 110
3.2.10.7 Processes and Procedures of Donors 1103.3 Integration of IF Evaluation Findings 110
3.3.1 The Effectiveness of IF as a Model for Trade-Capacity Building 110
3.3.2 The Need to Re-Focus Programmes and Work Plans of Core
Agencies, Donors 113
3.3.3 IF Governance 113
3.3.4 Coordinating and Synchronizing of Funding Cycles 116
3.3.5 Degree of Niche  Identification for IF, and its acceptance by other
players 117
3.3.6 The Need to Address Supply-side Constraints 119
3.4 Integrated Framework Enhancement Tools 121
3.4.1 A Coherent TRTA Approach 121
3.4.2 The Need for a Results-Based Management Approach 1223.4.3 A Stable and Predictable Mechanism for the Follow-up of the
Recommendations of the DTIS and for Follow-up in General 126
3.4.4 Performance Criteria, Benchmarks, Indicators and Data Sources for
On-going Evaluation 128
4 Recommendations 130
Bibliography 132
Annex A Logical Framework Analysis 136
Annex B Agency and Bilateral Donors – Visits and Contacts 146
Annex C Country Visits 147
Annex D Preliminary Secondary Analysis – Understanding the
Assumptions and Setting the Context 148
Annex E Survey Results 157
Annex F Results-Based Checklist for Country Progress Tracking 176
Annex G Coherent Trade-Related Technical Assistance Approach:
Technical Background 193WT/IFSC/6
Page 5
ACRONYMS
Acronym Description
ADB Asian Development Bank
ADB African Development Bank
ASEAN Association of Southeast Asian Nations
BEST Business Environment Strengthening for Tanzania
CCG Country Consultative Group
CMAP Centre Mauitanien d’Analyse de Politique
DFID Department for International Development (United Kingdom)DOT Department of Trade
DTIS Diagnostic Trade Integration Studies
EU European Union
FDI Foreign Direct InvestmentGDP Gross Domestic ProductGoB Government of Bangladesh
GoM Government of Mauritania
GoU Government of UgandaGSM Growth Strategy for MalawiIDB Inter-American Development Bank
IF Integrated Framework
IFSC IF Steering CommitteeIFTF IF Trust FundIFWG IF Working Group
IITC Inter-institutional Trade Committee
ILO International Labour OrganizationIMF International Monetary FundITC International Trade Centre
JITAP Joint Integrated Technical Assistance Programme
LDC Least Developed Countries
LFA Logical Framework AnalysisMCI Ministry of Commerce and Industry
MoC Ministry of Commerce
MoIT Ministry of Industry and TradeMoT Ministry of Trade
MPMEC Direction de Commerce Extérieur (Senegal)
MTI Minister of Trade and Industry
MTS Multilateral Trading SystemMTTI Ministry of Tourism, Trade and Industry
NCT National Core Team
NES National Export Strategy
NGO Non-Governmental OrganizationNORAD Norwegian Agency for Development CooperationNSC National Steering Committee
NTCS Nepal Trade Competitiveness Study
PRSP Poverty Reduction Strategy Paper
PSF Private Sector ForumWT/IFSC/6
Page 6
Acronym Description
RBM Results-Based Management
RTM Round Table Meeting
SME Small and Medium sized Enterprises
SOE State Owned Enterprises
SWOT Strengths Weaknesses Opportunities and Threats
TA Technical Assistance
TFOC Trade Facilitation Office of Canada
TG Technical Group
TOR Terms of Reference
TORS Terms of ReferenceTRTA Trade-Related Technical Assistance
UEPB Uganda Export Promotion Board
UN United Nations
UNCTAD United Nations Conference for Trade and DevelopmentUNDP United Nations Development Programme
UPTOP Uganda Programme for Trade Opportunities and Policy
WB World BankWTO World Trade OrganizationWT/IFSC/6
Page 7
PREFACE
Capra International Inc . and the Trade Facilitation Office Canada  thank the governing authorities
of the Integrated Framework for Technical Assistance to Least Developed Countries  (IF) for the
opportunity to undertake this evaluation.
The Evaluation Team executed this task in an extr aordinarily short timeframe from mid-May to the
end of August, visiting seventeen least developed countries, the offices of the six core agencies in
Geneva, Washington and New York, as well as donor representatives in London and Brussels. The
Team was in itself international , in that half of the members live or were born in developing countries
(Morocco, Indonesia and Colombia). The country visits were conducted in English, French andArabic. The successful completion of this activity would not have been possible without the
extraordinary effort of the Evaluation Team, in particular.
The Evaluation Team  comprised the following members: Mr. Guy Bird (Team Leader and Trade
Specialist, Canada); Mr. Alan C. H. Smith (Donor Specialist, Canada); Mr. Youssef Ouadi (PrivateSector Specialist, Canada, with extensive trade experience in Morocco and Spain); Dr. Kenneth
Hidayat (Developing Country Trade Specialist , Indonesia); Mr. Jean-Louis de Quimper (Trade
Specialist, Canada, and Advisor to a number of African Missions in Ottawa); and Mr. César Guerrero
(Economist and Evaluation Specialist, Canada, a native of Colombia).
The Evaluation Team was supported by the Capra-TFOC Consortium Panel of Experts in planning
and overall quality assurance. It comprised the following members: Mr. Gunter Rochow, President,
Capra International Inc . and Co-chairperson of the Panel of Experts; Mr. Anthony Halliday,
representative of the Trade Facilitation Office of Canada  and Co-chairperson of the Panel of Experts;
Dr. Mary Lynch, Evaluation and Private Sector Ex pert; Mr. René-Paul Allard, Donor Expert; Dr.
Gerry Ewert, Expert in Statistical Analysis; Mr . Pierre Morin, Functional Analysis Expert; Mr.
Stephen Kiar, Primary Research Expert.
Logistics  and research support  were provided by Miss Yousra El Boukili, MBA student at Ottawa
University  and Mr. Waldo Rochow, Executive Assistant, Capra International Inc . The electronic
survey was administered by Voxco (Montreal and Halifax, Canada).
Gunter Rochow
President
Capra International Inc.Dwayne Wright
Executive Director
Trade Facilitation Office Canada
.
Ottawa, Ontario, Canada
August 29, 2003WT/IFSC/6
Page 8
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The Integrated Framework is a relatively recent addition to trade-related and poverty reduction
mechanisms and a precedent-setting approach to the development of Least Developed Countries(LDC). IF is endeavouring to inspire greater coordination between the “Trade” and “Development”
communities to assist LDCs in becoming active and effective participants in the international market
place and the global economy, and to utilize the bene fits to contribute to economic growth and the
reduction of poverty.
Background
This report presents the findings of the Evaluation of the Revamped Integrated Framework for Trade
Related Technical Assistance to the Least Developed Countries . The timing of the Report was
designed to coincide with the Fifth Ministerial Meeting of the World Trade Organization  (WTO) in
Cancún, Mexico in September 2003.
The purpose of the Evaluation is to assess the effectiveness of the Integrated Framework , (1) as a
mechanism to mainstream trade into development plans and/or poverty reduction strategies and (2) as
a tool for using the Integrated Framework  to deliver trade-related technical assistance. In general, the
evaluation of the Integrated Framework (IF)  focuses on the usefulness of the overall concept, the
extent of implementation of previous recommendations, as well as governance and funding issues.
In specific terms, the fundamental objectives of the redesigned IF are: (1) to use the IF as a
mechanism to mainstream trade into development plans and/or poverty reduction strategies; and (2) to
use the IF as a mechanism to deliver trade-related technical assistance. To achieve these fundamentalobjectives, the implementation and follow-up to the Diagnostic Trade Integration Studies (DTIS) is
critical, involving human, institutional and infrastructure capacity building, as well as policy
recommendations to enable the Least Developed Countries (LDC) to integrate into the world trading
system and economy. In particular, the evaluation needs to assess and clarify the linkages  of the IF to
the Poverty Reduction Strategy Paper (PRSP) proc ess, development plans, Country Consultative
Group meetings and Round Tables.
The Integrated Framework Theory is Sound
The theory and operational approach envisaged for the Integrated Framework has been carefully
crafted, is entirely appropriate and is a sound approach capable of achieving positive results. This
success is due to: (1) the partnership  between the beneficiary countries, the agencies and the donor
community; (2) the ownership  and leadership  by the beneficiaries, i.e. the LDC countries; (3) the
integrated support  to LDCs offered by The World Bank, the IMF, the WTO, the UNDP, UNCTAD
and the ITC; (4) the mentoring from bilateral and multilateral donors, with special reference to the
Lead Donor/Facilitator; (5) the IF management structure, ensuring that the various perspectives are
accounted for in the development, implementation and approval of policies, procedures and actions;(6) the IF Secretariat, in a support role; and (7) the establishment of the IF Trust Fund(s).
The Integrated Framework is, however, a complex, new and precedent setting undertaking that has no
historical equivalent to use as a model, or against which to measure progress. The IF changes the way
of “doing business”, necessitating a change in planning and operating by all three IF Partners.Nonetheless, given the relatively short lifespan of the IF, especially since revamping, considerable
progress has been made. As with any initiative of this magnitude, complexity and uniqueness there is
always room for improvement.  The overriding objective of this evaluation is to provideWT/IFSC/6
Page 9
recommendations that can contribute to the goal of continuous improvement of the IF in achieving its
intended results.
Progress
From an evaluation perspective, a quantitative assessment of progress was difficult to achieve as there
are relatively few measurable goals and objectives established either at the IF level or at the country
level against which to measure progress. Nonetheless, the qualitative assessment reveals that progress
has and continues to be made, thanks in large measure to the dedication and desire to make a
difference, which the Evaluators have witnessed among the people at all levels and within the three
partners.
The evaluation included an assessment of secondary data with a view to establishing a baseline
against which progress, over time, could be assessed.  This includes basic governance, fiscal capacity
and human development indicators as a framework for identifying expected progress.  (See
Appendix D).1
The Beneficiary Countries
The evaluation results also indicate that progress has been achieved in individual countries. However,
the degree of progress and achievement of concrete measurable results in individual countries is
highly variable. While macro level indicators can be useful in identifying countries which aretheoretically better positioned to exploit an IF approach in a positive manner, they cannot identify
those elements which are required for success.  The key ingredients for success include: (1)
Government-wide support and policy leadership for the IF and the action plan; (2) strong leadership
by the IF Focal point, coupled with a strong support group; (3) the existence of an effective in-country
management and consultation structure; (4) the establishment of a conducive, consistent and stablebusiness environment; (5) an agreement by in-country stakeholders on the roles and responsibilities of
the players, especially between government and the private sector. While in some countries early
development work, including DTIS, is well under way, in others due to the absence of strong
leadership and a lack of government-wide support, the process has stalled.
The Agencies
There is evidence that the six Core Agencies are taking more coherent and consistent action within the
IF, which is a very positive development, especially when the divergence of their mandates and their
varied corporate cultures are considered. As well, senior management within every agency has
consistently acknowledged their strong support for IF’s goals and objectives. The most recent
example can be found in the statements made at the precedent-setting July 2003 joint meetingbetween the Heads of Agencies and the IF Working Group. Additionally, the Organization for
Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) has join ed the team as an observer and is assisting
with the development and implementation of a Technical Assistance Data Base.
The Donors
As in most areas, some progress has been achieved. Recent donor response to the IF and the creation
of the Window II funding mechanism support the notion that the Donor community accepts the
premise that trade can make a contribution to economic progress and to the ultimate goal of poverty
reduction.  To date, although the Window II funding has been provided with a certain degree of
                                                     
1 Appendix D: Preliminary Secondary Analysis – Understanding the Assumptions and Setting the
Context.WT/IFSC/6
Page 10
earmarking, this donor preference does not appear to inhibit the fund’s ability to support individual
projects.
Donors are more cognizant of the need to work cooperatively, to avoid duplication, and to maximize
synergies across projects to make the limited resources, that are available, work more effectively andefficiently. The question of who, or what organiza tion, should be responsible for donor coordination,
remains unanswered. In an LDC-owned initiative, wi th clearly identified priorities and a quantified
action plan, including “bankable” projects, with clearly defined and measurable goals and objectives,
the LDC partner can, and should, assume this coordinating role.
Mainstreaming Trade
Due to the “mainstreaming” objective, which was added in the revamping exercise, trade is being
recognized increasingly, at the donor and agency level, for its potential to contribute positively to
economic growth and to poverty reduction. At the le vel of the beneficiary country (LDC), the goal of
integrating trade into national development plans and poverty reduction strategies has yet to be fully
embraced, although some progress is evident, given that selected countries have or are planning toincorporate trade-related goals and objectives into their National Development Plans or Poverty
Reduction Strategies.  A by-product of national acceptance of mainstreaming trade would be
increased policy integration among ministries and government-wide support for implementation of the
IF.
However, even in countries where mainstreaming has been adopted and accepted, the IF and trade
must still compete, for priority attention, against a number of other sectors identified within National
Development Plans or Poverty Reduction Strategy Papers (PRSP).  The sectors include health,
education, water, roads and other basic infrastructure needs. It should be noted, however, that the
other sectors are consumers  of fiscal resources whereas theoretically, trade is a producer  of fiscal
resources and capable of producing social benefits through employment, which leads to poverty
reduction.
Additionally, the Development Plans and PRSPs themselves frequently contain a large and varied list
of identified needs and include a significant number of issues and actions to be addressed on a priority
basis. Without strong and effective leadership and highly effective communication skills by the IF
Focal Point and other proponents of IF within the country and its Government, it may be difficult tosolve this competitive reality.
A review of National Development Plans, PRSPs or DTIS studies and the resulting documents from
several countries indicate that frequently they are complex, holistic documents. They contain lengthy
and onerous lists of "things that must be done", and theoretical solutions predominate. Concrete andpractical recommendations on how to prioritize issues and address specific problems are often in short
supply. Despite these interdependencies, individual problems and issues must be tackled and solved
sequentially one at a time.  A practical approach, that provides solutions for individual issues, is
warranted.
This approach implies the need to prioritize issues, set goals and objectives with measurable outcomes
coupled with a strategic document that spells out the "destination" each individual activity is trying to
reach, and by when. These strategic targets are required before the identification of the ways and
means to get there (Action Plan) can be enumerated. Those countries that have experienced the
greatest progress under the IF have identified and prioritized issues and have developed initiatives andspecific projects to target priority problems sequentially one at a time. In short the IF would benefit
greatly from a Results-based Management  (RBM) approach.WT/IFSC/6
Page 11
There remains a tendency, in some quarters, to assume a direct cause and effect link between trade
and poverty reduction. The evidence, as outlined in the discussion in Annex D, demonstrates that
while increased trade can have an impact on poverty reduction, this is mediated through several
important channels, factors, policies and practices.  While it is possible to identify countries where IF
is more likely to produce greater outcomes, it is the local leadership within each of the partners thatremains the single most critical factor.   Even if all conditions are ripe for success, without the right
sustained leadership little will be accomplished.
The Diagnostic Trade Integration Study Process
The Diagnostic Trade Integration Study (DTIS) proc ess has made progress and continues to evolve as
partners are learning from the experience gained in a given situation to make future improvements.
Many earlier DTIS were voluminous documents heavily concentrated on the macro-economic policy
overview of the country, with much less focus on micro-economic conditions and the identification of
specific trade related issues and opportunities. The DTIS process was seen by many, especially within
agencies, as a multi-purpose process with a much broader focus than as the basis for developing awell defined action plan addressing issues specific to the goals and objectives of the IF.
Successive Diagnostic Trade Integration Studies (DTIS) are improving in terms of focus, precision
and the identification and prioritization of issues. The DTIS process appears to be moving closer to its
originally intended purpose of providing countries w ith a tool to determine their current status and to
identify trade related issues and opportunities. The expansion of the process to include the
development of an “Action Plan Matrix” and to lay out a recommended process for stakeholder
consultation is a positive development.
Many reports focus heavily on priority sectors as the key to export  growth with little attention being
paid to exporter  support and development. Experience in many countries suggests that “Good
Exporters” tend to succeed regardless of the sector  to which they belong, whereas poorly motivated
and ill-prepared exporters fail, regardless of the sector of the economy to which they belong.
Leadership, ownership and active participation in the DTIS process by the LDC partner has improved
marginally but only in selected countries.
The Country Selection Process
The country selection process has received criticism for not being transparent, fair and predictable. A
refined and clearly defined DTIS-Lite  process and the resulting analysis document could serve as a
key evaluation tool in the assessment process for de termining the eligibility or readiness of the LDC
partners and the LDC country to participate in the IF process. An assessment of the likelihood ofsuccessful implementation of the IF, based on past performance related to economic and human
development and governance factors (Refer to Annex D), represents another valuable tool.
A refined and more clearly defined DTIS analysis, an assessment of leadership capacity, coupled with
the assessment noted above, would provide the IF with a transparent and consistent decision making
tool with which to assess a country’s preparedness for admission to the IF. Clearly established
guidelines and measurement criteria to be used in the above mentioned process would allow the LDC
applicants to judge their own readiness to join the IF and would provide clearly defined goals and
objectives for countries wanting to participate.WT/IFSC/6
Page 12
Integrated Framework Management
Currently there are two governing and managerial bodies, namely the IF Steering Committee (IFSC)
and the IF Working Group (IFWG), both of which are supported in their activities and deliberations
by the IF Secretariat. The IF Trust Fund is administered by the UNDP.
The IFSC comprises representatives from the three partners in the IF, with participation open to any
member or representative of the three partners. The IFSC oversees the broad policy and contextual
issues for the IF, while the IFWG is responsible fo r dealing with specific is sues including day-to-day
operations and approvals, including project approval within the IF Trust Fund. The IFWG, chaired by
a WTO official, comprises six representatives, one each from the six core agencies, an observer from
OECD, two LDC representatives and two donor representatives.
Both the IFSC and the IFWG can take some credit fo r the IF progress to date, although there is some
suggestion that the IFWG, in particular, is somewh at cumbersome and slow making decisions even on
routine matters. The IF Secretariat is providing th e necessary logistical support to the IF management
and the evidence suggests that meeting the administrative needs of the IF is taxing their limitedresources. The speed with which IF Trust Funds are disbursed, even after approval, has also been
raised as an issue.
The IF Trust Funds
The Trust Fund serves an essential purpose, and, potentially, can play an important role in definitively
mainstreaming trade into PRSPs, translating c ountry Action Plan Matrices into prioritized,
indicatively costed project proposals for consideration in LDC/donor fora, and implementing ‘quick
win’ technical assistance based projects. While procedures seem somewhat heavy, it is premature to
recommend changes. The level of awareness, especially by LDC focal points and other stakeholders,is very low, suggesting that action should be taken to provide participants with sufficient information.
Progress Summary
In summary, while progress has been achieved in most areas, much of the progress has been made in
the planning stage and at the managerial level, or at the centre within agencies and donors. In many
LDCs the IF made progress with an initial burst of activity in the analysis and planning stage.However, in many cases the outputs of the process became an end, not a beginning, and the process
has stalled. This evaluation has identified key issues that should be addressed on a priority basis.
The Issues
The IF approach necessitates a change by all three Partners in planning, programming and
implementation. The most critical and challenging factor is that the successful implementation of the
Integrated Framework requires a change in thinking on the part of institutions and individuals at all
levels. Adapting to a new approach and new thinki ng will require a concentrated effort by all.
In light of these facts, the need for an agreed to set of overriding IF principles and guidelines that
define the impacts , outcomes  and outputs  expected from the implementation of the IF would appear to
be mandatory. The impact and outcomes, developed as measurable goals, would provide all
participants with a clear understanding of the final destination, which IF is expected to reach, and
when. It would assist in placing the responsibility for leadership and ownership onto the beneficiaries,
thereby becoming a process truly owned and driven by the LDC countries. The impacts and outcomes,
developed as measurable goals, would also help identify priority issues to be to addressed and
outcomes required. They would provide a means to m easure progress. In short, this would provide a
“Roadmap to Success” within IF.WT/IFSC/6
Page 13
The Priority Issues
IF has several facets, components and sub-sets, but the key issue impeding progress and the
achievement of concrete measurable results is perception . It applies to all IF partners at all levels.
Recent initiatives undertaken by the IF Working Group, aided by the Secretariat, suggest that  there is
a degree of cognizance and an initial attempt to address the issue.
A second overriding issue, that is also impeding progress, especially at the LDC level, is capacity .
Finally, management  is the third overriding issue deserving priority attention. Each issue is explored
and remedial action recommended.
The Perception Issue
Perception is a complex issue with several facets that need attention if the IF is to achieve its goals
and objectives. The perception issue raises a number of questions including: What are IF’s measurable
goals and objectives at the partner level and at the individual LDC level? What is IF’s sphere ofinfluence? What issues are within the IF’s mandate? What is the IF’s scope and coverage? What are
the roles and responsibilities of the various organizations within the partnership? What is IF’s
relationship to other country development assistance? What are the roles, responsibilities and duties of
each organizational unit and individuals? Who is responsible for planning and implementation?
Where is leadership vested at the programme and country level? Who has ownership of the IF?  Whois responsible within the beneficiary country? Who is responsible for monitoring and evaluation?
When does IF come into effect in a given country?
Although time and experience has somewhat diminished the effect, there remains a perception among
many that the IF is or should be a funding mechan ism that would inject new funds into the system to
undertake a wide range of development projects. The WTO DOHA Ministerial D eclaration on supply-
side constraints reinforced this perception.
The post DTIS action matrices in several countries incorporate priority areas or identify projects that
go well beyond the scope of the normal trade related topics of policy, development, promotion,
market access and facilitation.
There is a widely held perception that the IF, despite stated intentions to the contrary, remains an
agency-developed and agency-driven exercise largely for their own benefit. The DTIS process has
been cited as an illustration.
The IF Working Group’s decision to hold a certain number of its future meetings in LDC countries
suggests a degree of issue awareness and is a positive step forward in dealing with the leadership and
ownership question.
Although agencies are committed to a cooperative effort and progress has been made in taking more
coherent and consistent action, the level of awareness on the part of in-country staff to the existenceof the IF remains very low. The incidence of inter- agency meetings or other initiatives at the country
level to discuss or review IF also seem negligible. The brochure currently under development through
the Secretariat will help overcome this lack of awareness.
However, the problem is more serious than a simple lack of awareness. There is a perception, that the
IF is a secondary  initiative. In many cases local agency representatives see little reason to integrate
the IF into their planned in-country activities, even on trade-related assistance.WT/IFSC/6
Page 14
This same perception exists among donor representatives. There is strong evidence to indicate that
organizations and individuals lack a clear understanding of their IF roles and responsibilities. To
progress, the IF must be “mainstreamed” into the work plans for units and individuals throughout the
IF operating structure. The mainstreaming of IF into work plans needs to include measurable goals
and objectives against which performance and progress can be measured. A Results-Based
Management  (RBM) approach, being recommended in this evaluation, should be implemented to
address this issue.
The variation in programming cycles between agencies and at the donor level further compounds the
problem. The ability to synchronize the IF action plan with the programming cycle of particular
agencies presents a challenge. Some donors are wo rking on 5-year planning cycles and others are
planning regional or targeted assistance programmes that directly relate to the overall goals andobjectives of the IF, but because of timing and/or regional approaches these are difficult to
incorporate, or even consider in developing a clea rly defined IF action plan for individual beneficiary
countries. The lack of a clear understanding of the scope and coverage of the IF, and when it takes
effect, is very much in evidence.
Donors, during the roundtable prioritization process, were handpicking “projects of interest to them”.
As well, one donor representative opined that they had a trade related project ready for
implementation, but even though it might address one of the IF priority issues, it fell outside the
purview of the IF because it had been conceived before the roundtable i.e. before IF came into effect!
Programme content and project design for beneficiary countries needs to be re-examined in relation to
the ownership and leadership goals established for the IF.
The perceptions surrounding donor coordination  are varied, ranging from an agency responsibility, to
donors to the government of the beneficiary country. It can be argued that with leadership andownership firmly established, the Government of the beneficiary country should coordinate donors.
This argument can be supported by results in the countries achieving the most success under IF. If the
country has assumed ownership and leadership of IF, the action plan has been prioritized with
meaningful and measurable goals and objectives that lead to clearly defined projects to address
priority issues, then the beneficiary LDC governments should, and are, assuming the responsibility for
donor coordination.
The Capacity Issue
Most progress has been realized in countries where government-wide policy supports IF, combined
with IF Focal point leadership, utilizing st rong support mechanisms and infrastructure.
The IF and trade  must compete for attention against a number of other sectors within development
plans or poverty reduction strategies, which make s strong leadership and effective communication
skills on the part of IF Focal Points and other proponents of IF essential.
A review of these realities clearly identifies the need for highly motivated and capable IF leaders with
complementary support facilities and mechanisms. The progress to date within many of the
beneficiary countries strongly supports the view that early action is required to address the capacity
and resource needs to manage and implement the Integrated Framework itself, even before
implementation of any recommended actions or projects emanating from the process.
Minor recognition of the problem exists as the UNDP launched a modest programme (nominally
$35,000. per country) to address some of the very basic physical needs of the IF Focal Points, such as
office equipment.WT/IFSC/6
Page 15
A comprehensive review, which is beyond the scope of this evaluation, should be undertaken to assess
specific capacity needs in each country. A Capacity Development Programme to address both
physical and human resource capacity needs within beneficiary countries (LDCs) would be highly
beneficial and would contribute greatly to future progress.
The evidence also indicates that in-country agency staff, and in many cases donor representatives,
especially those in a Lead Donor/Facilitator role, would benefit from participation in a capacity
development programme. The skill development needs for this group, in addition to a more in-depth
understanding of the goals and objectives of the IF, include mentoring and coaching skills plus
process management skills related to the new way of “doing business” under the IF.
In the case of human resource capacity building, the Capacity Development Programme  should
include a skills assessment and needs identification, plus a Skills Development Component
incorporating three specific modules as follows:
(1) a core competency  training module, 
(2) a customized complementary initial training module designed to address specific needs  and
(3) and an orientation to Action Learning .
In addition, at the LDC, core agency and donor levels, it would be very helpful to address the
development of personal skills, such as: (a) managing self, (b) communicating, (c) managing people
and tasks, and (d) mobilizing innovation and change.2 For a detailed review of human resource
capacity needs assessment and the Skills Development Component, please refer to Appendix G.
The Management Issue
IF is a complex issue, encompassing the six agencies, one observer organization, a host of donors and
some nineteen countries, each with its own unique situation, capacity and potential from an economic,
political and resource availability perspective. There is also a degree of international pressure to
expand participation to include additional countries at the earliest possible moment.
As a result, the challenges of managing such a mammoth undertaking are enormous, given the current
circumstances and the issues identified by this evaluation.
The IF Management Committees
The IF Steering Committee  should remain as a high-level policy review and policy setting
organization. The current Chairman of the Steering Committee has been effective and has made a
valuable contribution, as he appears to perform the functions of Chairman in an unbiased manner,acting more as a personal supporter of the IF than as the Ambassador from a developed country. Early
identification of potential candidates, to allow for a reasonable overlap period and a smooth transition,
would seem appropriate.
The IF Working Group  has certainly contributed to the progress made to date, but the group is large,
especially in relation to its role of managing the day-to-day operations of the IF, including approval of
the projects under the IF Trust Funds. Streamlining the operations of the IF Working Group would be
appropriate.
                                                     
2 The concepts are described in: Fredrick T.  Evers, James C. Rush and Iris Berdrow. The Bases of
Competence: Skills for Lifelong Learning and Productivity . San Francisco: Jossey-Bass Publishers, 1998, 273
pp.WT/IFSC/6
Page 16
A working group structure comprising seven persons would contribute to increasing effectiveness and
efficiency.3 As well, a consultative process, to ensure that the Group represent the collective views
and the position of the “partner” would be essential and beneficial to the effective management and
overall improvement of the IF. The establishment of the consultative process within the agencies
would contribute further to the progress made to date in developing a coherent and consistent actionplan. The establishment of the consultative process by the Donor representatives would improve
awareness, buy-in and could increase the level of commitment within the current roster and perhaps
attract a larger community of bilateral donors committed to the IF process.
1. Background
This report presents the findings of the Evaluation of the Revamped Integrated Framework for Trade
Related Technical Assistance to the Least Developed Countries . The timing of the Report was
designed to coincide with the Fifth Ministerial Meeting of the World Trade Organization  (WTO) in
Cancún, Mexico in September 2003.The Capra-TFOC Consortium  (Capra International Inc. and
Trade Facilitation Office Canada) was notified on May 8, 2003 that it had been selected to undertake
the evaluation. Due to the short timeframe that is available to undertake the task, the originally
proposed team of four consultants was subsequently expanded to six, excluding advisory, researchand logistics support through the home office.
The Purpose of the Evaluation
The purpose of the Evaluation is to assess the effectiveness of the Integrated Framework , (1) as a
mechanism to mainstream trade into development plans and/or poverty reduction strategies and (2) as
a tool for using the Integrated Framework  to deliver trade-related technical assistance. In general, the
evaluation of the Integrated Framework (IF)  focuses on the usefulness of the overall concept, the
extent of implementation of previous recommendations, as well as governance and funding issues.
The Fundamental Objectives of the Evaluation
In specific terms, the fundamental objectives of the redesigned IF are: (1) to use the IF as a
mechanism to mainstream trade into development plans and/or poverty reduction strategies; and (2) to
use the IF as a mechanism to deliver trade-related technical assistance. To achieve these fundamental
objectives, the implementation and follow-up to the Diagnostic Studies (DTIS) is critical, involving
human, institutional and infrastructure capacity building, as well as policy recommendations to enablethe Least Developed Countries (LDC) to integrate into the world trading system and economy. In
particular, the evaluation needs to assess and clarify the linkages  of the IF to the Poverty Reduction
Strategy Paper (PRSP) process, development plans, Consultative Group meetings and Round Tables.
Our Specific goals for the Evaluation
The goals of this current evaluation can be summarized as follows:
• Review the many facets of the IF Programme, from the perspective of the various
stakeholders with a vested interest in the success of the programme, including the
beneficiaries of the initiative, the delivery agencies and the donors who support theprogramme.
• Review the objectives, the operations and the delivery of the programme to identify:
                                                     
3 For a detailed discussion see section 3.2.8.4 on governance.WT/IFSC/6
Page 17
o those elements that are making the desired contribution to the goals of the
programme;
o shortfalls that require modification and/or improvement;
o changes or additions to the programme that could improve the effectiveness and
efficiency of the programme;
o techniques for improved programme management and delivery, such as an ongoing
and dynamic monitoring and feedback system capable of providing early and
continuous feedback to all parties on the development, implementation and ongoing
operation of the programme both at the programme and the country level.
The primary goal of the evaluation is to make recommendations that strive for continuous
improvement in the implementation and results achieved by the Integrated Framework.
The Specific Objectives of the Evaluation
The specific objectives of the evaluation are to: (1 ) Assess (a) the impact of the IF in linking trade,
development and poverty reduction, with special reference to the World Bank’s Poverty Reduction
Strategy Paper (PRSP)  process, and (b) the effectiveness of the IF as a model for trade capacity
building, specifying lessons learned; (2) assess the impact of the IF as a means of generating donor
coordinated  support and sufficient funding to a government-owned trade capacity building
programme; (3) review the roles and responsibiliti es of agencies, donors and LDCs with a view to
further clarifying the extent to which they have implemented these roles and responsibilities under the
revamped IF; (4) address the urgent challenge of a systematic and predictable implementation and
follow-up process in the post-DTIS (i.e. post diagnostic studies); (5) assess the effectiveness of the IF
as a mechanism to deliver trade-related technical assistance, and exploring its potential as aninstrument for addressing the supply-side constraints of the LDCs; and (6) formulate
recommendations on all aspects of the Terms of Reference (TOR).
Limitations
The Evaluation is limited by the fact that the Integrated Framework is relatively new and a precedent
setting activity. Also countries have been brought into the process at varying stages and under varying
circumstances which is reflective in part of the varying status of countries in the development and
implementation of the IF.
From a logistics perspective, the evaluation suffered not only from an extremely compressed initial
timeframe of approximately 19 weeks from start to finish, but in particular from country-
organizational and infrastructure-based limitations, such as unannounced personnel changes, a
frequent lack of access to effective telecommunication systems and the internet, as well as linguisticand cultural factors, that made planning for the execution of the evaluation excruciatingly difficult.
Due to the compressed timeframe and pre-existing commitments in certain participating countries, as
well as IF related and other priorities of key informants, at times the limited awareness of IF-related
contacts, and even the incidence of civil war in the case of Burundi, a fairly neat initial plan to
conduct country visits had to be modified repeatedly, and under extreme logistical planningconditions attributable to limited flight availability, flight delays and flight cancellations. In that
context, the Team gratefully acknowledges the timely interventions of core agency and donor
personnel both to help establish communications where these seemed to be non-existent and to find
other logistical solutions.
To a certain extent the evaluation was carried out on a “moving target”, as there has been an increased
level of activity recently, and this represented added challenge for the evaluation team. Nonetheless,
every effort was made to use as up-to-date information as possible in undertaking and reporting on the
status of the IF, both at the “aggregate level” and at the country level.WT/IFSC/6
Page 18
2. Evaluation Issues
In general terms, the fundamental issues to be ad dressed in the Evaluation are to determine: (1) the
extent to which increased trade can be reasonably expected to contribute to poverty reduction in least
developed countries; (2) which conditions must exist to ensure that increased trade will benefit thepoor and will contribute to poverty reduction; (3) whether the Revamped Integrated Framework  is
achieving its expected results of mainstreaming trad e into development initiatives and facilitating the
delivery of necessary technical assistance.
In that context, the results of the Evaluation will be  used to determine to what extent the IF might be
extended to other countries, and which changes, if any, might be required to make the functioning of
the IF more effective and efficient.
In specific terms, the issues addressed in this evaluation are:
• Awareness of the IF : The level of awareness of the IF among stakeholders;
• Understanding of IF : The extent to which the different “stakeholders” understand the
objectives of the IF and their respective roles and responsibilities;
• Expectations from IF : The expectations of different stakeholders from the IF;
• Motivation to co-operate : The level of motivation and preparation of different stakeholders
to co-operate;
• Implementation of IF: Potential success factors and barriers to implementation of the IF;
• Governance of IF : Adequacy of IF management structure;
• Learning from IF experience : recommendations to improve the effectiveness of IF.
3. Evaluation Approach and Findings
This section describes (1) the Evaluation Methodology and (2) the Findings, in accordance with the
deliverables specified in the Evaluation Terms of Reference (TOR).
3.1 Evaluation Methodology
The evaluation methodology comprises four distinct phases: (1) Planning for the evaluation; (2)
Primary and Secondary Research; (3) Data Analysis; and (4) Recommendations.
3.1.1 Planning for the Evaluation
The planning for the evaluation involved both the Evaluation Team  members and the members of the
Consortium’s Panel of Experts.  The outputs of this exercise were:
• An Evaluation Framework, Logical Framewor k Analysis with Indicators (Annex A);
• The identification of specific Evaluation Issues and Questions;
• A Travel Plan; as well as
• An overall Work Plan, using MsProject  software.WT/IFSC/6
Page 19
3.1.2 Primary and Secondary Research
3.1.2.1 Primary Research
The primary research has been carried out by means of four approaches:
• Interviews with key stakeholders;
• Specialty Group Sessions (e.g. National Steering Committees);
• Focus Groups with homogeneous stakeholders; and
• An invitational Survey.
Based on the premise that the IF is LDC-driven, the initial contact for in-country visits was made
through the IF Focal Point. When required, support from in-country Agency representatives or thelead donor/facilitator was enlisted. In selected countries, the local Chamber of Commerce played a
facilitating role.
An integrated Discussion Guide, targeting the stakeholders within each of the three partner
communities, i.e. the agencies, the donors and the beneficiary has been used to gather data on a
consistent basis within each partner group. An integrated questionnaire has been used for the web
based survey.
This approach enabled the team to collect information about:
• The level of awareness of the IF and its goals and objectives,
• The degree to which a common understanding of the IF process exists within each of the three
partner communities and,
• The degree of progress including:
o The capacity to develop and manage the IF process?
o The level of national commitment within the countries (Governments, NGO, the Private
sector, and civil society etc.?
o The extent to which participating countries have demonstrated their commitment in
terms of human resources, clearly defined goals and objectives, and/or legislative
changes to develop action plans and implement the IF activities?
• Effectiveness of coordination and cooperation among the partners involved in IF.
o The extent to which countries have integrated trade into national development plans or
poverty reduction strategies?
o The role of the Lead Donor/Facilitator?
o The extent to which a coordinating institutional structure exists (e.g. NSC, an IF unit
within Government?
o The degree to which IF partners (Coordinating Agencies, LDC's, Donors) have
identified and streamlined their procedures to facilitate the implementation of IF
activities?
• The perception of the different stakeholders concerning the IF as:
o a mechanism to increase trade;
o a mechanism to mainstream trade into PRSPs and/or development plans;
o a model for providing technical assistance and capacity building;
• The perception of stakeholders as to the strengths and weaknesses of the IF process including:
o a vision or strategy;
o capacity and infrastructure;
o coordination between agencies;WT/IFSC/6
Page 20
o coordination within LDCs;
o LDCs’ needs;
o funding;
• Recommendations to help improve the effectiveness of the IF and/or to improve the
implementation of the IF (from stakeholders point of view).
Interviews . One-to-one interviews were held with key officials from the private sector and civil
society, including academics.
Focus Groups . Homogeneous qualitative research focus groups , lasting up to two hours for each
session, have been conducted, to the extent possible, with each of the following stakeholder groups:
(1) Government officials; (2) a cross-section of Private sector  representatives, which could include
associations, small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs), that are relevant to the IF programme); and
(3) Civil Society, including representatives of employee associations, academics, non-governmental
agencies, etc.
Each focus group, where possible included participants, reflecting the diversity within each
stakeholder category. The selection criteria for participants in the focus group are summarized inAnnex G: Focus Group Selection Criteria .
The Survey .  A cross section of representation from st akeholders in each of the partner populations
were asked to participate.
The Evaluation Team, in collaboration with the Panel of Experts have developed the survey
questionnaire, and executed it by means of the web and administered by the Halifax office of Voxco , a
specialty quantitative research firm.
3.1.2.2 Secondary Research
Theoretical Framework
The underlying theoretical framework for evaluating the Integrated Framework is consistent with the
assumptions made by the donors in the developmen t community in terms of poverty interventions.
Essentially there is a belief, as shown in the graphic below, that poverty will decline as a direct result
of the level and extent of the implementation of a funded intervention.
4  The critical factor in this
framework is the caveat of “all factors being equal” which recognizes that many things can and
probably will go awry during implementation.
Before addressing what some of these other factors are it is essential to recognize that they only
become relevant when this underlying assumption is recognized as being valid.  This is important asthis basic assumption is not questioned in the current evaluation.  It is used as the basis for framing
the evaluation and these other factors are the focus of the evaluation activities.
                                                     
4 It may be argued that donors do not make this assumption; however it logically must be made either
implicitly or explicitly.  If donors do not make this assumption then there is no justification for any funding for
any intervention addressing poverty.WT/IFSC/6
Page 21
This overall framework rests on the further assumption that the social/economic interventions are
inputs into a process that will ultimately lead to a reduction of poverty as an outcome.  However, this
process is mediated through a large and varied number of organizations, individuals, legal and
economic systems, levels of fiscal capacity and so forth.  These factors can be essentially categorized
as general (those which impact all programmatic interventions) and specific (those which impact byvirtue of the specific type of intervention select – e.g. trade, food subsidies, micro-economic
initiatives, etc.).
Secondary Analysis focuses on General Factors
Within the general category of factors there are three essential factors.  One is fiscal capacity, the
second is the governance system in place, and the third is the base level of poverty.  Essentially the
fiscal capacity assumption is that countries with higher levels of fiscal capacity will start with lower
levels of poverty and further they would also be positioned to best exploit economic based
interventions.  The governance assumption is based on the relationship between political inclusiveness= greater social development and political exclusiveness = lack of social development for any
intervention (as described in The Political Roots of Poverty
5).  These two contextual factors interact in
that the effectiveness of fiscal capacity is dependent upon the effectiveness of the governance system.Where the governance system is poor there will be a higher level of poverty compared to a
jurisdiction of equivalent fiscal capacity but good governance.
6
In terms of operationalizing these factors within the timeframe of this project, macro level assessmentis all that is feasible.  The fiscal capacity and poverty indicators will be taken from the Human
Development Index particularly the per capita GDP as an indicator of fiscal capacity and the Human
Poverty Index as the indicator of poverty.
                                                     
5 Bruce Bueno de Mesquita and Hilton L. Root in The National Interest  No. 68, Summer 2002 Issue.
6  This has been used by the author as the framework for implementing the monitoring and evaluation
approach to  the impact of decentralization in Indonesia by the Ministry of Home Affairs as reported in
http://www.gtzsfdm.or.id/documents/dec_ind/newsletter/Newsletter41.pdf.Poverty
Social/Economic Intervention(s)All other factors being equal, Poverty should
decline as the level and extent o f
Social/Economic intervention increases.Assumed Relationship Between Poverty And Social/Economic InterventionWT/IFSC/6
Page 22
As an indicator of the quality of governance the World Bank has further developed an approach to
measuring political inclusiveness/exclusiveness along the dimensions of:
• Voice and Accountability
• Political Stability and Absence of Violence
• Government Effectiveness
• Regulatory Quality
• Rule of Law
• Control of Corruption
These factors will establish the general context and expectation for the success or lack of success of
any specific intervention in alleviating poverty.
Expected Results
Within the overall theoretical framework presen ted each country within the programme will be
compared to all other Lesser Developed Countries and to each other in order to establish an
expectation level.  If time permits, an historical analysis will precede the current examination in order
to develop a linear projection of changes in the human poverty index simply as a result of time.  This
establishes the basis for determining the potential impacts attributable to the IF.
In addition, criteria for selecting countries within the LDC with high probability of exploiting the IF
in terms of addressing poverty alleviation will be developed as an aid to assist in future country
selections.
3.1.3 Data Analysis
All of the qualitative data collected through the interviews, focus groups and speciality groups have
been analyzed to identify key themes, issues, a nd possible areas for improvement. The survey has
been analysed using both bivariate and multivariate techniques. The results from both the quantitative
and qualitative research activities have been integrated into the final report. Data gathered in the
survey from LDCs have not been reported by country, due to small sample sizes, but have instead
been reflected as global LDC perceptions in the survey data analysis.
3.1.4 Recommendations
The recommendations flowing from the evaluation have been embedded in the text where they first
arise, identifying the party responsible for thei r consideration and action. The recommendations have
also been listed separately in Section 5 of the Report.
3.1.5 Report Structure
The report is structured in such a way that it can be used as an integrated whole or as free-standing
parts on a country-by-country or issue by issue basis.  This feature is useful in follow-up with LDCs,
core agencies or donors.
Each country report and other evaluated component contain the following units:1. Evaluation Context. The evaluation context is defined in terms of estimated expected results,
assumptions and risks, as set out in the Logical Framework Analysis  (Annex A).WT/IFSC/6
Page 23
2. Evaluation Findings. The evaluation findings describe the results of documentary analysis,
internet searches, interviews, group sessions, and data obtained through the electronic survey.
3. Significance of the Evaluation Findings. This  part describes IF problems or opportunities.
4. Potential Adjustments. This part describes approaches to solving identified problems or
exploiting Opportunities.
5. Potential Impacts of Choices. This part visualizes what will likely happen, if identified
problems are solved or opportunities are exploited.6. Recommendations
3.2 Evaluation Findings
The Evaluation Findings are discussed under the following broad headings: (1) the status of the first
Integrated Framework First Revi ew; (2) the status of the “old IF” five Round Table Countries7; (3)
the status of the three pilot Revamped IF Countries8;  (4) the status of the eleven non-pilot countries9;
(5) perceptions of the core agencies10; (6) perceptions of Donors; (7) perceptions of LDC
stakeholders; (8) defined roles of agencies, donors, LDCs, as well as governance; (9) linkages to the
existing development architecture (PRSP, Coun try Consultative Groups, Donor Round Tables); and
(10 processes and procedures.
3.2.1 Status of the First IF Review
A. Summary Statement
A.1 Although well aware that the last review of the IF was undertaken during the first half of
2000, the evaluation team did not undertake a review of that evaluation until after the current
evaluation methodology had been developed and im plemented, thereby avoiding the possibility of
prejudicing the outcome of this review. We did, however, note the reference in the final report to the
previous evaluation being undertaken under a tight timeframe.
A.2 While many of the recommendations were adopted and changes implemented to address the
issue, even though in some cases the exact method or action plan identified in the earlier evaluation
were not followed, there remain a number of issue that reappear in this current evaluation, little
changed.
3.2.1.1. Degree of Implementation of the Recommendations of the First Review
A. Summary Statement
A.1 A comparative analysis of the findings suggests that many of the issues identified and
recommendations made in the previous assessment have been either implemented or addressed andprogress is noted. For example, the recommendation to prioritize and link IF into the overall
                                                     
7 Bangladesh, Haiti, Uganda, The Gambia and Tanzania.
8 Cambodia, Mauritania and Madagascar.
9 Guinea, Malawi, Mali, Nepal, Senegal, Burundi, Djibouti, Ethiopia, Lesotho, Yemen and Eritrea, the
latter being inactive at present.
10 World Trade Organization (WTO), The World Ba nk (WB), International Monetary Fund (IMF),
International Trade Centre (ITC), United Nations Conference for Trade and Development (UNCTAD), and the
United Nations Development Program (UNDP).WT/IFSC/6
Page 24
development assistance  architecture was clearly adopted with the revamping of IF and the
introduction of “mainstreaming” through the DTIS instrument. The evidence suggests that, although
not complete and perhaps not totally appreciated or being consistently applied by all IF participants,
progress has been made as many countries have or are in the process of mainstreaming trade into their
PRSPs.  The mainstreaming initiative appears to have also had a positive effect on the level of donormoral and financial support for IF.
The DTIS process itself is an addition to the IF, as a result of the revamping exercise. Previously the
Needs Assessment, as it was called, was prepared under the guidance of ITC and with a much
narrower Trade Related Technical Assistance  focus addressing trade development issues only. The
addition of the mainstreaming concept in the revamped IF necessitated a broadening of the assessment
process as well. Given the added focus on the total development agenda, the DTIS process lead wasassumed by the World Bank.
Hence a comparison of the former Needs Assessment and the current DTIS process
11 is not germane
to the current evaluation, nor to analysing the degree to which the recommendations from the previous
evaluation were adopted or implemented. A new set of parameters, and a modified approach,demanded a new process.
A.2 Re-assigning the Secretariat function to the WT O to strengthen trade leadership has occurred,
as have other changes in the governance structure. It is interesting to note in the current evaluation
that some concern is being expressed that the WTO-based Secretariat’s “development side” capacitymay not be sufficient.
The former Inter-agency Working Group has
been replaced by the IF Steering Committee and
the IF Working Group. This appears to haveimproved the administration and management of
the IF and provided a forum for both donors and
LDC participants to participate. However, the
management structure, especially the current composition of the IFWG, with six agency
representatives plus OECD as an observer, 2 LDC representatives and 2 donor representatives, still
perpetuates the perception that the IF is an Agency-dominated process.
Fund management and allocation changes have occurred with the TRTF being administered by the
UNDP and the recent creation of the Window II facility.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
B.1 The evidence suggests that while improvement have been made, especially on the policy and
administration side, many of the issues in relation to perceptions, the drivers, country ownership,
scope and coverage, and LDC capacity remain. The recommended effort to restrict IF to TA for trade-
related development, to support policy reforms, manpower and human resources development,
customs reforms, institutional change and legal environment reforms, not infrastructure, has notoccurred and is very much a part of the problem of perceptions and expectations. The ministerial
request to consider supply- side constraints, without accompanying guidelines or criteria being
established to define supply-side constraints and set the outer limits, has exacerbated the problem.
                                                     
11 For a detailed discussion of the DTIS process please refer to section 3.2.10.3- Processes and
Procedures for preparing the Diagnostic Trade Integration Studies and the Quality of the DTIS.Survey Results: IF Revamp
Forty-three per cent of LDC respondents
believe that the post-IF Revamp changes in the
IF management structure are effective.
Source: Annex E, Question 32WT/IFSC/6
Page 25
B.2 The perception that the IF is an Agency managed and owned process remains very well
entrenched, as do the differing perceptions of what precisely the IF was designed to do. Finally, the
capacity of LDC countries to manage this process, let alone the outcomes, is an issue that is inherent
in the stated goal of a customer driven (LDC)
process. The introduction of the lead donor/facilitator concept has made and has the potential
to make a positive contribution, although
considerable thought has to be given about the
donor facilitator’s role in each country.
3.2.1.2 The Quality of the DTIS
Evaluation Context
The findings are based on (1) survey country components, (2) a two-day country visit, as well as (3) a
review of relevant available documents.
The evaluation was guided by applicable expected impact , outcome  and output  results, their
corresponding performance measures, as well as associated assumptions and risks, as contained in the
Logical Framework Analysis  (Annex A). Impact  is defined as a long-term result; outcome  as a
medium-term result; and output  as a short-term result. Applicability  was determined in terms of its
primary relation to IF governance and management, as distinct from donor operations.
The following performance measures  were used to assess the quality of the DTIS:
1.1.1.1 The degree to which IF country governments have completed their DTIS or needs analyses1.1.1.2  The degree to which IF country governments have linked their DTIS or needs analyses to
national development plans and/or PRSPs
The following risk has been identified:
R.10: DTIS and the associated Action Matrices ma y not fully reflect the co nsidered views of LDC
governments and stakeholders and may not provide clear prioritization and guidance for further
action.
A. Evaluation Findings
A.1 Summary Statement
A.1.1 The Diagnostic Trade Integration Study (DTI S) process has progressed and continues to
evolve as partners are learning from the experience gained in a given situation to make future
improvements. Successive DTISs are improving in terms of focus, precision and the identification andprioritization of issues. In addition successive DTIS studies have, in recognition of the need under the
revamped IF to mainstream trade into the National Development Plans or Poverty Reduction Strategy
Papers (PRSP) process placed a degree of
emphasis on addressing the links between trade,
economic development and poverty. Asignificant number of countries have or are in the
process of completing a DTIS. Even a member of
the original Round Table Countries has decided
to use a DTIS like process for future planning.Survey Results: DTIS
LDC respondents were almost unanimous (73%
strongly agreed and 19% agreed moderately) thatthe DTIS can provide a roadmap for countries toaddress goals and objectives relative to trade and
their participation in the world economy. Similarly,
65% strongly agreed and 19% agreed moderatelythat the DTIS can provide a vehicle to identifyTrade-Related Technical Assistance (TRTA)
Source: Annex E, Questions 16 and 17Survey Results: IF Revamp Mixed View
Less than half (43%) of the LDC respondentsbelieve that the post-IF Revamp changes in the IF
management structure are effective
.
Source: Annex E, Question 32WT/IFSC/6
Page 26
These improvements not withstanding, there is a perception among many, especially within the LDC
community that the agency (in most cases the Worl d Bank) is not only leading the process but has
ownership of the process as well. This perception which appears to closely mirror reality while being
efficient from a task completion perspective may not be contributing to the development ofownership, leadership and buy-in on the part of the LDCs an element that appears to be fundamental
to the ultimate success of the IF process.
A.2 Survey Results
In general, the survey results support the theory and belief by many in the LDC community that the
DTIS process can provide current status information, identify issues and problems and act as aroadmap for addressing trade related issues. The survey results also support the existence of the
perception issue referenced above. The results point to a very strong conviction on the part of
individuals from all three partner communities that country ownership of the IF process is paramount.
[See Annex E, Questions 13, 14, 15, 16 and 17].
In particular, 51% of LDC respondents were aware of the existence of DTIS; 69% reported that a
DTIS has been completed; 44% strongly agreed and a further 44% agreed moderately that DTIS can
meet their country’s needs in identifying trade-related issues; 73% strongly agreed and 19% agreed
moderately that the DTIS can provide a roadmap to address their country’s goals and objectives
relative to trade and their participation in the world economy; and 65% strongly agreed and 19%agreed moderately that the DTIS can provide a vehi cle to identify Trade-related Technical Assistance
(TRTA) needs.
A.3 Interview Results.
A.3.1 During the course of this evaluation, interviews and focus groups discussions were conducted
with a significant number of people from all three partner communities and similar strengths and
weaknesses of the DTIS process were expressed by all three groups.
A.3.2 Many of the earlier DTISs were voluminous documents heavily concentrated on the macro-
economic policy overview of the country with much less focus on micro-economic conditions and the
identification of specific trade related issues and opportunities. The DTIS process was seen by many,especially within agencies, as a multi-purpose process with a much broader focus than as the basis for
developing a well defined action plan addressing issues specific to the goals and objectives of the IF.
A.3.3 The DTIS process appears to be moving closer to its original intended purpose of providing
countries with a tool to determine their current status and to identify trade related issues andopportunities plus identify the linkage between trade and poverty reduction.  The role trade can play
in reducing poverty however is not universally accepted within the IF partners and certainly within
segments of civil society.
The inclusion of an “Action Plan Matrix” is a positive development especially the accompanying
prioritization exercise. However, a review of a number of the resulting documents indicates that
frequently they are complex and still contain lengthy lists of "things that must be done".  It is evident
that no one issue stands alone but is linked to a host of other issues and problems. Despite the
interdependency, there is a need to recognize that individual problems must be solved sequentially
one at a time,  underscoring the need to  develop an action plan to address a manageable list of priority
projects.
If the LDC country , with the mentoring and assistance of the agencies and the lead donor/facilitator
develops an action plan with identified pr ojects to address priority needs , the LDC will have aWT/IFSC/6
Page 27
"funding request package" that can be presented to donors  for consideration. A good funding
request package will most likely attract donor support.
A.3.4 Many of the DTIS reports and the alternative process used by several of the Round Table
Countries focus heavily on priority sectors as the ke y to export growth. Little attention is paid to
“exporter” support and development. Experience in many countries suggests that “Good Exporters”
tend to succeed regardless of the sector to which they belong whereas poorly motivated and ill
prepared exporters fail regardless of the sector of the economy to which they belong.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
The DTIS process has made progress and is more focused on the needs of the IF process. However,
the DTIS is widely perceived as being an agency owned, managed and driven exercise with only lip
service being paid to LDC ownership and leadersh ip. The perception to a large extent appears to
reflect reality as the TORS are often set using a standard set of World Bank TORS, a team of
international consultants led by the World Bank descend on the country to produce the study which is
then reviewed by World Bank and other agency staff at their headquarters, before being presented tothe LDC for review. The round table discussion of the report is also usually held at an agency
headquarters location.
The evidence suggests that a simplified DTIS or “DTIS Lite” as it is referred to in some quarters
could be used to provide a preliminary review of the trade status and issues to be used as one of theevaluation tools to determine the readiness of new potential participants in the IF. (See section 3.2.10
on country selection criteria).
C. Potential Adjustments
Adjust the DTIS process to be more LDC driven and managed with the agency role shifting more to
one of mentoring, providing advice and assistance and coaching the LDC IF team in the DTIS
process.
Encourage DTIS developers to focus some attention on exporter development as well as export
development.
D. Potential Impact of the Choices
Would contribute greatly to making the IF a “customer driven” and owned process, assuring buy-in.
The approach, while it would take longer and marginal ly increase the cost, would afford an excellent
opportunity for capacity building not only for the IF Team but also help develop local consultants forthe future.
Would recognize that the capacity and capability of the exporter plays a significant role in improving
export performance.
E. Recommendations
1. The IFSC issue guidelines for DTIS process operation that would modify the approach to one
of mentoring, assisting and coaching the LDC- IF team to develop their DTIS study and action plan
matrix. [Selected recommendation # 1 ]
2. The Agency staff, responsible for the DTIS process, encourage DTIS developers to give
consideration to exporter development in assessing LDC needs.WT/IFSC/6
Page 28
3.2.2 Status of the Five Round Table Countries
Evaluation Context
The findings are based on (1) survey country components, (2) a two-day country visit, as well as (3) a
review of relevant available documents.
The evaluation was guided by relevant and appropriate expected impact , outcome  and output  results,
their corresponding performance measures, as well as associated assumptions and risks, as contained
in the Logical Framework Analysis  (Annex A). Impact  is defined as a long-term result; outcome  as a
medium-term result; and output  as a short-term result.  Relevancy  was assessed in terms of the
applicability of the results and their performance measures to LDCs, as distinct from core agencies
and donors. Appropriateness  was assessed in terms of the extent to which the results and
corresponding performance measures could reasonable be expected at the present time, given an
LDC’s experience with IF and its degree of IF development. The two judgments about relevancy and
appropriateness underlie the Summary Tables contained in 3.3.2.6.
The following assumptions  were made:
Impact-related Assumptions
A.2 LDCs will maintain IF as a priority in their national development strategy
A.4 LDC governments are committed to good governance and to the creation of an open and
stable   business environment
A.5 Low income populations (men and women) are targets of trade related activities
Outcome-related Assumptions
A.6 LDC policy, leadership and direction support the inclusion of trade in national development
plans and/or PRSPs
A.7 Donors are willing to align their priorities to the LDC stated priorities (LDC point of view)
A.8 LDCs are able to translate policy prescriptions into actionable projects
A.9 Political expectations for support from civil society are realisticA.10 LDC governments choose to promote broadly based economic activities involving both
labour and capital intensive projects to increase export-based revenues
A.11 Business and trade support services for urban and rural exporters meet the needs of
businesses, including exporters
A.12 Business and trade support services are being delivered by public and private service
providers
A.13 Senior LDC leadership and direction in pol icy matters are provided to support trade as a
priority
A.14 LDC governments are committed to enhance human resource capacity, as required, to
implement trade-related priorities
A.15 LDC governments are committed to ensuring that the necessary resources (human and
financial) are available to implement trade-related priorities
A.17 LDC governments and IF structures are fully committed to a common results based approach
Output-related Assumptions
A.21 The senior LDC leadership sustains commitment, support and interest
A.22 The Focal Point is effective, acting as lead er, co-ordinator, clearinghouse for information and
views in the implementation of the IFWT/IFSC/6
Page 29
A.23 All LDC stakeholder groups are actively in volved in the design, implementation, and
monitoring of IF activities
A.24 Local funding is available to support IF activ ities (including organizational changes) to which
the LDC has committed
A.25   LDC governments will undertake necessary organizational changes to support IF planning and
implementation activities
A.26   Donor country plans for IF countries make prov ision to support priority IF activities, especially
those included in PRSP's
The following risks  were identified:
Impact-related risks:
R.1 LDC exports are at risk, unless a more supportive trade environment is created, and improved
market access is achieved
Outcome-related risks:
R.2 Core agency, donor, and LDC IF related objectives conflict, or are not sufficiently
harmonized (LDC point of view)
Output-related risks:
R.7 Communication with stakeholders is insufficient to assure effective buy-in
R.8 Execution of the projects might be at risk, if there is insufficient continuity and succession
planning at the country level
R.9 Absorptive capacity within LDCs lags the potential implementation pace of IF initiatives
R.10 DTIS and the associated Action Matrices may not fully reflect the considered views of LDC
governments and stakeholders and may not provide clear prioritization and guidance for
further action.
Evaluation Constraints
The primary constraint was the extremely short timeline from contract notification to final report
delivery, of only about 19 weeks. Due to this factor, certain functions needed to be executed in
parallel that might have been executed more effec tively in sequence. This time pressure also impacted
on the logistics of organizing country visits, which, in certain cases, had to be undertaken at times thatwere inconvenient to the LDCs. The degree of participation in the time-compressed electronic survey
was reduced, in part, due to vacation leaves of many potential participants.WT/IFSC/6
Page 30
3.2.2.1 Bangladesh: Round Table Country Status Report
A. Evaluation FindingsA.1 Summary Statement
A.1.1 The Government of Bangladesh has an Interim PRSP dated March 2003 and while economic
development and a conducive business environment are mentioned, there is little direct reference to
trade other than in the manufacturing and agriculture sectoral discussions. Despite this there are
indications that the GOB may consider trade deve lopment essential for economic growth and poverty
reduction as the commitment was included in the Programme of Action 2001-2010 presented to the
Third UN Conference on LDCs in May 2001.
A.1.2 The IF is supported by the Ministry of Commerce (MOC), an IF focal point and an IF
Steering Committee (NSC equivalent). As Bangladesh is one of the Five Round Table Countries
which are not covered under the “revamped” IF, a DTIS has yet to be carried out although Bangladesh
did receive the Window I funding approval of $300K in 2002. These funds have been used for“Marketing Skills Development Scheme for Leather Sector in Bangladesh” Project.
A.1.3 A Round Table Meeting (RTM) held in June 1999 raised the level of IF awareness and
resulted in a list of 11 high priority projects. Despite this, a DTIS process including a broad cross
section of stakeholders is under consideration as it could clarify priorities and strengthen the linkbetween the IF, trade and the final PRSP.
A.2 Survey Results
Almost 6 out of 10 (58%) respondents to the survey  expressed the views of LDC stakeholders. Their
collective insights are set out in Annex E. Individual country breakouts were not attempted, since that
would have reduced the average sample size per country to below statistical norms.
A.3 Interview and Focus Group Results
A.3.1 Interviews and focus group discussions were undertaken with government officials (Finance
and MOC), the private sector (Chamber of Commerce) and Civil Society (academics, a social thinktank and a research group). While views varied, most seemed to feel IF could improve trade, and trade
could lead to poverty reduction.
A.3.2 The 1999 Round Table Meeting was led by the Ministry of Commerce (MOC) representing
the GOB and included representatives from the core agencies, the private sector, civil societyorganizations and independent experts. Follow ing the workshop MOC, in conjunction with the
steering committee and with assistance from independent experts, prepared a draft document for the
country’s development partners. The document identified 28 priority projects to address TRTA needs
and over time through input from various ministries, the private sector and the Chamber of
Commerce, the list expanded to 42 projects.
A.3.3 The MOC took the initiative and pared the list down to 11 high priority projects  which
include: strengthening capacities of the Ministry of  Agriculture, spices and condiment research and
monitoring of production, product development and market diversification initiatives for garment
industry, establishment of a fashion institute for the sector and establishing a network between theChamber of commerce and associations.
A.3.4 The IF Marketing Skills Development project, which began in September, 2002 has been
funded and implemented jointly by ITC and The Dacca Chamber of Commerce and Industry. TheWT/IFSC/6
Page 31
project is designed to implement a comprehensive survey and research activities for the leather
industries to identify Strengths Weaknesses Opportunities and Threats (SWOT). Although the project
is ongoing, the evidence suggests that concrete measurable results have yet to materialize and the
project remains in the analysis and planning stage.
A.3.5 TRTA types of projects, often related to trade policy, have been supported and implemented
by a number of bilateral donors and the Asian Development Bank. The WB assistance for the next
two years will focus on export development and co mpetitiveness, state-owned enterprises and banking
reforms, as well as in the customs administration, power, road, agriculture, education and health
fields. The extent to which all these assistance projects are complementary is an open question.
A.3.6 Public sector participants suggested that s upply side constraints and trade negotiating skills
were key issues. They also raised the Technical Assistance and Capacity Development (TACD) work
being done by WTO, suggesting it should be extended beyond yearly activities. Bangladesh is well
engaged in the WTO process as they hosted the Second LDC Trade Ministers’ Meeting to exchange
ideas and coordinate views to reach a common position for LDCs at the forthcoming Fifth WTO
Ministerial Meeting; hence the focus on trade policy and trade negotiations in the need assessment.
A.3.7 The private sector supported IF in principle and indicated that the Chambers of Commerce
could also use TRTA (hence one of the 11 priority projects). The private sector also noted the need for
in-country leadership and commitment plus the need to overcome many other trade-related issues:
human resource development, infrastructure facilities, improved governance, including the weaknational institutional and administrative capabilities are considered as major supply-side constraints
and as major challenges that threaten the country’s ability to promote international trade and diversify
exports. Other supply side constraints identified: customs procedures and services, skill and
professional upgrading, trade information technology, un-diversified export basket and the quality of
goods at competitive prices, under-developed trade fa cilitation services, un-diversified industrial base,
inadequate infrastructure facilities (port and roads, power generation and telecommunication system).
A.3.8 Although not well informed nor involved in the IF process, civil society groups expressed
support for the concepts and expressed a willingness to be involved and to partner with the private
sector.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
B.1.1 The Ministry of Commerce has established the IF Steering Committee (NSC equivalent) with
representatives from Ministries and agencies, the private sector and independent experts to tackle
trade issues emerging from the international agenda. The addition of a broader range of stakeholders
including civil society could strengthen the NSC and the buy-in of participants to the IF process.
B.1.2 Although round tables were held in 1999 and some priority projects were identified, a DTIS
process including a broad cross section of stakeholders could still be beneficial to help add clarity to
strategic trade related priorities. It could also delineate the trade policy issues separately from trade
development and supply side concerns. The follow up action matrix could identify measurable goalsand objectives and priority projects to address specific issues or problems. A clearly defined action
plan might also assist in targeting, attracting and better focusing both bilateral and multi-lateral donor
support.
B.1.3 Although a number of  bilateral donors are ac tive in the country as are two of the IF core
agencies and the ADB, the evidence suggests that donor activities are not highly coordinated.
B.1.4 The leather sector project is ongoing, but it seems to have reached a plateau. Perhaps
stakeholders have lost sight of the goals and objectives and the desired outcomes from the project.WT/IFSC/6
Page 32
C.  Potential Adjustments
C.1.1 While progress had been made with the IF, it has slowed and seems somewhat hampered by a
need for clarification. As well, the IF project in support of the leather sector has appeared to losemomentum after the initial “study stage”.
C.1.2 The government commitment to mainstreaming trade seems assured but the need to prioritize
and balance the effort targeted towards trade policy (trade negotiations) and trade development would
seem appropriate.
C.1.3 Although trade appears to be recognized as  an important driver of economic growth that
could benefit overall development, the degree to which trade receives attention within the final PRSP
is critical.
C.1.4 In lieu of the number of donors active in the country, the appointment of a lead
donor/facilitator could facilitate the development of concrete plans and assisting with donorcoordination.
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
D.1.1 Failure to at least review and reassess the is sues above will likely result in the IF process
continuing to move slowly and the lengthy list of  issues requiring attention will remain unchanged.
E. Recommendations
It is recommended that:
1. Efforts be made to identify and encourage an active mentoring or assistance role by a Lead
donor/ facilitator.  [Selected recommendation # 2 ]
2. The NRC (Bangladesh steering committee) expand its participation to include additional
stakeholder representation.
3. The government in conjunction with the IF Focal point and the assistance of the local core
agency representatives consider launching a DTIS process to reconfirm and refine priorities and
increase the effort to have trade fully mainstreamed into the final PRSP.  [Selected recommendation #
3 ]
4. The IF Focal point take the lead and review the IF leather sector project with a view to
reconfirming its goals and objectives and obtaining agreement from key stakeholders as to the key
milestones or measurable targets and develop a specific action plan to move the project forward.WT/IFSC/6
Page 33
3.2.2.2 Haiti:  Round Table Country Status Report
A. Evaluation FindingsA.1  Summary Statement
The IF is supported by the Minister of Trade and Industry (MTI), but the awareness level within the
country and the government is generally low.  The IF Focal Point consists of one very dedicated
individual who is well aware of the IF, but lacks both the financial and human resources to manage
the process. Haiti, as one of the original five participants, does not have a DTIS. However they have
instituted a process in lieu of a DTIS, which includes a Round Table held in May 2003. There is no
PRSP in Haiti and trade does not appear to have been formally mainstreamed into any national plan.
A.2 Survey Results
Almost 6 out of 10 (58%) respondents to the survey  expressed the views of LDC stakeholders. Their
collective insights are set out in Annex E. Individual country breakouts were not attempted, since thatwould have reduced the average sample size per country to below statistical norms.
A.3 Interviews and Focus Group Results
A.3.1 MTI has produced a draft document, which outlines the new orientation and strategy for
International Trade. It recommends the following priorities to enhance trade:  identify new nichemarkets; select products and services and develop information on targeted markets; assess and correct
the obstacles to increased production; coordinate the action of all parties involved in the IF goals. This
document flows from a round table held in May 2003, which included participants from the private
sector.
A.3.2 The IF focal point consists of one highly dedicated and motivated individual but working
without the apparent financial and human resources to administer the process. Several respondents
suggested that a fully resourced IF Focal Point was essential to facilitate progress.
A.3.3.3  Discussions held with agency, donor and regional development bank representatives plus
donor sponsored project managers confirmed that there is a general lack of awareness among the
entire group as to the existence of the IF, let alone its goals and objectives. Even representatives witha clear poverty reduction mandate were totally unaware.
A.3.3.4  To illustrate, the representative of the Inter-American Development Bank was unaware of the
IF, but intrigued by the process and most supportive of its goals. The IDB has developed a database
for project level identification, concentrating on the Agriculture and Health Sectors. Although thedevelopment has been completed, IDB has been unsuccessful, to date, in getting the government
(same ministry as the IF Focal Point) to take ownership of the database. As well, two project
managers, funded by different donors and engaged in virtually identical trade-related development
projects for two different agriculture products were not only unaware of the IF, but they were unaware
of each other.
The $300,000 available from IF for DTIS, according to the IF Focal Point is available to finance a
pilot phase of the IF. It will be used to structure the IF, according to a paper entitled  “ Les
Réalisations du Cadre Intégré ”. A  DTIS and action plan are anticipated in the document As is the
formation of a public information campaign on the IF and a programme of training assistance at alllevels.WT/IFSC/6
Page 34
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
There is a serious lack of awareness, focal point capacity, government-wide support and  leadership,
which handicaps all IF-related efforts. Additionally, it is not clear that the integration of trade into
development plans has been accepted as a valid concept within the Haitian government.
C. Potential Adjustments
The necessary in-country elements, to adequately support the successful conclusion of the IF process
into an actionable programme of activities do not appear to be in place despite the dedication of those
directly involved. The government of Haiti should be encouraged to review the IF and its possible
contribution to improving trade and reducing poverty.
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
Failure to act on bringing together the necessary elements will likely result in no measurable
improvement to the current situation.
Senior government support, and leadership to fully engage in the IF process should result in the
identification of an action plan to address trade-related issues that could lead to an economic revival
and a  reduction in poverty.
E. Recommendations
It is recommended that:
1. Efforts be made by the core agencies to engage the Haitian government in a dialogue with a
view to obtaining the senior government support for IF and its goals and objectives.
2. The IF Focal point be fully resourced, including human and financial resources to adequately
manage the IF process. [Selected recommendation # 4 ]
3. An awareness campaign be developed and launched with a view to engaging more
stakeholders more fully in the process.WT/IFSC/6
Page 35
3.2.2.3 Uganda:  Round Table Country Status Report
A. Evaluation FindingsA.1. Summary Statement
Uganda has a PRSP completed in March 2002, which includes some elements of trade. The situation
is currently under review with the assistance of the Uganda Export Promotion Board (UEPB). It is
possible that trade will receive growing attention and will be increasingly mainstreamed into revised
PRSPs.
As one of the original five Round Table Countries a DTIS has never been conducted and The GOU
has steadfastly refused to do so on the grounds that sufficient studies exist and what is required in
their case is an action plan to address priority issue including capacity issues on the policy side
pertaining to trade negotiations. The IF Trust Funds for the DTIS ($300,000) were used for other
purposes aimed at trade development and poverty reduction.
A.2 Survey Results
Almost 6 out of 10 (58%) respondents to the survey  expressed the views of LDC stakeholders. Their
collective insights are set out in Annex E. Individual country breakouts were not attempted, since that
would have reduced the average sample size per country to below statistical norms.
A.3. Interview and Focus Group Results
A.3.1 Interviews and focus group discussions were held with a wide cross section of stakeholders
including government officials and representatives from the NSC, UEPB, industry associations,agriculture producers, civil society and agencies. The level of participation and the active coordination
support from the IF focal point demonstrates the interest in the trade-related issue in Uganda.
A.3.2. The IF Focal Point and The National Steering Committee (NSC) is led by Ministry of
Tourism, Trade and Industry (MTTI) with the NSC comprising government officials representatives
from the Uganda Export Promotion Board (UEPB) working in collaboration with the Committee for
the National Export Strategy (NES).
12 The GoU also established an Inter-institutional Trade
Committee (IITC) which is to function as a consultative forum on trade policy and as the trade
agreement negotiating group.
The GOU took a strong position, against preparing a DTIS arguing that the Country had enough
studies and sufficient diagnoses. Senior officials stated their belief that IF core agencies were stronglyopposed to the move but that it was finally accepted and approval was given to use of the IF budget
($300,000) for four alternative activities: (1) Export  sectoral strategies; (2) Inter-institutional trade
committees comprising sectoral ministries; (3) a network of trainers; and (4) a Compilation report to
capture the relevant data and update recent economic studies.
Export strategies for horticulture products (fruits and vegetables) and the spices sector have been
completed and launched in November 2002 while MTTI is preparing a work plan for the preparation
of TRTA export strategies for the other two product sectors, namely silk and legumes (including herbs
and beans). In both cases a  “coaching” and “do it yourself” approach has been used. The focus of
private sector activities will be on the preparation of the sector strategies and executing activities
                                                     
12 The NES has its basis in the Regional Executive Forum on Export Strategies organized by ITC for
the Africa Trade Week held in Nairobi in November 2001 under a Joint Integrated Technical Assistance
Program (JITAP) for Selected African Countries.WT/IFSC/6
Page 36
designed to provide tangible benefits to silk and legume producers and thus help reduce poverty in
rural areas.
The IF has also assisted the IITC to address critical issues relating to the Multilateral Trading System
(MTS).  UNCTAD carried out work in the area of in stitutional capacity building for trade negotiations
and policy formulation, primarily through strengthening of the IITC capacity building and the NES
project is to assist in the preparation of workshops and training seminars to create a network of
trainers on the Multilateral Trading System established under the JITAP programme.
A strategy template developed by ITC is being used as an overall guide for strategy formulation. Ten
products are being considered in the service sector. These initiatives are under IF-TRTA with ITC as
the implementing agency and efforts continue to replicate the pilot project assistance provided underthe project in the silk and vegetable sectors. The silk and vegetable producers in other parts of the
country have been exerting pressure on government to provide them with similar training and market
contacts.  In the case of vegetables, the need seems more urgent as drought conditions in the sub-
region have affected production.
The service sector’s growing importance and potent ial to export is now recognized and is being
promoted as one the key sectors for future growth. As well, comprehensive terms of reference have
been prepared for compilation of a diagnostic trade study for the service sector.  A suitable national
consultant has been recommended to undertake the study, which was planned for this year (2003),
however additional donor funding has yet to be confirmed.
A.3.3 Although Uganda is taking a different and so mewhat unique approach to IF, there are several
key ingredients for success in place including the IF Focal Point’s commitment and a NSC that
incorporates a cross section of stakeholder interests. Definite actions towards a definitive action plan
have been taken, especially in relation to specific priority sectors and the evidence suggests aconducive business environment is in place.
Despite progress and the expressions of commitment and government support for IF, the coordination
and follow up plans on specific activities is unclear and there appears to be duplication in the
management of trade-related issues between the Ministry of Agriculture and the MTTI. Some
respondents also made reference to bottlenecks and increased transaction costs in exporting caused by
rent seeking measures related to trade facilitation. The Uganda Programme for Trade Opportunitiesand Policy (UPTOP) commented that it seems IF activities are stalled and that to get the process
moving forward again the roles and responsibilities of each related institution need to be clearly
defined.
IF was unknown to many of the participants at the meetings or focus groups, including senior officers
from MTTI and other ministries. Many benefici aries however are aware of the intermediary
organization (UEPB) and the results obtained, which is more important than “popularizing" IF itself.
However, agency and donor representatives also displayed little awareness of the IF; with some
suggesting that IF is a small, "secondary" type of project.
Regarding the level of capacity of the Focal Point, the evidence suggests that MTTI has had very little
institutional and capacity building related to the IF . Donor representatives also made reference to the
need for added capacity throughout the public sector both at the central and district government level.
Added cooperation between ministries and officials would also be beneficial.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
As an original participant under IF, Uganda was not obliged to complete a DTIS and opted for a
different approach. Whether this will have a positive or negative effect on Uganda’s progress remainsWT/IFSC/6
Page 37
an open question as it appears that mainstreaming trade into poverty reduction strategies has not yet
been fully embraced. However progress has been made. For example, the level of understanding of
MTS issues has increased following training activities, and several sectoral studies are underway
which could improve trade performance.
C. Potential Adjustments
A more coordinated and unified approach to IF and to trade issues generally could contribute to the
potential for success.  Inter-institutional cooperation and policy integration between ministries on
sectoral issues and strategies could also produce positive results.
The policy and methodological aspects of mainstreaming might be adjusted to the current
macroeconomic conditions of the country. This would allow the IF to take advantage of the lessons
learned in the region.
D. Potential Impact of the Choices
A clear perception by all stakeholders of the goals and objectives at the national level, including
donors and agencies, could contribute to improved coordination of IF activities and to mainstreaming
trade in the national development priorities.
E. Recommendations
It is recommended that:
1. A capacity assessment be undertaken locally with a view to identifying needs to strengthen
MIIT leadership and unify the NEC and core IF team.
2. Mentoring and assistance be provided to the IF team to increase awareness of the IF,
especially within ministries, as a means of encouraging the full mainstreaming of trade into PRSPs.
[Selected recommendation # 5 ]
3. A lead donor/facilitator be recruited or an agency representative be nominated to provide
advice and assistance to the IF Focal point to undertake an assessment of the range of ongoing TRTAactivities with a view to ensuring that the ac tivities are progressing towards measurable and
appropriate goals and objectives.  [Selected recommendation #6]
4. Encourage the IF Focal Point to consider the needs of regional and rural enterprises in
developing future IF-TRTA activities.WT/IFSC/6
Page 38
3.2.2.4 The Gambia: Round Table Country Status Report
A. Evaluation FindingsA.1 Summary Statement
The IF process, launched in April, 2002, does not have priority attention of the Government. A
comprehensive study was undertaken and the five “pillars” of the national economy (horticulture,
fishery, groundnuts, tourism and niche manufacturing) were selected at a national workshop held in
August, 2002, when five teams were constituted to formulate strategies for activities to be carried out
under the IF project. The results were integrated into the Export Development Programme for The
Gambia , which is being finalized in consultation with all the stakeholders, including the European
Union (EU) and UNDP, and which will be launched at a national symposium to be held in
August 2003.
A.2 Survey Results
Almost 6 out of 10 (58%) respondents to the survey  expressed the views of LDC stakeholders. Their
collective insights are set out in Annex E. Individual country breakouts were not attempted, since that
would have reduced the average sample size per country to below statistical norms.
A.3 Interviews and Focus Group Results
A.3.1 Three focus groups were held with representatives of the tourism, fisheries, and horticulture
sectors. Participants believe that the IF can be the solution to the problems facing these sectors and
having effective leadership may facilitate the process. The Government, through the Ministry of Trade
(MoT), does not seem to be committed to the IF objectives. The MoT needs to show greater supportfor the IF activities, ensuring wide participation and assuming ownership. On the other hand, the
Ministry of Tourism is well organized and does the proper follow-up of its projects, in various trade
exhibitions abroad and at a world conference. The Gambia Ministry of Tourism and Culture has great
confidence in IF and believes that it can be beneficial for The Gambia. The officials talked to want to
accelerate the implementation of the IF. The industries of tourism and handicraft production have
strict norms and standards in place, providing employment to some 15,000 people.
Fishing is important, as some 200,000 people are involved in the sector. Stringent quality standards
are established by the Government and are recognized by the European Community, where a large
proportion of their production is sold. The associations involved attach a great deal of importance to
the IF as a source of technical, institutional and financial assistance.
The horticultural group clearly wants greater government leadership. This group, highly affected by
poverty, has a work force of some 25,000 members, mostly women.
A.3.2 Mainstreaming IF is not a priority for the Government
13, which has limited capacity to
manage the whole process, nor to follow up on IF  activities. The lead donor is the UNDP, which, with
limited resources, seems very efficient, and has been working in The Gambia for many years. From
the perspective of this donor, the IF could be very beneficial for the economy of the country, if it is
led and conducted properly.
A.3.3 Among most of the stakeholders that were met (donors and business people) there is
awareness of the IF, and expressions of enthusiastic support. The Ministry of Tourism has great
                                                     
13 The PRSP for Gambia is in the Joint Staff Assessment Phase as of June 2002.WT/IFSC/6
Page 39
confidence in the IF and would like to see the process accelerated. The private sectors are well
motivated and organized, although coordination among agencies and other groups is required.
A.3.4 The focal point at the Ministry of Trade appears to have limited to understanding of  the IF
process in the country,  a fact that is magnified by the lack of interest of the Ministry in this project.
A.3.5 There is no consensus on the main priority areas of the IF, but there are expressions of interest
on having technical, financial, and institutional assistance for strengthening basic government
structure and leadership.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
The evaluation detected a lack of interest in the government with respect to trade, causing the IF to
lose its dynamism. There is a critical need for external coaching for the process to succeed.
C. Potential Adjustments
Leadership as well as technical training in IF might be strengthened. -Related projects might be
offered, which would further strengthen the IF. For such projects, support might be sought from
successful countries, especially English speaking neighbouring organizations, which might also
enable The Gambia to profit from their approach to  growth in trade.  A clear government commitment
and the appointment of an independent and recognized professional (but you have said earlier thefocal point is very competent) to manage the implementation of the IF can be conditions for
continuation of the involvement of The Gambia in the programme.
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
Clear leadership can produce positive effects on the business and donor communities. A dynamic
focal point of the IF will accelerate the implementati on of activities and regain the confidence of core
agencies in the participation of the country.
E. Recommendations
It is recommended that:
1. A clear commitment and leadership of the Ministry of Trade be manifested.2. An independent professional for leading the IF be appointed.
3. The focal point and the donor facilitator could work together to seek donor assistance as well
as assistance from neighbouring countries, which have successful export programmes.WT/IFSC/6
Page 40
3.2.2.5 Tanzania:  Round Table Country Status Report
A. Evaluation FindingsA.1 Summary Statement
Tanzania’s IF based multi-donor US$24 million plus programme is being implemented, with the
largest Business Environment Strengthening for Tanzania (BEST) project (US$19million) scheduled
to begin operation in the near future.  Tanzania has a PRSP 2000-03, which will be extended annually
on a rolling basis.  Trade is not currently included in the PRSP, to which the budgetary process is
closely tied, but it is expected it will be with the forthcoming review.  A National Steering Committee
coordinates Tanzania’s IF process programme supported by a full time focal point.  Tanzania plans amodified DTIS to set the stage for a second generation of IF projects.
A.2 Survey Results
Almost 6 out of 10 (58%) respondents to the survey  expressed the views of LDC stakeholders. Their
collective insights are set out in Annex E. Individual country breakouts were not attempted, since that
would have reduced the average sample size per country to below statistical norms.
A.3 Interview and Focus Group Results
Tanzania is an ‘old’ IF country and consequently did not begin its IF with a DTIS process.
Nevertheless, Tanzania is on the point of achieving the IF outcomes visualized in the re-vamped IF
process: trade mainstreamed into the PRSP and a trade related technical assistance programme
reflecting trade priorities.  Today there is widespread support throughout the country for the
Tanzanian leadership’s recognition of the central role the private sector plays in the developmentprocess and the overarching focus of government policy is to maintain a conducive business
environment for private sector led growth and development.
While the IF process, which began in 1999, has been somewhat lengthy, it has resulted in a substantial
and integrated reform package which is supported throughout the government and the process itself
has no doubt been an important contributor to the cultural change underway in the Tanzanian public
sector.  Several factors have been central to the current success of the IF in Tanzania: senior policyleadership and direction; a steering committee which has included a wide representation from within
government plus representatives of the private sector (civil society will soon choose its own
representatives); and a committed focal point throughout the process who has brought strong
leadership and overall coordination to the process.
IF planning has taken place in a visibly improved macroeconomic environment and business climate.
While there is support among donors and the senior business levels for the IF (and for continued
momentum in the pace of reform), there is concern that the process has been too long. It is only
recently that civil society, which seems to be ge nerally supportive of the changes in Tanzania, but
concerned that reforms have a positive impact on low income urban and rural men and women, hasbeen formally included among IF stakeholders.
A.3.2 While trade is not included in the current PRSP as a priority sector or cross cutting issue, it
does include references to trade and the last PRSP review has a short section on Tanzania and
globalization.  It is expected that trade will be included in the PRSP later this year which willpositively impact the budgetary resources trade related and IF  priorities will receive.
The IF process began in 1999 with an initial needs assessment and consultative process, including
government, the business community and donors, based on an earlier World Bank Tanzanian exportWT/IFSC/6
Page 41
strategy. About 40 projects were initially identified and presented at a Tanzanian Roundtable held in
Geneva This led to further consultation, culminat ing in a consolidated Tanzanian government IF
programme document and its subsequent adoption by the Tanzanian Consultative Group in 2000
While infrastructure projects (supply side constraints) were included in the assessment, the National
Steering Committee excluded them from consideration under the IF, as infrastructure priorities werecovered under other programmes.  Another priority, an Export Processing Zone, was earmarked for
private sector development.
Today there are over US$ 24 million in projects fully approved and underway, including the $19
million BEST programme as well as trade policy, market access and trade and poverty projects.  The
goal of the BEST programme is to reduce poverty through enhancing the growth and development of
business in Tanzania, particularly micro and small business.  It aims to achieve its goal by achievingbetter regulations across government, improving commercial dispute resolution, strengthening the
Tanzania Investment Centre, changing the cult ure of government, and empowering private sector
advocacy, especially SME’s and the informal sector.
Donors have been very active at every stage of the process and the BEST programme is supported
equally by four bilateral donors, one of whom co-ord inates with the Ministry of Industry and Trade on
behalf of the three other partners.  There is no donor facilitator, but the National Steering Committee
plans to monitor the four IF projects through a single sub-committee for the four projects.  Donors
meet regularly to exchange information on trade related matters, as other donors are also
implementing trade related projects outside the IF framework. The evaluation did not determine theextent of these activities.  There is little dir ect contact with the IF Steering Committee, Working
Group, or Secretariat.
Tanzania is planning a modified DTIS based on the numerous studies which have been undertaken
over the years to launch a second generation of IF projects.
The National Steering Committee currently has 26 members, principally representing Tanzanian
government (including the offices of the Vice President and Prime Minister) ministries and agencies,
and including four private sector umbrella organizations.  Civil society representatives, chosen from
among themselves, will soon join the Steering Committee.
A.3.3 Generally the level of awareness of the IF and the links between trade and growth,
employment and poverty, is relatively high among government officials, private sector umbrella
organizations, and senior private sector representatives.  It was not possible to determine the level of
knowledge beyond Dar es Salaam, although there are plans to extend consultation into other urban
centers and smaller rural centers Civil society representatives met knew little about the IF but were
more familiar with issues related to globalization and trade and the impact on the poor.
A.3.4 The IF focal point’s responsibilities are centred on providing leadership and coordinating the
IF with the help of a small staff.  The focal point has received assistance. for the necessary office tools
to carry out his responsibilities.  The IF has been extremely well documented and it is easy to follow a
detailed trail of its development in Tanzania.  Project planning has ensured that all interested publicand private sector stakeholders have been fully consulted to bring about the best possible project plan.
The implementation of the BEST project has been assigned to the Vice President’s office and full
implementation will only begin later this year. Therefore, it is too early too determine whether the
implementation structure, which will cover a number of ministries, agencies and organizations is
sound.WT/IFSC/6
Page 42
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
The Tanzanian IF programme has the potential to make a substantial difference in the Tanzanian
business environment in favour of increasing exports and local business development.  The basic
structures necessary to embed IF in Government  planning and budgetary allocation processes are
scheduled to be completed later this year. IF priorities are expected to be included in the PRSP
process.  With plans to undertake a modified DTIS process, Tanzania is poised to launch a second
generation of IF related initiatives involving a wider spectrum of domestic stakeholders. With the
exception of a donor facilitator, all IF structures are in place and are functioning well.  There was
some interest expressed in seeing donors work more closely together than has been the case up to
now.
The key to Tanzania’s success to date has been senior policy leadership and direction, a well-
represented National Steering Committee, and a focal point, which provides the necessary leadership
and coordination among interested parties, including donors.
C. Potential Adjustments
Some observers in the private sector and among donors expressed concern about the length of time it
has taken to reach the current stage. While it would certainly have been desirable to shorten the
planning time frame, the result appears to have been worth the time taken, especially in light of the
enormous cultural changes going on within the Tanzanian private sector.  Perhaps in the next phasethe lessons learned can be applied to shorten the time frames and to widen the consultative process.
There would be value in the Ministry of Trade and Industry implementing a more intensive
information programme to increase awareness of the IF and the links between trade, poverty and the
Government’s trade priorities.
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
The IF has been a success to date, although the successful launch of the BEST programme represents
a big step from planning to implementation.  Lessons learned from the first generation of projects,
including wider consultation with local stakeholders and increased awareness should result in a more
efficiently planned second IF generation with  broader public understanding and support.
E. Recommendations
It is recommended that:
1. Tanzania continue to increase the efficiency and effectiveness of the IF by drawing upon its
experience gained and the lessons learned to date.
2. The Tanzanian experience be actively monitored by the IF Working Group and, subject to the
agreement of Tanzania, used as a model upon which lessons learned and IF good practices can be
built and disseminated to the IF partners, especially LDC beneficiaries.
3. Tanzania follow through on the stated intention to mainstream trade into the next PRSP and
the resulting budgetary process.WT/IFSC/6
Page 43
3.2.3 Status of the Three Revamped IF Countries
Evaluation Context and Constraints
The same evaluation context and constraints apply, as reported in 3.2.2.
3.2.3.1 Cambodia:  Pilot Country Status Report
A. Evaluation FindingsA.1 Summary Statement
A.1.1 Cambodia has a PRSP, dated December 2002, which is the culmination of a lengthy highly
consultative process, and which contains a large number of sectors and issues to be addressed.
However, the PRSP is complemented by a socio-economic development plan; hence trade has been
fully integrated into the PRSP. The Government of Cambodia has endorsed and embraced the concept
of the Integrated Framework. It has established the necessary infrastructure, in the form of capableleadership, a dedicated support unit plus a National Steering Committee to undertake IF. There is also
a clear recognition of the fact that a prerequisite to trade and economic development is a stable,
predictable and conducive business climate so firms of all types, both domestic and foreign can
establish, operate and grow to their maximum potential.
A.1.2 The IF “group” has assumed ownership of IF and used the DTIS (issued in January 2002)
process effectively by tailoring the standard DTIS TORS to meet their needs, using the advice and
assistance of agencies, donors and local expertise, consulting with a number of stakeholders to
generate an action plan with identifiable discreet projects that address individual priority issues and
trade related problems. The resulting “funding request package” has been presented to donors andthey have responded favourably. Cambodia is the first IF participant to receive approval for funding
from the new Window II Trust Funds.
A.1.3  This is not to suggest that all the trade related problems have been solved and that poverty will
be eliminated in the near term, but the evidence suggests that the IF process is on track and making
progress toward defined (perhaps not fully measurable) goals and objectives.
A.2 Survey Results
Almost 6 out of 10 (58%) respondents to the survey  expressed the views of LDC stakeholders. Their
collective insights are set out in Annex E. Individual country breakouts were not attempted, since that
would have reduced the average sample size per country to below statistical norms.
A.3 Interview and Focus Group Results
A.3.1.1  Interviews and focus group discussions were held with the IF Focal Point, members of the IF
Team, other government officials, a core agency representative, the private sector (restricted to theChamber of Commerce) and civil society groups. A few of the results are highlighted below. It should
be noted that the IF process has been assisted by a number of agency sponsored initiatives and
activities.
A.3.1.2 The World Bank is active in the country and the IF file playing a key advisory role in the
adoption of a Law on Business Enterprises by the Council of Ministers in April 2003. WB has
provided technical support to development of a draft policy matrix in the PRSP. IF has provided
financial assistance through the Trust Fund Window I National Implementation project for capacity
development support to the IF core team.WT/IFSC/6
Page 44
A.3.1.3 The IF process has drawn support from the Trade Sector Network, a group of more than 50
representing government and the private sector. There is also a “Private Sector Forum” (PSF)
established by the Private Sector to build a partner relationship with government. The Forum’s
primary function is to facilitate the activities of seven private sector working groups.  Although wellaware of the IF, the Chamber of Commerce has not been invited to participate in the stakeholder
body.
A.3.1.3 Civil Society opined that IF is related to trade promotion activities and its role should be to
enhance enterprises’ production ability or productivity for the benefit of the poor, not just profit. The
small scale industries, agricultural, handicrafts and limited service sectors can create jobs for the poor,
especially in rural areas.  Nonetheless the process needs to be country owned and driven to make it a
sustainable project.
A.3.1.4 A Consultative Meeting on the integration and trade competitiveness study was held in June
2002 and identified and documented a technical assistance (TA) priority action plan to address the
following policy areas, namely macroeconomic policy, trade policy, trade facilitation/ customs andtrade facilitation/ transport plus sector studies.
A.3.1.5 The IF Focal Point is supported by the IF National Core Team (NCT) comprising 8
professionals specializing in WTO, ASEAN, Intellectual property, commercial law development,
domestic trade, trade promotion, website development, administration and on the job training.
A.3.1.6 Cambodia is aggressively pursuing WTO membership and has gone through the process with
the assistance of the core agencies, such as UNCTAD.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
Cambodia has made definite progress under strong IF leadership and senior government support.
While stakeholder consultation has been a feature of these developments, there are suggestions that
increased consultations with the private sector and civil society, especially those dealing with the rural
population would be beneficial and include a broader cross section of interests. As well, while the IF
process has established clear priorities and identified specific projects to address them, the
introduction of a results based management system to provide a continuous loop of monitoring,evaluation and modification, would ensure that planned actions continue to meet the ultimate IF goals
and objectives.
The Cambodian experience strongly suggests that the IF is a viable approach as a step by step
process  to provide LDCs with a mechanism 1) that by using mentoring, cooperation and assistance 2)
can assess and analyze the current trade situation and 3) identify problems and issues and develop a
plan with identified projects to address priority  needs that 4) results in a “funding request
package” for presentation to all donors for consideration. The solid funding request package has
attracted donor support and has leveraged funds from donors; what IF was designed to do.
Additionally, this progress has been accomplish ed in a relatively short period of time.
C. Potential Adjustments
Reinforce and strengthen the consultation process and introduce a formal system of continuous
monitoring to ensure optimum results.WT/IFSC/6
Page 45
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
Improve awareness and commitment of a wider spectrum of in country stakeholders and provide a
management tool to gauge progress and concrete results.
E. Recommendations
It is recommended that:
1. The consultative process be reviewed with a view to broadening the spectrum of stakeholder
participation.
2. A results based management process be considered to provide that continuous loop of
monitoring, assessment and adjustment to meet the identified goals.  [Selected recommendation # 7 ]
3. The IFSC, with the permission of the Government of Cambodia, use the experience of
Cambodia in implementing the IF as a training tool to train and inspire other LDCs and IF FocalPoints. The development of an official IF Focal Point Network to exchange ideas and transfer best
practices between participating countries would be invaluable.WT/IFSC/6
Page 46
3.2.3.2 Mauritania:  Pilot Country Status Report
A. Evaluation FindingsA.1 Summary Statement
Mauritania has made progress. The latest PRSP (November 2002) clearly identifies trade and
economic development as one priority sector. The list of priority “sectors” (health, education, legal
reform etc.) and the associated problems, issues and necessary actions identified is long. The
Economy/Trade sector has, by necessity, to compete for government attention and resources against
the other sectors and issues. There is no evidence to show that trade, hence IF, will be granted priority
status, which would translate into senior governme nt wide support and financial support through the
budgetary process.
A DTIS was completed using international and national experts. A follow up roundtable was held and
an action plan matrix was developed which initially identified 32 problem areas, including
infrastructure, human resource development, business environment, natural resource management andtrade issues. A priority setting exercise identified 9 specific projects that fall into 3 broad categories:
Institutional capacity, trade facilitation and market access plus sector development (tourism and fish
products).
A National Steering Committee ( Comité Technique de Suivi ) has been established along with four
sub-committees for: 1. International trade capacity,  2. standards and quality control, 3. tourism and
4.fisheries. The membership list of these groups su ggests a concentration of government officials with
some participation by selected EU Member State donors and the lead donor/ facilitator from the EU.
The IF had gained a certain degree of momentum as a result of all the planning activities. However,
that momentum is fast dissipating and frustration is setting in among key participants, as the process
appears to have stalled around November 2002. No specific activities related to implementation have
begun and no concrete results have been achieved in relation to trade.
A.2 Survey Results
Almost 6 out of 10 (58%) respondents to the survey  expressed the views of LDC stakeholders. Their
collective insights are set out in Annex E. Individual country breakouts were not attempted, since that
would have reduced the average sample size per country to below statistical norms.
A.3 Interview and Focus Group Results
A.3.1 The evaluation was somewhat hampered by the fact that no programme was established for
the evaluation until after the evaluator had arrived in  the country. Despite being in the country two
days longer than scheduled, the evaluator was only able to arrange relatively short meetings with the
IF Focal Point, CMAP, the Chairman of the NSC, the lead donor facilitator and eventually a small
group of donor representatives. Despite personal commitment to the IF, the individuals involved werefully occupied dealing with other issues and files. This alone clearly identifies the need for increased
capacity and resources to manage the IF itself as the IF Focal Point is endeavouring to manage the IF
and other files with no supporting human resources and what appeared to be scarce financial resources
as well. This capacity problem is at the heart of the delay in moving the IF from the planning stage to
the implementation stage.
A.3.2 The Centre Mauitanien d’Analyse de Politique  (CMAP), is a recently created policy analysis
organization. The two individuals, who sought out th e evaluator, were heavily involved in the DTIS,
the follow up roundtable and the development and subsequent prioritization of the action plan matrix.WT/IFSC/6
Page 47
All four documents appear to be well researched and include input from the various stakeholders and
select donors. The action plan matrix initially identified 32 problem areas, including infrastructure,
human resource development, business environment, natural resource management and trade issues.
CMAP undertook a priority setting exercise and identified nine specific projects for action. The
projects fall into 3 categories: market access and trade facilitation, institutional capacity and sectordevelopment (tourism and fish products). Each project has well defined activities and detailed cost
estimates although donors interviewed suggested that a number (as yet unidentified) of the 32
problem areas were already being addressed by bilateral donors and that the 9 priority projects were in
fact projects for which funding had not been identified elsewhere.
A.3.3 Although donors, including the lead donor/ faci litator were involved in the process, little
evidence exists that donors/ agencies are prepared to look at the whole package of 9 IF priorityprojects. Donor “interest” has been expressed in specific projects e.g. the EU has expressed interest in
a customs modernization project and Italy has funded a small project. Some donors have put forward
their own proposals that might contribute to the 9 priority areas and some projects have been offered
which address other areas within the original 32 issues. This situation is at the heart of who is
responsible for establishing priorities and coordinating donors. While the action plan matrix andpriority setting was done by the country, donors by “cherry picking” are overriding the IF process.
A.3.4 The evaluator noted on a hotel billboard an announced seminar to explore the strategy for the
promotion of micro-enterprises. The event assisted  by the EU Mission, was sponsored by the UNDP,
The Ministry of Economics and Development and an association. The Chairman of the NSC classifiedthe event as an IF initiative while the conference organizer said it bore no relationship as micro and
small enterprises are too small for IF.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
Leadership and the capacity to manage and implemen t IF are lacking as the burden is being carried by
one individual (the focal point himself raised the capacity issue indicating that he badly needed
support and resources. Some observers suggested such a unit should be at a higher level in the
government to insure policy integration across ministries (clearly articulated strategic goals and
objectives using a RBM approach to IF management paramount). The leadership issue was confirmed,
as was a lack of senior government support, even though it clearly appears in the PRSP. Recent events
in the country coupled with the prospect of an election next year may not assist the process.
Clarification and support for the Lead Donor/Facilit ator role at the local level including efforts to
align/identify donor support for the identified action plan (priority projects) would assist. The donors
are for the most part the EU or EU Member States and it appears that not all of the EU Member
States’ representatives are aware of, involved in or agree with the IF and its concept. Japan is also adonor but there seems to be no contact between the two.
An agreed to set of guidelines (to be negotiated between all three partners) that outlines the types of
project eligible (scope and coverage) for support from which source and under what conditions, i.e.
project criteria, eligibility criteria, funding limits from each source so that all partners share a commonunderstanding of the funding potential and limitations on a clearly identified action plan.
C. Potential Adjustments
Mauritania has made significant progress in adopting the IF process and considerable momentum and
enthusiasm was generated during what has essentially been a planning phase. Moving forward from
planning to implementation will be a significant challenge and will require a resolution of the
uncertainty of senior government support, the lack of capacity to deal with IF itself and the apparent
less than fully engaged lead donor/facilitator and agency representatives.WT/IFSC/6
Page 48
Mauritania would of course benefit from recommended changes to the overall development and
management of the IF.
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
Without a resolution to these issues, especially the senior government support and the capacity issue,
it is unlikely that the IF can progress beyond what has been a relatively successful planning stage.
E. Recommendations
It is recommended that:
1. An assessment of the IF Focal Point be undertaken to determine the required level of human
and financial resource required and to identify the skill sets needed to adequately manage the IF
programme. The necessary resources be provided to manage the IF
2. Communication skills be developed, including for the IF Focal point and the NSC, to enable
proponents to promote the IF and obtain the nece ssary senior government and budgetary support.
[Selected recommendation # 8 ]WT/IFSC/6
Page 49
3.2.3.3 Madagascar:  Pilot Country Status Report
A. Evaluation FindingsA.1 Summary Statement
The Madagascar PRSP process began in September 2000 and was suspended for eight months in 2002
because of the crisis that faced the country. The full PRSP was completed recently. The DTIS has
been completed and the Action Plan Matrix has been validated at a workshop held on July 17, 2003
(at Antananarivo). The workshop was attended by representatives of local donors and agencies, as
well as government officials, private sector, civil society and development partners.  A Task Force,
that comprised senior officials, has been appointed to oversee the IF process and review/endorse theAction Matrix plan. It is expected that the World Bank will organize a donors’ round table in
September to identify projects from the validated matrix plan to be financed.
A.2 Survey Results
Almost 6 out of 10 (58%) respondents to the survey  expressed the views of LDC stakeholders. Their
collective insights are set out in Annex E. Individual country breakouts were not attempted, since that
would have reduced the average sample size per country to below statistical norms.
A.3 Interview and Focus Group Results
A.3.1 To enhance cooperation between ministries and to show the big commitment towards the IF
process, a “Task Force structure’’ was settled. Each ministry is represented in the Task force that
comprises senior officials.  Several meetings were held and communications were exchanged,
between members of the task force to discuss the orientation, work programme and how to overseethe IF process. All Task force members seem fully engaged and poverty reduction focused.
A.3.2 The Government shows a big commitment to  undertake sound policies in the pursuit of
sustained growth and poverty reduction. Thus, the PRSP focused on how to improve social indicators
and strengthen the income generating activities of the more vulnerable groups. Nevertheless, it does
not sufficiently cover trade (especially international trade) and its impact on poverty.  It is expected
that the DTIS, which has just been completed, will be fully integrated into the PRSP and tabled atdonor coordination meetings.
The DTIS draft identifies about 50 areas that need technical assistance. It was presented for validation
last July, but all the local stakeholders complained that they received the draft only 48 to 24 hours
before the validation workshop and did not have enough time to go through the document. Indeed, theconsultation process needs some improvements but it is gaining momentum, with the recent decision
to integrate representatives from the private sector into the task force. A wide consultation among
different local stakeholders, including representatives of civil society, will benefit the IF process
more.
A.3.3 The level of awareness of IF seemed not too high; local stakeholders are quite mixed up and
many have trouble to distinguish between the objectives of different workshops held in the country.
Indeed, there is not enough visibility of the IF process in the country, and no sensitization workshop
had been held before the process started. Civil society seems to be absent and have not been engaged
throughout the process. Even participants in the DTIS validation workshop, including some membersof the task force, and local agencies representatives, claim that they have not been fully involved in
the IF/DTIS process.WT/IFSC/6
Page 50
A.3.4 The IF focal point is  a senior official in the Ministry of Trade. He is very active and fully
committed to a successful outcome of the IF process. He is very aware of the IF and familiar with its
objectives. Also, the task force promises that all challenges will be correctly addressed in the new
context of a broadly-based consultative process.
Significant advances have also been made by the government to improve transparency and
governance at all levels of public administration, which would significantly enhance the environment
for private sector activity. Nevertheless, more remains to be done; the financial system needs to be
strengthened and the regulatory framework streamlined.
A.3.5 The government declares that the privat e sector should be the engine of growth in
Madagascar and seems committed to take strong measures to address corruption and  improve theenvironment for private investment and growth.
A.3.6 All interlocutors expressed strong support fo r the latest measures taken by the president to
strengthen the local business community and to help the private sector to develop and improve its
competitiveness before the accession to the WTO.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
The success of the IF requires a full involvement and participation of the business community and
civil society. The identification of projects that meet the real needs of all local stakeholders and theirprioritization is the only way to make the IF process profitable.
C. Potential Adjustments
The lead role in DTIS assigned to the WB is a cause for concern even t hough the UNDP and the other
agencies endorse it. LDCs should be given the flexibility to choose the agency and the form of
assistance that they feel to be most appropriate. Ideally, they should have the opportunity to conduct
the DTIS themselves, or at least more local experts should be integrated in the team and the team
leader should be a local expert).
Recommended trade reforms (e.g. International trade-related conditions such as exemption from
customs duties, fiscal reform, import taxes and the VAT….) should be underpinned by an analysis ofthe impact of these reforms on poverty reduction.
Deeper consultation with the private sector and civil society is important, not only at the validation
workshop, but also during the DTIS process.
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
A LDC-led DTIS responds to widespread demands that the diagnosis and the recovery process be
locally owned. A wider local involvement and particip ation reinforces the feeling of a domestically-
owned development agenda in a process generated by consultation within government and betweengovernment and the private sector and civil so ciety, not handed down from outside. All local
stakeholders will then endorse the process.WT/IFSC/6
Page 51
E. Recommendations
It is recommended that:
1. The meaning of “nationally owned” process be clearly defined: e.g. who is responsible for
DTIS, the choice of experts (only 3 local experts have participated in the DTIS: less than 10 % of
participation in the study).
2. More guidelines about the participation process be set: e.g. who should be represented in the
steering committee, and in which proportion (civil society, private sector, etc.).
3. The visibility of the IF process be improved among local stakeholders (sensitization
workshops, explanation of objectives; etc.).WT/IFSC/6
Page 52
3.2.4 Status of the Non-Pilot Countries
Evaluation Context and Constraints
The same evaluation context and constraints apply, as reported in 3.2.2. In addition, special conditions
in Burundi and Eritrea need to be noted. A country visit in Burundi  was not possible due to the armed
insurgence in that country at the time of the planned visit. A country visit in Eritrea  had not been
planned, since that country was not active in IF at the time of the evaluation.
In the case of Burundi , telephone and email contacts were used to obtain data about the IF status in
that country. In the case of Eritrea , a World Bank official provided information about the reason for
the current inactive status.
3.2.4.1 Guinea:  Non-Pilot Country Status Report
A. Evaluation Findings
A.1 Summary Statement
Under a new democratic framework, the country is de finitively progressing toward resolving the basic
living conditions constraints of its population. Senior officials have the capacity to assess and to look
for solutions to the country’s problems, although decision-making is delayed due to the President’shealth.
The IF has a big challenge ahead, but could still contribute to the advancement of Guinea’s
development, which requires finding a solution to the market access issues in foreign markets,
developing their human resources (qualified people, basic training) and addressing infrastructureissues (roads, transportation and power plants).
A.2 Survey Results
Almost 6 out of 10 (58%) respondents to the survey  expressed the views of LDC stakeholders. Their
collective insights are set out in Annex E. Individual country breakouts were not attempted, since that
would have reduced the average sample size per country to below statistical norms.
A.3 Interviews and Focus Group Results
A.3.1 The Government supports the IF process, but, in practice, its commitment is lagging. The
Ministry of Industry and Trade (MoIT) expressed interest in the IF concept and offered to push for aquick delivery. In a focus group of 150 people including Government officials, members of the
business community, civil society, union leaders and consumers, the importance of such a trade-
related initiative for the country was generally accepted. It is evident that the stakeholders are eager to
participate in a process like IF. Until 1985, business in Guinea was State controlled. When the role of
the State was reduced, hundreds of companies were privatized in a very short time and the countrywas without a conducive business environment. There are signs of increased Government policy
leadership in the area of trade and in dealing with the business environment.
A.3.2 The DTIS had recently been completed. The priority is to reinforce the most promising
sectors: tourism, agriculture, fisheries and mining. Education, training, foreign investments andinfrastructure are also high on the agenda of all the Ministries involved. A National Steering
Committee composed of representatives of all the partner groups of the IF at the national level has
been formed and is active.WT/IFSC/6
Page 53
A.3.3 The level of awareness of IF is high, among all groups concerned. Representatives of these
groups meet regularly to coordinate their activities and they indicated that the “informal economy” is
an issue in the country and it does impact on the government’s revenue. The informal economy
represents some 60 % of the economy and the reduced revenue translates into funds that are not
available to support national priorities, including production and trade. The general public should alsobe informed of what the government is planning to achieve.
A.3.4 The capacity of the IF Focal Point is reduced because of other priorities and commitments.
This makes it difficult to manage and implement IF and it indicates a need for increased human and
financial resources and coaching.
A.3.5 With a more conducive business climate, Guinea could be a more attractive place for foreign
and local investment, including in export-oriented industries.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
Although the IF Focal point is a very senior government official, the commitment demonstrated for
the project and the effectiveness of the IF-related process to date has been  limited, due to the lack of
focus on the project and attention to other national priorities.
There is a clear need to increase production capability and the competitiveness of existing firms to
improve the export capability.
C. Potential Adjustments
To address coordination with all the participants involved in the IF, the IF focal point requires
additional human resources to whom responsibilities can be delegated to handle daily activities in atimely manner.
There are basic supply side constraints that require attention including production that are affecting,
local consumption and the ability to export.
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
Should the Minister delegate the day-to-day coordi nation to a professional with a trade background, it
could reactivate and build the momentum for IF activities, giving all the participants in the IF a
clearer sense of leadership.
A strengthened IF focal point team coupled with in creased government support and a higher IF profile
could help rejuvenate the process, which appears to be supported by stakeholders but that seems
stalled at the moment.
E. Recommendations
It is recommended that:
1. The Minister (IF focal point) assign a full-time coordinator with adequate resources to take
charge of all IF activities, especially the preparation and dissemination of documents, linking with
donors and conveying the information to increase awareness of IF and its objectives to civil society inparticular.WT/IFSC/6
Page 54
2. The DTIS process be continued to complete the analysis and identify the most serious issues
plus identify an action plan matrix to enumerate priority projects to address the issues. Supply side
constraints and infrastructure needs will likely be a major component.
3. The government of Guinea be encouraged to take the steps necessary to create a conducive
business environment to attractive investment.WT/IFSC/6
Page 55
3.2.4.2 Malawi:  Non-Pilot Country Status Report
A. Evaluation FindingsA.1  Summary Statement
Although trade plays an important role in this poor, landlocked country, its relevance is comparatively
less urgent within the national development priorities. Malawi has now several plans, programmes
and initiatives toward economic development and poverty reduction strategy, including the Diagnostic
Study (DTIS).  The impression of the evaluator of the effects and current status of IF in Malawi is that
this is a secondary type of project that fits or complements other schemes, like the Growth Strategy
for Malawi (GSM). As a national development plan, the latter counts with higher level of participantslocally and clearer commitment from international or ganizations and other donors, both bilateral and
multilateral including, of course, the IF Core Agencies’ resident representations and their counterparts
in headquarters.
The National Steering Committee has been idle for more than a year and the IF process has been
stalled. Only because of this evaluation and the upcoming ministerial meeting in Cancun has it been
reactivated.  The Norwegian Agency (NORAD) is facilitating the process and promoting the
coordination of donors’ roles, becoming a trade area contact point for international cooperation and
donor activities within the IF project.
A.2 Survey Results
Almost 6 out of 10 (58%) respondents to the survey  expressed the views of LDC stakeholders. Their
collective insights are set out in Annex E. Individual country breakouts were not attempted, since that
would have reduced the average sample size per country to below statistical norms.
A.3 Interviews and Focus Group Results
A.3.1 The role of the Ministry of Commerce and Industry (MCI) is limited and lacks proactive
initiatives, losing the lead role in trade-related matters to the Ministry of Planning and Development
and to the Ministry of Finance. Although the Principal Secretary and senior officers express support to
the IF, there is little awareness and it is largely unknown to most of the government and civil society.
Leadership of the MCI and the Focal Point is weak, due  to the transfer of the previous facilitator from
the Ministry of Commerce and Industry (MCI) to the Ministry of Planning.
A.3.2 Some elements of the IF, like the DTIS, which was completed on March 14, 2003, have
contributed to other studies or plans, bringing up opportunities for a more realistic implementationfulfilling indirectly the goal of mainstreamin g trade into national plans. A national validation
workshop is planned for September 2003. The PRSP was delivered in April 2002, and includes few
references to trade, although there was exchange of information during the study preparation. The
document “A Growth Strategy for Malawi: strength ening cooperation between public and private
sectors”   (GSM) was finished on April 2003 and includes a chapter on the trade strategy. There is no
consensus on the real influence of trade on development and its contribution to poverty reduction.
Many doubts arose on the value for the country of its integration in the global economy, due to the
fact that (1) access to developed countries’ markets is increasingly becoming more restricted
14, and
(2) that overlapping regional and bilateral trade agreements are in effect with important trading
partners.
                                                     
14 Malawi enjoyed before of preferential agreements, but under the new schemes, bigger partners as
South Africa or the European Union are imposing quotas  on Malawian exports, which limit the access to those
markets.WT/IFSC/6
Page 56
The DTIS’s action plan contains 46 actions for improving competitiveness of the Malawi economy
and its integration into the global economy, classified with high or medium priority, and by sector
including macroeconomic and policy adjustments. It is remarkable that this action plan was assumed
by the GSM and distributed among responsible agencies and the private sector or NGOs. By thismeans it attracted the attention of the participant organizations. While there is a conducive business
environment, a coherent approach to regional and global agreements is lacking, which causes
confusion among government and the private sector. This situation is also an opportunity for IF trade-
related training in matters like negotiation of harmonized trade agreements; and improving the
knowledge of the theory and practice of the functioning of the international markets and the global
economy. Stakeholders want to participate more actively, once they are aware of IF’s existence.
A.3.3 There were several references from all sectors to the limited level of awareness of IF. A
workshop to review the DTIS and the Action Matrix has been scheduled for September 4, 2003 which
may contribute to the fuller involvement of partic ipants in the IF process. As a result of this
evaluation, civil society has been contacted and its active participation is expected from now on.
Donor participation is being reactivated but their involvement is very limited, due to the low level of
priority given to the IF, compared to other assignments both locally and from headquarters.
A.3.4 After the transfer of the previous IF focal point, which caused the process to stall, the
Ministry appointed the Deputy Chief Economist to support the NSC activities. He is reactivating the
process. Nonetheless, the effectiveness of the management and implementation of the IF is limited tothe diminished position of the Minist ry within the Government structure.
A.3.5 There is clarity with regard s to the topic of mainstreaming trade into the national plan, and
also in the needs of trade related technical assistan ce. Special interest is devoted to the strengthening
of the negotiation capacity of the country in trade arrangements regionally and multilaterally.
A.3.6 During the mission in Lilongwe, the evaluator promoted a short meeting with the JITAP
Programme Coordinator from Geneva who arrived in the country to inaugurate a training process,
mentioning that the role of IF is mainstreaming and that of Joint Integrated Technical Assistance
Programme (JITAP) is trade related technical assistance.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
Although senior officials of the GoM expressed the importance of and commitment toward the IF, the
fact is that IF is considered a project of secondary level within trade planning and  policy making.
This is a fact of great significance within the scope of the Framework, because it limits its potential
and diminishes the effectiveness of its contributions.
On the other hand, the IF has made some impact at adding dynamics to the process and has provided
valuable inputs – as well as incorporated the results of others – intertwining studies and action plans
within the national context.
The donors also play a dual, somehow overlapping role, assigning priority attention to bigger, more
visible projects, and participating in the IF marginally. This is a finding of significance because it
reflects not only the normal setting of priorities at the country level, common among local
representations, but also shows up the existence of unclear lines of coordination and alignment with
their headquarters mandates or smaller initiatives like IF.  This fact raises the point of the diverging
vision that the LDC may have of the IF architecture and its effectiveness, since there were several
complains about fund transfers or the approval of activities.WT/IFSC/6
Page 57
Since one of the IF objectives is to serve as a mechanism to deliver trade-related assistance, the
implementation of that objective needs to be assessed against the role played by JITAP. Since JITAP
is jointly operated by three of the six IF core agencies (ITC, UNCTAD and WTO); and since the IF
Trust Fund and JITAP have a similar budget15, it stands to reason that the operation of JITAP and IF
should be harmonized in countries where both offer their services.
C. Potential Adjustments
There are three areas where potential adjustments might take place:
Option 1. Strengthening of IF by concentrating the overall coordination of trade related issues in the
country, including sectoral ministries (Agriculture , Planning and Finance), which must delegate or
complement the role of the Ministry of Commerce and Industry.
Option 2. Transferring the entire IF mainstreaming process into the Growth Strategy of Malawi
(GSM) and ensuring that the IF budget is allocate d to support the activities and following up on the
inclusion and monitoring of trade related aspects of the strategy.
Option 3. With respect to technical assistance, the resources of JITAP and the IF Trust fund should
perhaps be closely coordinated in order to optimize international support for Malawi’s trade-related
priorities.
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
If option 1 is chosen, then the IF can be regarded as an input provider and as the “framework” in
which trade elements are conducted, and it can be incorporated into action plans for its
implementation.
If option 2 is chosen, then the IF role might be to monitor and evaluate the participation of sectoral
ministries in the resolution of trade issues, promo ting the leadership of the Ministry of Commerce and
Industry.
If option 3 is chosen, then the effective and efficient use of scarce resources can be optimized.
E. Recommendations
It is recommended that:
1. Based on Malawi’s trade-related priorities, the country open a competition inviting the
cooperation agencies to “bid” on their areas of expertise and interest, while the country selects the
sectors or projects which will be attended by those agencies.
2. IF assist in respect to the task distribution of activities within the Action Plan, by providing
technical assistance to the groups responsible for its execution, to ensure coordination between the IFand the plan
16. [Selected recommendation #9 ]
3. To ensure the continuity of the project, a lead person for the IF process in the country be
identified for day-to-day leadership.  [Selected recommendation #10 ]
                                                     
15 The North South Institute, Canadian Development Report 2003, From Doha to Cancun:
Development and the WTO” , Ottawa, 2003 p.47. The IF Trust Fund budget was reported to be $9.9 million in
March, 2002, versus the JI PAP budget of $10 million.
16 As the case of the Trade Group at the private sector working with the GSM.WT/IFSC/6
Page 58
4. The IF focal point distribute tasks among agencies within different government offices,
discuss the report, discuss the action matrix, and the agenda to see the role of IF and create
sensitization.
5. An Institutional Strengthening project for the Ministry of Commerce and Industry be
conducted in order to improve its position in the Central Government Machinery in regards to the
management of the sector issues.
6. All the coordination of trade related issues rely on a higher level committee or National
Action Plan of the GSM, but ensuring MCI and IF to play a clear contributing role.
7. The Trade Policy National Working Group of the GSM and the Integrated Framework
National Steering Committee be brought together to develop detailed implementation plan and
process for the Trade Strategy.
8. IF to be more communicative, efficient and transparent on funds management at the country
level, providing clear definitions on budget allocation and identifying sources of funding.  [Selected
recommendation #11 ]
9. The operation of JITAP and IF be harmonized in countries where both offer their services and
their resources to be used in a coordinated way. [Selected recommendation #12 ]WT/IFSC/6
Page 59
3.2.4.3 Mali:  Non-Pilot Country Status Report
A. Evaluation FindingsA.1 Summary Statement
The PRSP for the country was published on May 29, 2002 and the decree creating the
Interdepartmental Pilot Group to assist the IF, is for approval by the Government. The DTIS is in the
final stages of preparation and it should be completed in August 2003. Therefore, since the poverty
reduction study was prepared more than a year before, no mainstreaming of trade in the PRSP can be
attributed to IF results at this time.
The main obstacles identified for Mali’s development are a lack of basic skills, and product norms and
standards, inadequate investment, poor infrastructure and insufficient internal financing.
The IF potential IF stakeholder are showing increased interest in the process, however there are those
who still have doubts on the capacity of trade to alleviate poverty
A.2 Survey Results
Almost 6 out of 10 (58%) respondents to the survey  expressed the views of LDC stakeholders. Their
collective insights are set out in Annex E. Individual country breakouts were not attempted, since thatwould have reduced the average sample size per country to below statistical norms.
A.3 Interviews and Focus Group Results
A.3.1 The Secretary General of the Department of Trade (DOT) is the IF fo cal point  and involved
in the Diagnostic phase. The final DTIS report will soon be completed and a budget has been prepared
for the implementation of its  activities.
Although the IF is still not endorsed officially, there are signs of greater support for the process from
the Government, . Once is the approval is done, it is expected that the IF Focal Point will provide
strong leadership. The priority initiative is to coordinate all the parties concerned, government,
donors, civil society, and business groups. Stakeholders are committed to the process, and will followthe Government leadership if and when it will happen in concrete terms.
The Government officials stated that there is a good business environment, for investors with political
stability and a good labour force.  Government leader ship is slowly building and should be formalized
when the decree creating the Interdepartmental Pilot Group is signed.
A.3.2. The National Steering Committee, which has been established on a sound basis will be
reinforced by the Interdepartmental Pilot Group. An Investment seminar is planned for January or
February 2004 organized by the Department (DOT). In this context, perhaps a review of the current
business environment and the level of confidence in the economy is required as the evidence suggests
that domestic investment in the country does not match with the apparent wealth among certain
segments of the population.
One of the main obstacles to economic development is the lack of financing for the most important
industries of the country, an issue that perhaps could be addressed within the context of the DTISaction plan.
The Government Coordinating Agency against Poverty, established in 1997, has published a number
of studies outlining the issues related to poverty. However what appears to be lacking is a wellWT/IFSC/6
Page 60
developed action plan within the PRSP to address specific issues and problems as the evidence
suggests that little progress has been achieved. The African Development Bank (ADB) has
implemented some specific initiatives to address the issue, especially targeting women, a population
group that constitute 70% of the labour force in the agriculture, textiles and handicrafts sectors.  Basic
skills development among this group would seem to be a priority to be addressed. In addition,potential promotion of tourism and labour intensive products abroad, utilizing the diplomatic and
commercial missions abroad could enhance trade opportunities.
There are some 166 NGOs in Mali and approximately 56 of them are national organizations. There is
still a climate of mistrust among IF civil society stakeholders on the benefits from trade.
A.3.3. Following approval of the decree, the Action Plan Matrix will be prepared within the DTIS
process. It will identify a set of activities and a follow-up strategy. It appears that national
stakeholders and the donors are involved in the process. The lead donor/facilitator has not been
selected, but it appears likely that the French Development Agency will assume the role as they are
currently advising the Government on trade priorities.
A.3.4. Most of the stakeholders above mentioned are aware, supportive and meeting regularly to
assess ways and means of cooperating within the IF process.
A.3.5. The capacity of the IF Focal Point and other organizations directly involved would appear to
need bolstering with outside assistance, including specialists in planning, training and marketing. .
A.3.6. The evidence suggests that knowledge and skill levels of both the public and private sector
participants  is a priority issue as is the business environment needed to attract investment, both
domestic and foreign.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
The evidence suggests that there are a number of social and economic issues that need to be addressed
if the country is to make meaningful progress on trade, economic development and poverty reduction.
It appears that the IF process has gained some support and recognition as a means of tackling
economic and trade issues. However, the need to ensure the IF process continues to evolve correctly,
with adequate mentoring and assistance from agencies and donors appears to be a necessity. The needfor the IF process to be adequately mainstreamed  into the PRSP process would also appear to be
paramount if progress on economic and poverty issues is to be realized.
C. Potential Adjustments
A review of planned steps in the IF process with emphasis on the involvement of all stakeholders plus
an assessment of the capacity of the focal point and other stakeholders to manage and participate in
the process appears to be a logical first step.
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
A refined action plan, with the active mentoring a nd assistance of agencies and donors, coordinated
by the lead donor/ facilitator would increase the chances of the IF process resulting in a clearly
defined and prioritized action matrix. It could also  increase the level of confidence of potential
participants.WT/IFSC/6
Page 61
E. Recommendations
It is recommended that:
1. The planned implementation and operation of the IF process be reviewed to improve its
chances of producing a valid action plan.
2. An assessment of capacity and skill needs of those directly involved in the IF process be
undertaken with a view to providing training, mentoring and assistance.
3. The need for a marketing campaign for the country, the tourist industry and Malian products
be considered as part of the DTIS Action Plan Matrix. The marketing programme could includedistribution of materials through Mali missions abroad.WT/IFSC/6
Page 62
3.2.4.4 Nepal:  Non-Pilot Country Status Report
A. Evaluation FindingsA.1 Summary Statement
A.1.1 Although Nepal does not have a formal PRSP, it would appear that the country’s 10
th 5 year
plan can serve as a substitute in that it deals with poverty reduction and establishes the target of
reducing poverty from 38 per cent to 30 per cent. Indications are that trade is seen as a prominent
component of the plan.
A.1.2 An IF Focal point has been established, as has a National Steering Committee. The Nepal
Trade Competitiveness Study (NTCS), as a substitute for a full DTIS, was completed recently, and a
follow-up workshop held June 27, 2003 presented the results and identified major issues. The
evidence suggests the NTSC process may lead to a prioritized action plan matrix.
A.2 Survey Results
Almost 6 out of 10 (58%) respondents to the survey  expressed the views of LDC stakeholders. Their
collective insights are set out in Annex E. Individual country breakouts were not attempted, since that
would have reduced the average sample size per country to below statistical norms.
A.3 Interview and Focus Group Results
A.3.1.1 The 10th Five-year plan contains 4 pillars, or action items, (1) to promote faster pro-poor
economic growth, (2) establish equitable access to social and economic infrastructure, (3) assist
marginalized groups with targeted programmes and (4) improve governance.
A.3.1.2 A series of interviews and focus group session was held with a wide cross section of
stakeholders in Nepal. Many of the interviews were done in the margins of the June 27th NTCS
Conference which attracted a broad audience from the public and private sector and included
participation by Agency representatives and the domestic and international consultants who undertook
the study. The study team was lead by the World Bank with support from a consultant from the Center
for International Economics. Local consultants participated too.
A.3.1.3 The NTCS has recommended an action matrix to deal with priority areas including the
establishment of an APEX trade policy evaluation unit. Nepal, like other IF countries, is placing
emphasis on its desire to accede to the WTO, and hence trade policy issue and negotiating capacity
are high on the agenda of many ministries. The IF Focal point and his support team are carrying the
dual function of managing IF and WTO issues.  The NTCS also identified trade facilitation issues
(customs legislation and service related bottlenecks and transaction costs), labour market mechanisms
and reform of institutions and regulation related to business environment and investment.
A.3.1.4 During the various discussions the need for a formal public-private partnership scheme (PPP)
was raised several times as one key to increased competitiveness. A formal PPP could also deal with
specific issues such as trade and other industry issues including the status and role of state owned
enterprises (SOEs), an issue that will have to be dealt with in the context of WTO accession.WT/IFSC/6
Page 63
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
B.1.1 Nepal through the NTCS and the follow-up workshop has made a good start in identifying
issues and needs. The workshop in particular seemed to have involved a cross section of stakeholders.The challenge ahead is to take the results of this activity and develop a specific prioritized series of
actionable projects to address the broad areas defined.
B.1.2 The evidence suggests that the IF Focal point and the supporting organization is capable of
managing the IF process; however, it is worthy of note that the group is carrying the dual role of IF
and WTO focal point.  The complexity of WTO negotiations, coupled with the added work related to
accession may jeopardize the concentrated effort to manage IF as well.
C. Potential Adjustments
C.1.1 The process seems to be on track, but is very much in the early identification and planning
stage. The need to involve all stakeholders in the pro cess at an early stage is very relevant in this case
and ongoing follow-up, mentoring and assistance from ag encies will be critical if Nepal is to complete
the DTIS process, attract donor support and implement specific projects.
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
D.1.1 Due to the current status of the IF process the choices are to proceed or stop. If the DTIS
process is effectively carried through to its conclusion resulting in a prioritized action plan, the IF
partners, in particular the country itself will have a clear picture of the current situation, key issues
and possible solutions to the priority problems. The resulting action plan would provide the country
with a sound information base with which to attract donor support for the action plan.
E. Recommendations
It is recommended that:
1. As WTO negotiations and accession activities increase, monitor the capacity of the IF focal
point to manage the IF and the WTO processes simultaneously.
2. Review the current status of stakeholder involvement with a view to ensuring that all
perspectives are included in the planning.
3. Local core agency representatives maximize their mentoring and assistance to the IF
proponents.WT/IFSC/6
Page 64
3.2.4.5 Senegal:  Non-Pilot Country Status Report
A. Evaluation FindingsA.1 Summary Statement
Senegal has a PRSP in place since April 2002 and trade is expected to be included in the 2003 PRSP
progress report and this may assist in elevating the IF’s status within government priorities, as the
evidence suggests that IF and trade was somewhat low on the priority list of the new government.
There is an IF Focal Point and a National Steering Committee (NSC) lead by the Ministry of Trade
and SME’s (MPMEC) 
17 which features representation from a broad spectrum of stakeholders. A
DTIS was finalized in December 2002 with the assistance of international and national experts. It is a
comprehensive document linking trade to poverty reduction. The DTIS was developed with equally
broad representation from stakeholders including the private sector and civil society18 groups
including labour unions representatives. The European Union acts as the Lead Donor and facilitator.
The DTIS action plan matrix was endorsed by the government in mid-April 2003 with a follow up
round table in June, 2003.
A.2 Survey Results
Almost 6 out of 10 (58%) respondents to the survey  expressed the views of LDC stakeholders. Their
collective insights are set out in Annex E. Individual country breakouts were not attempted, since that
would have reduced the average sample size per country to below statistical norms.
A.3 Interview and Focus Group Results
A.3.1 Meetings and focus group discussions were held with the Fishermen’s association, tourism
and handicraft association, chamber of commer ce, employer’s council and other individuals.
During the meetings, several participants expressed the view that the IF could do a lot for the country
if it receives the necessary support from senior levels of government. Another concern is that the
projects in the Action Plan Matrix of the DTIS have no resources assigned to them and therefore thecost of a funding request package for donors to implement the action plan remains unknown.
A.3.2 The European Community is the lead donor and is  acting as the facilitator. Other agencies are
playing a much less active role as some respondents suggested that the World Bank has not been
active on the file.
A.3.3 While there is a high degree of awareness am ong those directly involved in the IF process,
there appears to be little awareness beyond this group. The level of awareness among the relative
government departments also seems very low.
A.3.4 The capacity of the Focal Point in terms of financial and human resources to manage and
implement the IF process was also raised as an issue by respondents.
                                                     
17 Ministère de Petite et Moyenne Entreprises et du Commerce.
18 NSC participation includes the Employers Council,  the Workers Council, the National Union of the
Chambers of Commerce, the Association of Producers and Exporters of Senegal, the Dakar Trade Chambers,
the Association of Fishermen and Trawlers Owners and other civil society groups.WT/IFSC/6
Page 65
A.3.5 While there is no consensus on the IF priori ties there is partial agreement on the need for
trade related technical assistance and the need  for increased productivity within the economy.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
There is evidence that progress has been made on implementing the IF process as many of the
required elements are in place including a Focal Point and a NSC. Also the initial steps have been
taken through the development of a DTIS and the complementary Action Plan Matrix. Initial efforts
have also been made to prioritize the action plan matrix and identify specific actionable initiatives.
Some issues likely requiring attention include productivity, product standards and norms plus quality
control.
There is evidence to suggest that the IF Focal po int could benefit from increased capacity to manage
the IF process. As well, the evidence suggests th at increased efforts by way of assistance and
mentoring to increase buy-in and transfer ownership of the process to the country would be advisable.
C. Potential Adjustments
While the process is poised to move to the next phase, it will require a concentrated and coordinated
effort by all IF partners. Perhaps the Lead Donor/facil itator could take an active role in facilitating and
assisting the IF Focal point, bilateral donors and the agencies to take that focused action and launch an
awareness campaign to inform a wider audience on the goals and objectives of the IF.
The government be encouraged to mainstream trade into the PRSP and signal its support for the IF
process.
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
A coordinated cooperative effort by the IF partners coupled with strong government support would
allow Senegal to move the process forward to the next phase and capitalize on the progress to date.
E. Recommendations
It is recommended that:
1. A coordinated and cooperative effort be made to support the IF Focal Point and other
proponents of the IF to attract senior government support for the IF and move the process forward.
2. An IF promotion and awareness campaign be launched to increase awareness not only among
the private sector and civil society but within the Public sector as well.
3. Consideration be given to reviewing and upgrading the human and financial resource needs of
the IF Focal point to manage the IF. A small professional secretariat to support the focal point could
be an option.WT/IFSC/6
Page 66
3.2.4.6 Burundi:  Non-Pilot Country Status Report
A. Evaluation FindingsA.1 Summary Statement
Burundi’s DTIS will be presented later this year to a national workshop to validate the Action Plan
Matrix prior to its formal presentation in Geneva and to the Government.  Burundi has a 2002 Interim
PRSP, which includes trade as a key element and, which, according to the March 2003 DTIS Aide-
Memoire  is widely supported by all the key stakeholders.  The organizational structures of an IF
process are in place: a National Steering Committee, representing the public and private sectors and
including civil society representation; a dedicated IF focal point; and a donor facilitator.  The eventualsuccess of the IF process will depend in large measure on the establishment of stable governance
conditions and the willingness of a limited number of donors to support IF priorities.
A.2 Survey Results
Almost 6 out of 10 (58%) respondents to the survey  expressed the views of LDC stakeholders. Their
collective insights are set out in Annex E. Individual country breakouts were not attempted, since that
would have reduced the average sample size per country to below statistical norms.
A.3 Interview Results
This report is based on limited documentation and a limited number of telephone interviews, as it was
not possible to travel to Burundi as scheduled.
A.3.1 The over-riding factor determining the success of the IF process in Burundi is political
stability. The economic reform challenges are considerable and will require sustained policy
leadership and direction if they are to succeed. Trade is widely viewed as the major instrument for
Burundi to overcome its chronic deficit position and to reduce poverty.  In the meantime, the private
sector is reluctant to make significant investment s in the current environment.  The Government has
taken steps to demonstrate its commitment to pover ty reduction through economic growth and trade:
for example, the PRSP process is directed from the Vice President’s office, giving it senior level
credibility.  The IF process is in place and active: the National Steering Committee includes allstakeholders and meets regularly; the IF focal point is engaged in all aspects of the IF process and is
thinking about the necessary post-DTIS steps.  The donor facilitator is expected to be transferred from
Burundi this year.
A.3.2 Burundi completed an interim PRSP in 2002.  The priority actions of the PRSP focus on
macroeconomic reform and the promotion of economic growth to reduce poverty. The interim PRSP
emphasizes international trade as a key element in its economic growth strategy. The DTIS Aide-
Memoire  notes the Government’s commitment to place in ternational trade at the heart of its poverty
reduction strategy was clearly and widely recognized in all the DTIS team discussions in Burundi.
The Ministry of Commerce is a member of the PRSP working group.
It should be noted that in parallel with the development of the PRSP, Burundi had already a process
underway supported by the UNDP aimed at increasing exports when the DTIS process was initially
launched in 2002.  The presentation of the DTIS has been delayed and it is currently planned that its
presentation will be made in two stages in October 2003:  first, a series of workshops at the sectorallevel, followed by a national workshop.  The two-stag e process is designed to internalize the findings
and recommendations to the greatest extent possible.  The DTIS will identify the principal
macroeconomic challenges which must be met to support private sector-based growth and will also
identify specific technical assistance needs in a number of areas: coffee; export promotion supportingWT/IFSC/6
Page 67
institutions; the development of exports of cut flowers, fruit and vegetables, and possibly food
processing; customs and legislative and regulatory reforms; and strengthening the capacities of the
Ministry of Commerce.
As noted above, a National Steering Committee was formed from the outset.  It is composed of about
twenty members and, in addition to public sector representatives (the Vice President’s office and the
Ministry of Finance are represented), includes private sector and civil society representatives.  The
National Steering Committee is chaired by the Director General, of the Ministry of Commerce.
There is widespread interest and support on the part of the private sector (and among civil society) in
the IF process, although there are also expectations that the studies will soon be completed and the
process will move to more concrete outputs.
The number of significant bilateral donors in Burundi is limited and the Government has no indication
at this stage whether there will be a willingness to support IF recommendations.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
The evaluation findings are at best tentative, given the limited base of information upon which any
finding is based, and the fact the DTIS has not yet been presented and discussed in the country.
The Government has made a clear commitment to link the pursuit of accelerated poverty reduction to
macroeconomic reform and economic growth. Trade is a key component of this strategy.  The
elements of the IF process are in place and are functioning well, but their potential for effectiveness is
limited by instability in the country, which also has a negative effect on the development of the
economy and the private sector.  The DTIS process and subsequent follow up may face further delays,
but with the basic IF infrastructure in place, the process can move forward as conditions permit.
There are also indications that the IF has generated wide interest, but that expectations are high in the
private sector for producing concrete, positive results.  It is essential to carry out the recommended
macroeconomic reforms to create a sustainable environment conducive to business development.
However, the DTIS may also recommend particular sectorally based activities which could have a
positive impact in the short term, along the lines of  the current UNDP/ILO essential oils project, and it
is hoped that projects of this nature could be implemented.
As noted above, the number of significant bilateral donor to Burundi is limited; therefore the role of
the donor facilitator will become increasingly important to assist the Burundi government in
mobilizing donor interest and perhaps looking to form new development partnerships to support an IF
plan of action.
C. Potential Adjustments
It will be important to sustain interest in the IF over the coming months in order to maintain
stakeholder commitment to support the IF, especially from potential beneficiaries in urban and ruralareas.  Bilateral donors and core agencies should take opportunities offered to carry out smaller scale
projects, which can make a difference. while at the same time mobilizing resources to support the
wider reform measures.  The donor facilitator can play a key role in this two-prong approach, but it
will require a considerable commitment of resources.WT/IFSC/6
Page 68
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
There have already been considerable financial and human resources committed to the IF process in
Burundi.  A strategy along the lines suggested above will help protect the investment already made,maintain interest in the IF, and potentially produce practical results if political uncertainty persists and
the Government is not in a position to pursue its poverty reduction programme with sustained
commitment.
E. Recommendations
It is recommended that:
1. The DTIS and the Action Plan Matrix and/or the follow up Action Plan (if one is needed or
prepared) to implement the recommendations of the DTIS include options for the staged
implementation of the recommendations, depending on the short and medium term implementation
environment in Burundi.
2. The donor community and the core agencies, with the help of the donor facilitator pursue
innovative partnerships, which will facilitate the implementation of an eventual IF plan of action.WT/IFSC/6
Page 69
3.2.4.7 Djibouti:  Non-Pilot Country Status Report
A. Evaluation FindingsA.1 Summary Statement
Djibouti seems committed to mainstream trade into poverty reduction strategies and plans of
development.  A national PRSP commission that has prime responsibility for the PRSP was set up in
2001, but the PRSP full paper is still in progress.
On the other hand, the DTIS was conducted recently by a team of 5 local and 12 international experts,
together with participation from the core agencies. A NSC has been established to oversee the IFprocess and to review/endorse the recommendation of the study expected by September 2003.
The government is working hard to create a conducive business environment, but more remains to be
done.
A.2 Survey Results
Almost 6 out of 10 (58%) respondents to the survey  expressed the views of LDC stakeholders. Their
collective insights are set out in Annex E. Individual country breakouts were not attempted, since that
would have reduced the average sample size per country to below statistical norms.
A.3 Interview and Focus Group Results
A.3.1 There is wide support of the process in the country. The commitment reaches the highest level
of the government. Indeed, the  » présidence de la république »  issued in 2002 a  « loi portant
réforme des statuts de la chambre de Commerce de Djibouti  » that strengthened the structure of the
private sector and made the Chamber of Commerce «  l’organe de représentation de tous les
opérateurs économiques et entreprises de la république de Djibouti »  . On the other hand, the
Ministry of Commerce issued, the same year, an “ ARRETE ” that creates the steering committee of the
IF. However, the Business community complains, among other issues, that there is a  lack of financial
support (very high interest rate), and the widespread presence of the informal sector in the local
economy.
A.3.2 The DTIS expert mission has just finished the field work, and the final report is expected at
the beginning of September. The government is very  aware of the importance of the study integration
into the PRSP and is committed to profit from the IF process in order to mainstream trade into poverty
reduction strategies.
The DTIS team leader had briefed the Trade Minister before he left Djibouti. The mission found that
less than 5 % of the population profits from the actual trade system.
The big issue is to determine how to integrate the rest of the population, to involve the private sector
in trade activities to a fuller extent and to get the commitment of civil society.
A.3.3 The level of awareness of the IF process (goals, objectives and potential outcomes) is not
appropriate within the local stakeholder group. There has been no workshop to explain in depth the
objectives of the IF and its goals. Even the governme nt officials are not very familiar with the process.
Moreover, many agencies and Donor representatives seem confused when it comes to the
understanding their respective roles, responsibilities and tasks.WT/IFSC/6
Page 70
Civil society and the private sector have not actively participated in the decision making process. In
fact, 10 of the 12 members of the steering committee are government officials.
A.3.4 One of the weaknesses of the process is that th e focal point is not a government Official but a
UNDP employee. This situation does not match wi th the local ownership goal of the process.
On the other hand, the country is having difficulty to identify a Donor Facilitator. So far, all donors’
representatives have declined an invitation to assume this role.
A.3.5 All local interlocutors stressed the supply si de constraint, especially roads, bridges and
equipment. They hope the IF can fund these types of project.
Also, the business community and the government agree that the private sector cannot be fully active
if sustainable solutions are not found to issues like business financing and the informal sector
problem.
A.3.6 The country is still looking for a Donor Facilitator. The Agence Française de Développement
declined the request because of a lack of s and no interest among other Donors has been expressed
yet.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
There is a need for a broadly-based participation process. Civil society and the business community
have not been actively engaged throughout the IF process, including appropriate representation on the
NSC. This situation has resulted in a lack of motivation to participate in the process, mainly because
of a weak understanding of the potential outcomes for each group.
There is a perception that IF is a UNDP exercise, and that there is not enough consultation with other
agencies at the local level.
The country is missing the opportunity to learn from other LDCs’ IF experience. No participation in
other countries’ workshops has been reported so far. Moreover, very little knowledge about the IF in
other countries is noted.
C. Potential Adjustments
Wider and more sustained participation of the private sector and civil society is important. The NSC
should integrate more business community and civil society representatives; otherwise the country
will miss the opportunity to have a transparent debate on the real issues, which concern all localstakeholders.
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
Fully involved and motivated local stakeholders will help build momentum for the IF by providing
new ideas, stressing real issues, and helping the IF to identify and address main constraints. The
process will be owned by all stakeholders and not only by the government.
E. Recommendations
It is recommended that:
1. A fully resourced Focal Point be considered as a first priority.WT/IFSC/6
Page 71
2. Roles, tasks and responsibilities of each stakeholder should be clearer. Each agency should
inform its local representative of its precise role and what should be his or her contribution in the
process.  [Selected recommendation # 13]
3. An IF secretariat, to coordinate stakeholders’ actions and to dispatch necessary information to
all local level agencies, should take place.
4. A Visibility/Sensitization programme should be developed to ensure broadly-based
participation in the process and the endorsement of its finding.
5. The IF should set up mechanisms, which encourage cross-participation in other countries’
workshops and improve the shared learning from the process.WT/IFSC/6
Page 72
3.2.4.8 Ethiopia:  Non-Pilot Country Status Report
A. Evaluation FindingsA.1 Summary Statement
Ethiopia is counting on the IF process to add synergies to the national effort to integrate trade and
economic development into country’s poverty alleviation strategy. But one of the major constraints to
trade development in the country is a lack of infrastructure that has to be developed. It includes
transportation bottlenecks, lack of basic post-harvest marketing infrastructure (do you mean ports or
packaging or handling?), lack of water control infras tructure that leads to high transaction costs. Land
tenure is also an issue limiting  business and trade development. Entrepreneurs have difficultyattracting business financing because they lack title to the land where they are located.  On the other
hand the ownership of the process should be reinforced.
A.2 Survey Results
Almost 6 out of 10 (58%) respondents to the survey  expressed the views of LDC stakeholders. Their
collective insights are set out in Annex E. Individual country breakouts were not attempted, since that
would have reduced the average sample size per country to below statistical norms.
A.3 Interview and Focus Group Results
A.3.1 Meetings were conducted with the IF Focal Point, the Chamber of Commerce, a
manufacturers’ association and representatives from the World Bank, UNDP and the European Union
(the Lead donor/facilitator). The IF Focal point indica ted that Ethiopia is still at the very early stages
of implementing the IF.
A.3.2 The steering committee is chaired by the minister of trade & industry. Also, a Technical
Group (TG) has been constituted to interact with the DTIS team on a regular basis. The government
shows strong commitment towards the IF but seems conservative on other business issues like land.
Indeed, the private sector raised the land status issue as a major constraint to its development.
While the business community is seeking a strong partnership between the public and private sectors,
there is little evidence of civil society involvement in the IF process.
A.3.3 The PRSP for Ethiopia places some emphasis on trade policy, but the primary  emphasis is
focused on agriculture as the sector is the source of livelihood for the majority of the poor population.
The DTIS, which is in the draft stage, has made broad-based policy recommendations and has
prepared a road map for future trade reforms. It also recommends technical assistance activities in 11
identified fields (agriculture and trade, the legal and regulatory Structure, market access and
opportunities, trade reforms and the incentive structure…). However, specific action plan and
recommendations are lacking. It is not clear whether the DTIS can or will be integrated into the PRSPduring its next review.
A.3.4 The level of awareness of IF among local stakeholders is quite weak. Also, the evidence
suggests a lack of coordination and cooperation among agencies and donors, at the local level. Many
stakeholders raised a concern about the lack of involvement and consultation in implementing IF andthe DTIS process led by the World Bank.WT/IFSC/6
Page 73
Private sector and civil society groups stressed the fact that their level of participation has had little
impact on the IF decision making process and expressed the desire the government, agencies and
donors give them the opportunity to be more engaged throughout the process.
A.3.5 The IF focal point is the Head,  Foreign tr ade Department in the Ministry of Trade and
Industry. He is very active and the leadership capacity of the IF Focal Point is good but there is a lack
of institutional support, both in terms of financial and human resources (e.g. no local IF secretariat).
A.3.6 There is a big support to the government to  pursue measures to encourage rapid export growth
through production of high value agricultural products. Moreover, the government is providing
increased support to export oriented manufacturing sectors particularly intensified processing of high
quality skins/leather and textile garment.
A.3.7 Business representatives are urging the government to make the changes required to
strengthen private sector growth and improve human and institutional capacity in preparation for
accession to the World Trade Organization.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
All stakeholders agree that great strides have been made in tackling poverty in Ethiopia, but that many
challenges remain.
The success of the IF will depend on the level of commitment to accelerate the pace of structural
reform, improve the investment climate and make appropriate strategic trade decisions as a basis for
job and income creation.
The World Bank's role in the IF has drawn considerab le criticism. The perception is that the bank has
disproportionate influence and that it has failed to consult with stakeholders or coordinate with otherin-country agencies or sectors.
C. Potential Adjustments
The IF requires. full country ownership and  loca l stakeholders’ involvement in all phases of the
process. Moreover the participation in the IF process by private sector and civil society organizations,should increase. The priority should be to ensure that the DTIS and all future action plans are
nationally owned and endorsed.
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
The success of the IF requires a full involvement and participation of the business community and
civil society. The identification and prioritization of projects that meet the identified needs of all local
stakeholders is critical to the success of the IF pr ocess. Full involvement by local stakeholders in the
DTIS process will internalize emerging trade priorities and participate in their implementation.
E. Recommendations
It is recommended that:
1. Agencies and Donors should increase coordination at the national level2. The DTIS reflects national development goals and be led by the country according to the IF
principles (private sector, academic, intergovernmental and non-governmental organizations).
3. The Government consider the business community’s recommendations and strengthens
human and institutional capacity to enable the country to proceed with WTO accession.WT/IFSC/6
Page 74
3.2.4.9 Lesotho:  Non-Pilot Country Status Report
A. Evaluation FindingsA.1 Summary Statement
Most of the elements underpinning an IF process are present in Lesotho.  A full PRSP, following upon
an interim PRSP, is expected to be completed this September/October.  The DTIS has been completed
and the Action Plan Matrix has been validated at a workshop attended by many stakeholders.  It is
expected the Action Plan Matrix will be presented to the Government for it views/endorsement. The
Government has appointed a national focal point and a National Steering Committee to oversee the IF
process.  A donor facilitator has been appointed and is actively engaged.
A.2 Survey Results
Almost 6 out of 10 (58%) respondents to the survey  expressed the views of LDC stakeholders. Their
collective insights are set out in Annex E. Individual country breakouts were not attempted, since thatwould have reduced the average sample size per country to below statistical norms.
A.3 Interview and Focus Group Results
A.3.1 There is close cooperation between the Ministry of Finance and Planning and the Ministry of
Trade, Industry, Co-operatives and Marketing (hereafter referred to as the Ministry of Trade) which is
essential to the successful integration of the DTIS into the forthcoming PRSP.  The Minister of Trade
is fully engaged and committed to a successful outcome of the IF process with a strong emphasis on
poverty reduction.  This is why responsibility for Co-operatives has recently been transferred to the
Ministry of Trade from the Ministry of Agriculture.
A.3.2 It is expected that the DTIS, which has just been completed, will be fully integrated into the
PRSP, however, it is not clear the extent to whic h the PRSP will be linked to the budgetary allocations
process.  The DTIS is focused on creating employment principally through solidifying gains achieved
in the exporting industrial sector and the further encouragement of foreign direct investment (FDI) it
does not explore, to a great extent, potential opportunities for increasing employment and incomes
through the development of indigenous, locally based, especially rural, products/services andemployment.
The draft Action Matrix identifies 39 barriers or opportunities within seven general policy areas.  The
Action Matrix is focused on improving public sector performance, but does not make much provision
for the development of an indigenous business co mmunity capable of analyzing/acting/advocating on
its behalf (although the Ministry of Trade indicated this was one of the outcomes expected from the
IF) nor for the sustained development of required skills within the private and public sectors.  The
Action Matrix will certainly require greater attention to prioritization and consolidation of the
identified challenges/opportunities into a manageable and costed work programme.  This exercise
should be carried out with the full participation of the business community and civil society.
The National Steering Committee is composed mainly of public sector representatives with
representation from the private sector and academia.  Provision is made for a representative of civil
society, but does not participate in the work of the committee.
A.3.3 The level of awareness of IF seemed appropriate within the public sector.  While DTIS
consultants interviewed representatives of the local business community, including the Government’s
principal business development and investment agencies, and they participated in a workshop earlier
this year to review the draft DTIS and the Action Matrix, they have not been fully involved either inWT/IFSC/6
Page 75
the IF process or in having appropriate representation on the NSC.  Civil society has not been actively
engaged throughout the process.
A.3.4 The IF focal point, a very senior official in the Ministry of Trade, tasks officials within the
ministry to support particular focal point activities.  The Action Matrix targets measures aimed atenabling the further development of a liberal economic environment domestically, encouraging
integrated markets in a regional and international setting, and ensuring macroeconomic stability. It is
focused on solidifying gains achieved in the exporting urban, industrial sector, principally the garment
manufacturing sub-sector. The majority of low income people live in rural areas; however, the Action
Matrix does not explore employment gains that might be made by exports of rural agriculturally based
products, including important traditional exports. While the business environment is sufficiently open
to attract a significant garment exporting industry, important trade policy decisions must be madesoon to retain this industry and regulatory and infras tructural barriers must be overcome for it to grow.
A.3.5 All interlocutors expressed support for the Government’s poverty reduction strategy through
employment generating economic growth.  All business representatives noted the lack of knowledge
of the Government’s plans, although it would appear that the textile industry, which operates on shorttime horizons and which was key to recent export successes, continuously lobbies the Government on
issues important to its ongoing viability and potential further expansion.
A.3.6 DFID is the donor facilitator in Lesotho and the DFID official based in Pretoria closely
follows IF developments.  The number of donors in Lesotho is quite limited (key donors supportingthe IF elsewhere do not seem to be active in Lesotho) so future support from the six agencies for the
implementation of IF priorities will be important.  The UNDP closely follows IF developments and
represents the World Bank, which does not have an office in Maseru, on IF matters in Maseru.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
The basic building blocks for an IF based programme are in place, but will require sustained senior
policy leadership and direction to bring them to a successful implementation stage.
The DTIS focuses on consolidating the gains achieved through international preferences in the textile
sector, which is extremely important in terms of  protecting and expanding important employment
gains and building a capacity to make appropriate strategic trade decisions, but it might also have paidgreater attention to small scale urban and rural producers with export potential.
Country ownership requires full private sector and civil society participation from the outset in order
to internalize emerging trade priorities and their implementation.  The process may be lengthy, but it
is essential that the time is taken to enable all beneficiaries adjust to important cultural changes.
C. Potential Adjustments
The focal point must have the time and resources to carry out the analytical and coordination
functions required to build IF momentum.  The most important priority is to reconfigure the ActionPlan Matrix with the full participation of the private sector and civil society into a shorter, manageable
list of prioritized, costed proposals which may be more easily absorbed by donors; otherwise ‘cherry
picking’ by donors will likely occur leaving the most important requirements unfunded.
Wider and more sustained involvement by the private sector and civil society is important.Work should be undertaken based initially on existing studies to include indigenous, locally-based,
especially rural, products/services and employment in further iterations of the IF.WT/IFSC/6
Page 76
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
A fully resourced, dedicated focal point will help build momentum for the IF by providing sustained
policy support and analysis. It would also provide an important and on-going link for the Ministry of
Trade with other interested ministries and agencies, the private sector and civil society, core agenciesand donors, especially the lead donor/facilitator.  With the backing of senior policy leadership and
direction, the IF process would be seen to be an important Government priority (among other
important priorities) and could also compete more effectively for scarce financial resources.
Making provision for indigenous, especially rural, products and services could have an important
impact on employment creation for poor men and women who live mainly in rural areas through the
export of local products.
E. Recommendations
It is recommended that:
1. A fully resourced Focal Point to include both human and financial resources be considered as
a first priority.
2. Following the Action Matrix Workshop in March, an overall plan, discussed with private
sector and civil society stakeholders and which is fully supported by senior government leadership, isdeveloped. This plan should consolidate and prioritize the elements of the Action Plan Matrix into a
manageable and indicatively costed work programme.
3. Early IF work be widened in the Action Matrix or the follow up prioritization exercise by
including more poor people, especially in rural areas.WT/IFSC/6
Page 77
3.2.4.10  Yemen:  Non-Pilot Country Status Report
A. Evaluation FindingsA.1 Summary Statement
Yemen will complete the DTIS stage of its integrated IF programme later this year with the planned
presentation of the report and action plan to the IF Steering Committee and to the Government of
Yemen.  The current PRSP covers the period 2003-05 and it is not clear whether elements of the DTIS
action plan can be integrated into the PRSP during its annual review, also later this year.  The
Government has appointed a national focal point and a National Steering Committee, composed of
very senior officials, plus limited private sector representation, who oversee the IF process.  A donorfacilitator has been appointed and is actively engaged.
A.2 Survey Results
Almost 6 out of 10 (58%) respondents to the survey  expressed the views of LDC stakeholders. Their
collective insights are set out in Annex E. Individual country breakouts were not attempted, since that
would have reduced the average sample size per country to below statistical norms.
A.3 Interview and Focus Group Results
A.3.1 Based on experience to date, the IF process in Yemen can be a success if the DTIS team and
the Government can translate the rather long list of items (many of them studies) in the draft work
plan into a more manageable, consolidated list of projects with preliminary costing.  Today the
elements for success include a strong National Steering Committee led by the Minister of Trade and
Industry and composed mainly of senior officials with limited representation from the private sectorand a dynamic and experienced senior focal point, who is also responsible for coordination with the
WTO on accession issues.
However, all private sector and civil society representatives, as well as donor representatives
commented on the apparent unwillingness on the part of the government to consult widely outside
government, especially with civil society.
A.3.2 The PRSP was completed before the IF process was very advanced.  There is no evidence of
mainstreaming trade in the current PRSP, and trad e is only mentioned in relation to macroeconomic
stability/growth and to WTO accession, and only incidentally within the various sectoral priorities.
The DTIS is currently in draft form.  The terms of reference indicate the principal output for the DTIS
should be the development of a pro-poor trade integration strategy.  Outcomes of the DTIS should be
a programme of TA to strengthen the overall competitiveness of the economy and selected sub-sectors
as well as a process which involves stakeholders in designing the proposed TA programme and which
builds capacity within Government and the private sector.  A draft work plan was developed based on
the workshop held in June which identified 40 ‘objects’ for 74 small and large ‘actions’.  Stakeholdersand donors participated in the workshop.
As noted above, The Minister of Trade and Industry chairs a strong National Steering Committee
composed of 14 deputy ministers and representatives of key government agencies and limited, but
senior, representation from the private sector.  There is currently no representation from civil society.
A lead donor/facilitator has been appointed and has been particularly active in the lead-up to the
recently held workshop and expects also to play an active role in the preparations for the follow-onWT/IFSC/6
Page 78
donors’ conference.  Donor coordination in Yemen is limited, as a certain number of important donors
do not have permanent representation in Yemen.
A.3.3 All government officials and donor representatives as well as senior representatives of the
private sector are aware of the IF and supportive of its objectives.  However, the expected outcomesare huge among local stakeholders; they especially put stress on the ability of the IF to address the
Supply Side Constraints, help the country to gain greater access to developed country markets and
provide information on potential markets.
The recent workshop seems to have been effectiv e in raising awareness of the IF across all
stakeholders.
A.3.4 The focal point, who has a dedicated staff to assist with WTO accession responsibilities, as
well as the IF, is a very active person and has been effective in managing the IF process to date.
Importantly, the Ministry of Planning and Intern ational Cooperation, which is responsible for the
PRSP as well as relations with the IMF and the World Bank and bilateral donors, is fully cognizant
and supportive of IF objectives.  Government-wide capacity to manage the IF, including its capacityto coordinate donor assistance, has not yet been fully tested.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
The main IF challenge facing Yemen will be to mainstream the DTIS priorities within the PRSP
before the current PRSP comes to an end in 2005.
In addition, an important task will be the consolidation the lengthy list of actions emerging from the
workshop into a prioritized package of project outlines with preliminary costing to facilitate
discussion with donors on the implementation of Yemen’s priorities.  This will provide an importantopportunity to determine whether capacity limita tions exist within the government to the
implementation of the IF process and to identify remedial actions, which might be taken to strengthen
IF capacity in key areas.
This important phase, between the completion of the DTIS and the implementation of the Action
Matrix, can also provide an opportunity to further the dialogue with private sector and civil society
stakeholders.
C. Potential Adjustments
In order to meet the objectives of the IF, the results of the DTIS should be integrated into the PRSP as
soon as possible.  Based on experience in other countries DTIS priorities should be integrated into thePRSP during the forthcoming PRSP review later this year.  If it is not possible to fully integrate the
DTIS into the PRSP this year, the most important priorities should be integrated this year and second
tier priorities could be added as planning for the next PRSP gains momentum next year.
At the same time, the IF focal point can lead the work required to consolidate the list of activities
emerging from the DTIS Action Matrix into prioritized packages of roughly costed project outlines, in
advance of calling a meeting of donors.  Alternatively, the DTIS team could review the Action
Matrix, and in consultation with the private sector and civil society, assist the focal point in preparing
the packages of priority projects.  The donor facilitator can play a role in assisting in this process,
which may also require some Window II assistance to secure expert help in project identification
work.WT/IFSC/6
Page 79
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
Beginning the early integration of the DTIS into the PRSP will provide a strong signal of the
importance the Government attaches to promoting exports and may help lead to some early pay-offs
for the very considerable efforts which have been invested in the IF to date.
The most efficient and effective alternative to developing a more consolidated approach to the Action
Plan Matrix may be to reformulate it into a more donor friendly package of roughly costed project
outlines.
E. Recommendations
It is recommended that:
1. Steps be taken this year to integrate the DTIS into the PRSP.2. The DTIS Action Matrix activities be consolidated into a roughly costed package of project
proposals in order to facilitate their consideration by donors.
3. The private sector and civil society be consulted before finalizing these project packages in
order to reinforce the Government’s intention to consult them at each step.WT/IFSC/6
Page 80
3.2.4.11  Eritrea
A. Evaluation Findings
The IF process is currently inactive in Eritrea.   Following a preliminary DTIS mission in November
2002, the IF Working Group and Eritrea decided to take a pause in the IF process before proceeding
further with additional activities. Consequently, it was not possible to carry out an evaluation of the IF
process in Eritrea.
B. Recommendation
1. It is recommended that before the IF process re-starts in Eritrea the country selection criteria
presented in this evaluation be used for the assessment and to provide Eritrea with a self-assessment
tool.WT/IFSC/6
Page 81
3.2.5 Perceptions of the Core Agencies
Evaluation Context
The findings are based on:  (1) survey core agency components;  (2) visits to each of the core
agencies;  (3) LDC-related inputs by staff members or consultants of core agencies; as well as
(4) views of donor headquarters and field staff.
The evaluation was guided by expected impact , outcome  and output  results, their corresponding
performance measures, as well as associated assumptions and risks, as contained in the Logical
Framework Analysis  (Annex A). Impact  is defined as a long-term result; outcome  as a medium-term
result; and output  as a short-term result.
The principal performance measure , which was
applied to all core agencies, was:
3.3.2 The degree to which the core agencies and
donors are responsive to LDCs’ trade-relatedneeds and priorities
With respect to achieving membership in the
WTO, in relation to LDCs, the following specific
impact  performance measure was applied:
3.0.2 There is evidence that LDCs are becoming, or are eligible to become, WTO members
With respect to Donors, the following specific output  performance measure  was applied:
3.2.3.3 The degree to which lead donor/facilitators have been identified and have assisted the LDC
(IF Focal point) in the management of the IF process
The following assumptions  were made:
A.3 Core agencies and donors continue to
fund IF adequately.
A.18 The core agencies and donors will
further integrate IF activities into the work plans
of their respective agencies.Survey Results: Familiarity with IF
All core agency respondents indicated familiarity
with IF (60% strongly and 40% moderately), and 6
out of 10 believed that the goals and objectives o f
the IF are clear and easy to understand (13%
agreeing strongly and 47% moderately). There wasan almost total familiarity with the IF status (60%agreeing strongly and 33% agreeing moderately).
Source: Annex E, Questions 7, 8 and 9
Survey Results: Benefits to LDCs
Only 7% of core agency representatives think thatIF will yield significant benefits to targeted LDCsnow, while 53% expect benefits in 1-5 years, 27%
in 6-10 years and 13% never
.
Source: Annex E, Question 26.WT/IFSC/6
Page 82
3.2.5.1 Perceptions of the World Trade Organization (WTO)
An objective of the IF is to assist countries, through trade-related technical assistance (TRTA), and by
addressing identified priority needs, to strengthen participation of LDCs in the global economy by
improving trade. One clear indication of the progress being made can be found in the status ofcountries in terms of becoming members of the WTO.
While the majority of IF countries have yet to reach that milestone, there are specific countries which
are nearing the stage of beginning the accession process. Cambodia  is well advanced on the road to
accession, and it is anticipated that they will
attain full member status at the September 2003
WTO Fifth Ministerial Meeting  in Cancun,
Mexico. While Cambodia’s progress toward
WTO membership cannot be attributable solely
to the implementation of IF in the country, the
evidence suggests that progress has been made in
Cambodia, as the country has utilized many ofthe same principles that have been identified as
the keys to the successful implementation of the
IF.
3.2.5.2 Perceptions of The World Bank
The IF is important in putting economic growth back on the development agenda. The Bank supports
the view that trade leads to economic growth a nd employment, which leads, in turn, to poverty
reduction.  The IF has also provided an opportunity to push the growth agenda in international fora
and in LDCs.   In the Bank, trade is now one of seven implementation priorities and the Bank’s
analytic capacity has increased substantially in the past two years, especially on the country desks.
The Bank applies the IF model in other countries.
In the Bank’s analysis, LDC trade problems today relate mainly to market access and to significant,
behind border (domestic) bottlenecks, such as: organizational issues, customs administration,
regulatory barriers, investment climate, trade financing/rural credit, marketing and transport costs.  In
addition, the Bank believes that for the most part, small, unfocussed projects will not deal with largely
systemic issues and larger, comprehensive approaches are required to create a conducive, trade
supporting business environment.
Mainstreaming is central to the IF; and the link to the PRSP is essential to achieving greater
development planning coherence.  Through the IF, trade is built into countries’ development
plans/priorities in a serious way.
The IF brings all interested parties – LDCs, the core agencies, and donors -- together internationally
and in the LDCs.  Importantly, it brings trade and development agencies to work together within
LDCs.  The Bank is prepared to participate in the implementation of IF-inspired programmes and
projects.  Donor coordination must be done at the country level.  The IF process brings all LDC
parties together as well, creating buy-in to the process and expected results.  However, it is also aimed
at creating buy-in from senior LDC leadership; the process requires senior IF champions within LDCs
if it is to be successful.
The learning process is important and it must be focused on getting results; for example, the DTIS has
evolved, and there is more attention to specific country needs.  Perhaps there is room to begin theSurvey Results: Low LDC Effort
Core agencies perceive insufficient  LDC effort:
27% believe that LDCs commit enough resources;40% believe LDCs mainstream their IF prioritiesinto budget planning and allocation processes; 34%believe that there is enough national commitment
to the IF among the private sector, the academic
community, workers and NGOs. On the other hand,three out of four  (73%) core agency respondentsbelieved that LDCs  participate actively in IFplanning and implementation.
Source: Annex E, Question 36 .WT/IFSC/6
Page 83
implementation process earlier.  The focus of IF governance must shift as the IF moves to the
implementation stage.
3.2.5.3 Perceptions of the International Monetary Fund (IMF)
The Fund is fully supportive of the IF process which aims at reducing poverty by increasing trade and
economic growth.  An important strength of the IF process is the opportunities afforded by having
LDCs, the six agencies and donors working together.
Integrating trade into the PRSP provides an opportu nity for trade to become a development priority
and to become an important element in LDCs’ development agenda.  The IMF would be concerned if
trade priorities and the PRSP were double tracked.  The IMF is also concerned about the differentprogramming cycles between the DTIS and the PRSP; when the two processes are on different cycles
at the completion of the DTIS, it should be possible to integrate the DTIS into the PRSP during the
annual review process.
The Fund is fully supportive of the DTIS process, and the World Bank is the appropriate agency to
lead it.  The current DTIS process may be heavy and it may be possible to concentrate the additional
workload, which the DTIS provides, on a smaller list of governance and sectoral priorities.  The DTIS
should be shortened and consideration should be given to distilling the substance into a few points
with initial priorities.
The greatest challenge is gaining local commitment and buy-in.  It is important that the policy
underpinnings of the IF are understood and internalized by LDC officials.  High level support is
required for the IF process to be successful.  The IMF can play a role in explaining IF objectives to
government leaders and senior officials.
The Fund indicated that the leadership for implementation assistance among donors and agencies in
the post-DTIS period should be focused at the country level and led by either the World Bank or
UNDP, depending upon which institution has been allo cated responsibility for coordinating donors in
the country.  The IMF is concerned whether the human capital is available in LDCs to implement the
IF.
According to some IMF observers, the IF governance structure is complicated and it is not action
oriented.  The IF is suffering under process intensity and a move to a more results-oriented approach
is required.
3.2.5.4 Perceptions of the International Trade Centre (ITC)
The principal performance measure , which was applied to all core agencies, was:
3.3.2 The degree to which the core agencies and donors are responsive to LDCs’ trade-related
needs and priorities.
A. Evaluation Results
The impetus for the Integrated Framework can be found in the WTO Singapore Ministerial meeting in
1996 wherein Ministers agreed that trade related assistance was needed to support the efforts of LDC
countries to integrate into the international trading system if they were going to reap any benefits from
liberalized trade.
Hence ITC provided the Secretariat and as a purveyor of technical assistance, was seen as the focal
point and leader for the implementation of the IF and ITC was responsible for managing the Needs
Assessment process in the original “Round Table Countries”.WT/IFSC/6
Page 84
Unfortunately at the time, trade was not being fully recognized within the in ternational community for
its potential to contribute to employment creation and hence poverty reduction.  Therefore the action
plans developed from the needs analysis did not attract donor attention or donor support.
In an effort to advance the IF process, the noti on of mainstreaming trade into national development
assistance plans was conceived as one means of attracting attention and reintroducing trade to the
agenda. The result was the revamped IF process as it is today. While revamping has met the goal of
reestablishing trade on the development agenda, the result also is to expand the original goals of the
IF and add a large degree of complexity to the process. The result has been that leadership of much of
the IF process has now shifted to the World Bank. The Secretariat, ostensibly because of added
capacity to deal with trade issues, was transferred to the WTO.
While ITC remains active and supportive, their leadership role has ended and what was originally, in
the minds of many individuals, a relatively simple process designed to identify needs and provide
technical assistance related to trade development has become a relatively complex process with a
much broader sphere of influence.  There are many within ITC who feel the process has mushroomedand taken on a much bigger role than originally intended increasing the challenges of achieving
measurable goals and objectives.
3.2.5.5 Perceptions of the United Nations Conference for Trade and Development (UNCTAD)
The principal performance measure , which was applied to all core agencies, was:
3.3.2 The degree to which the core agencies and donors are responsive to LDCs’ trade-related needs
and priorities.
A. Evaluation Results
The primary focus of the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD) is
dealing with the interface between trade and development, with a focus on the integration of
developing countries into the world economy.
The impetus for the Integrated Framework can be found in the WTO Singapore Ministerial meeting in
1996, where Ministers agreed that trade related assistance was needed to support the efforts of LDCcountries to integrate into the international trading system if they were going to reap any benefits from
liberalized trade.
UNCTAD has been an active member of the management structure for the IF since its inception in
1996 and provides assistance at the policy level using its research and policy analysis capacity. It alsocontributes through its participation in the policy development and planning process in conjunction
with the WTO as part of the management structure of ITC.
UNCTAD remains active and supportive, but the perception exists that a relatively simple process
designed to identify needs and provide technical as sistance related to trade development has become a
complex process with much broader objectives and a much greater mandate than originally intended,
increasing the challenges of achieving the intended  goals and objectives.
3.2.5.6 Perceptions of The United Nations Development Programme (UNDP)
The Doha Declaration and the Doha Development Agenda underpin the Integrated Framework.  The
Doha Declaration called for the greater involvement of LDCs in the global economy.  The Doha
Agenda identified the IF among other facilities. An important LDC concern is marginalization in theWT/IFSC/6
Page 85
global economy; even when market access is not an issue or problem and markets are open to them
they are still not in a position to sell their products and services.
The UNDP is primarily a national capacity building and knowledge management development
organization.  Trade is one component of its activities.
The IF is an ambitious new and different activity requiring the six agencies to work together for the
first time and they are beginning to see the advantages of closer cooperation.  Heads of Agencies now
meet and develop a consensus position before important Ministerial meetings. The UNDP embarked
on the IF with high expectations.  It is a work in progress; when weaknesses have been identified
there has been a commitment on the part of participants to contemplate change.
Expectations from the LDCs are equally high.  IF potentially plays a big role in helping LDCs  build
trade capacity because most trade related technical assistance currently flows to developing countries.
As they move from the IF diagnostic stage to implementation, LDCs claim they have done their part
and now are looking for results.   There is a need to create momentum in the IF process to rekindle
momentum among LDCs. A donor facilitator can be very helpful in developing ideas or proposalsinto project outlines.
In this respect, the recent establishment of Window II, which is a bridging facility, aimed at capacity
building, will help to address some of the more urgent human and institutional capacity requirements.
The needs analysis conducted in the ‘old’ IF countries placed greater emphasis on studies; the
revamped IF gives greater attention to process and the relationship between trade and development.
Within the DTIS process, linking the DTIS to bankable projects is a problem.  The diagnostic studies
and the accompanying Action Plan Matrices are only generating bankable projects in a very limited
number of countries. Initially the DTIS was study based; it is increasingly becoming a strategydocument.  The IF Working Group continually reviews the DTIS.  IFWG participation, and the IF
focal point on occasion, has brought significant changes to what was initially a World Bank
methodology.  The more recent draft DTIS are more focused and greater attention is been paid to the
links between trade and poverty reduction.
In a capacity building context, the process is as important as the outcome of the study.
As different countries are at different stages, the model should be adjusted.  At the country level the
UNDP is observing greater dialogue taking place, although it is patchy.
3.2.6 Perceptions of Bilateral Donors
Evaluation Context
The findings are based on (1) survey donor components, (2) in person, telephone or email contacts
with donor representatives.
The evaluation was guided by expected impact , outcome  and output  results, their corresponding
performance measures, as well as associated assumptions and risks, as contained in the Logical
Framework Analysis  (Annex A). Impact  is defined as a long-term result; outcome  as a medium-term
result; and output  as a short-term result.
The principal performance measure , which was applied to donors, in relation to LDCs, was:
1.2.2 The degree to which LDC governments are able to co-ordinate donor support effectively
3.3.1 The degree to which core agency and donor support to LDCs participating in IF is aligned
with the principles of results based managementWT/IFSC/6
Page 86
The following assumptions  were made:
A.3 Core agencies and donors continue to fund IF adequately
A.7 Donors are willing to align their priorities to the LDC stated priorities
3.2.7 Perceptions of LDC Stakeholders
Evaluation Context
The same evaluation context and constraints apply, as reported in 3.2.2.
A. Evaluation Findings
A.1.1 While it varies from individual to individual,  often reflecting the current status of the IF
within the particular country, those that are famili ar with the IF have a positive attitude towards the
process and have high expectations in relation to
expected results. They also believe that theprocess can effectively address the trade related
technical assistance needs and contribute to
economic improvement and poverty reduction.
Likewise, there is a belief among those familiar with the DTIS process that DTIS can provide a
roadmap for countries to address goals and objectives related to trade and their participation in the
world economy, and that the DTIS can provide avehicle to identify Trade-Related Technical
Assistance (TRTA). The survey indicates that
most LDC respondents believe the goals and
objectives are clear and, as the survey also
demonstrates, the expectations are high in terms
of outcomes in the relatively near term.
However, many LDC respondents expressed the
concern that concrete results have yet to be
realized. Many expressed the concern that the
process had slowed and that the momentum
gained during the planning process has begun to wane.Survey Results: Familiarity with IF
About 2 out of 3 LDC respondents indicated
familiarity with IF (41% strongly and 28%moderately). 3 out of 5 believed that the goals andobjectives of the IF are clear and easy to
understand (33% agreeing strongly and 27%
moderately). About the same number reportedfamiliarity with the IF status (47% agreeingstrongly and 12% agreeing moderately) andconsidered IF policies clear and easy to understand.
Source:  Annex E, Questions 7, 8, 9 and 10Survey Results: Focus on IF process
Two thirds consider that the lead donor/facilitatoris playing an effective role and that theirgovernment actively supporting the IF. 41% feel
the national institutional structure is in place and
well staffed in the country.
 Source: Annex E, Question 34WT/IFSC/6
Page 87
A.1.2 Others opined that there were not
sufficient funds  attached to the IF to address all
the issues identified and that special
consideration had to be given to supply-sideconstraints and in many cases the supply-side
constraints identified were basic infrastructure
needs such as telecommunications, roads and
port facilities. Many respondents also identified
product development, production capacity and
production related technology, as well as labour
force skill development as priority needs.
A.1.3 The issue of country ownership  and
leadership  was a constant theme with the
perception that the IF, despite statements to the
contrary, remains an agency-led and driven exercise. Some expressed the concern that the DTIS
process, for example, was an agency activity led by agencies and for the most part conducted by
teams of international consultants.
A.1.4 In a number of cases, however,
perceptions of the IF focussed on domestic issues
and related largely to the degree of commitment
and support by senior levels of government to
both the goals and objectives of IF generally and
the level of support the trade sector could attract,  within the PRSP mainstreaming process or in the
subsequent budgetary process. Unfortunately, at times the perception prevails that while IF appeared
to be a good idea in principle, little will come of it.
A.1.5 In summary, expectations are high, as is
the belief that IF can address priority issues and
solve a wide range of trade related problems. Theperception of the goals and objectives plus the
scope and coverage of the IF are equally
optimistic, but the concern that IF does not have
the funds to achieve the perceived goals and
objectives also prevails.Survey Results: DTIS
Half (51%) of LDC respondents indicated
awareness of DTIS; almost 9 out of 10 believe theDTIS can meet their country’s need in identifying
trade-related issues (44% agreeing strongly and the
same number moderately); they were almostunanimous (73% strongly agreed and 19% agreedmoderately) in the belief that the DTIS can providea roadmap for countries to address goals andobjectives relative to trade and their participation in
the world economy. Similarly, 65% strongly agreed
and 19% agreed moderately that the DTIS canprovide a vehicle to identify Trade-RelatedTechnical Assistance (TRTA)
Source: Annex E, Questions 13,14,15,16 and 17
Survey Results: Capacity Building
When asked about IF contributions or its potentialto help building country capacity, 84% of LDC’srespondents agreed.
 Source: Annex E, Question 18
Survey Results: Mainstreaming Trade into
Poverty Reduction Strategies and
Development Plans
There is high confidence (77%) among LDCs that
trade will be included in national development
plans or Poverty Reduction Strategies. In addition,
respondents believe IF will definitely (57%) andmoderately (35%) contribute to povertyeradication, while 62% had high expectations forIF impact on poverty reduction in the country.
 Source: Annex E, Questions 19,  20 and 22WT/IFSC/6
Page 88
A.1.6 In addition, IF focal points and, where
they exist, National Steering Committees,
generally believe in and are dedicated to the IF
process, but they too often point to the process asbeing somewhat complex and out of their hands.
Many also expressed the frustration of not having
the necessary resources, capacity or even
infrastructure to perform the task to the required
level. Like most respondents, they share
perceptions related to scope and coverage.
A.1.7 The private sector’s perceptions are
directly linked to the amount of involvement they
have had in the process, but in general they have
very high expectations both for the economy of
the country and for their own business pursuits.The perception often exists within the private
sector that the IF process within their respective
countries is a highly bureaucratic process being
conducted within ministries with inadequate
private sector awareness or consultation.
A.1.8 As the interviews and focus group participants, due to time constraints, were identified by the
principle participants in the IF process in each c ountry, the level of participation by both the private
sector and civil society groups correlated closelyto the level of involvement or consultation
undertaken in the IF process within the respective
country. The most often heard concern was that
the IF country leaders did not fully appreciate the
need to consult widely with all possible
stakeholders. Perceptions of the IF itself varied
widely between civil society groups and betweencountries. The perception of the IF varied from
that of a well designed process capable of
reducing poverty to a well designed process that
will make no contribution whatsoever to poverty reduction. The perception that trade in fact has a
negative effect on poverty reduction also surfaced on occasion.
The perceptions of IF vary widely between groups and between countries, but not surprisingly the
perception of IF as a process fully capable of addressing problems and issues, which will contribute to
improved trade, economic growth and poverty reduction and was most often identified in those
countries that have made the most progress to date.Survey Results: On IF effectiveness
The revamped IF has effectively integrated poverty
alleviation concerns of LDC according 45% of itsparticipant members of this evaluation.
Nonetheless, there is a strong lack of awareness
among 4 out of 10 of the respondents. Samesituation occurs with their level of knowledge o
f
the impact of IF in increasing trade opportunities intheir countries for half of the sample. Half of therespondents in the LDCs consider that the IF is nota complex program and that it is easy toimplement.
 Source: Annex E, Question 27
Survey Results: IF Beneficial
Three out of four Private Sector participants (76%)
believed that IF will help them increase
international trade opportunities. Over 70% agreedstrongly or moderately that IF has or will improvetheir business.
Source: Annex E, Questions 24 and 25
Survey Results: Obstacles to IF success
LDC Respondents think that bureaucracy (80%)and insufficient cooperation between government ,the private sector and civil society are barriers to
success. 7 out of 10 cite the lack of a strategy and
priorities and a lack of  understanding of thecountry’s needs is hindering progress.
Source: Annex E, Question 35WT/IFSC/6
Page 89
3.2.7.1 LDC Government and National Steering Committee
3.2.7.2 LDC Private Sectors
3.2.7.3 LDC Civil Society
3.2.8 Defined Roles of Agencies, Donors, LDCs, Governance
3.2.8.1 Defined Roles of Core Agencies
Evaluation Context
The evaluation context is as described in 3.2.5, above.
Survey Results: Lack of Coordination
Lack of coordination between agencies  was cited
by 59% of LDC respondents as a potential obstacleto the success of the IF.
Source: Annex E, Question 35jSurvey Results: Little Change in Roles
In 2000 the IF was revamped, but 63% of LDCrespondents reported that the roles andresponsibilities of their organization had no
t
changed in any way. About half (53%) of core
agency respondents and one third (36%) of donor
representatives reported that their roles andresponsibilities had changed.
Source: Annex E, Question 11Survey Results: IF Beneficial
Three out of four Private Sector participants (76%)
believed that IF had helped them increaseinternational trade opportunities. Over 70% agreedstrongly or moderately that IF has or will improve
their business.
Source: Annex E , Questions  24 and 25Survey Results: Obstacles to IF success
Respondents from LDC think that bureaucracy
(80%) and insufficient cooperation between
government , the private sector and civil society are
barriers to the success of IF. Roughly 7 out of 10persons  consider that the lack of a strategy andpriorities, limited technological knowledge andlittle understanding of the countries needs alsoaffect the achievement of the goals of the
framework.
 Source: Annex E, Question 35WT/IFSC/6
Page 90
3.2.8.1A  International Monetary Fund World Trade Organization (IMF)
3.2.8.1B  International Trade Center (ITC)
The International Trade Centre (ITC) is a technical cooperation delivery agency or trainer and
educator that delivers technical assistance programmes on behalf of UNCTAD and the World Trade
Organization (WTO) particularly related to developing countries and LDCs.
The programmes are focused on the enterprise-oriented aspects of trade development to assist the
business sector maximize trade performance by developing exports and improving trade facilitation,
including import regimes. ITC focuses its technical assistance in the six key areas of product and
market development, trade support services and trade and market information, capacity building,
international, supply management and needs assessment. ITC also contributes to technical assistance
with the JITAP programme for LDCs and other African countries.
ITC is an active participant in the IF process serving on both the IFSC and IFWG. ITC also delivers a
trade related technical assistance programme to address identified needs in relation to IF activities.
ITC, of course, continues to deliver technical Assistance in other LDC countries as well.
Additionally, ITC remains actively involved in specific IF needs assessment projects that were
initiated under the original IF process, particular ly in the five Round Table Countries. The Leather
Industry project in Bangladesh is one example.
3.2.8.1C  United Nations Conference for Trade and Development (UNCTAD)
The primary focus of United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD) is dealing
with the interface between trade and development with a focus on the integration of developing
countries into the world economy dealing with issues  related to finance, technology, investment and
sustainable development by acting as a forum for discussion and deliberations. UNCTAD
concentrates its efforts on research, data collection and policy analysis to assist and foster dialogue.
UNCTAD is an active member of the management structure for the IF and provides assistance at the
policy level using its research and policy analysis capacity.
It also contributes through its participation in the policy development and planning process in
conjunction with the WTO as part of the management structure of ITC.
The UNCTAD’s strength as a forum for dialogue did not appear to be much in evidence or in use
within the IF process. Perhaps this is a strength that could be called upon in reaching some of the
decisions requires within the If especially in relation to goals and objectives.
UNCTAD as do all the agencies steadfastly indicate their support for the IF, as manifested again in
the official record of the July 2003 Heads of Agencies Meeting in Washington.
3.2.8.1D  United Nations Development Programme (UNDP)
The UNDP participates actively in the IF governance through its membership on the IF Steering
Committee and the IF Working Group.WT/IFSC/6
Page 91
The UNDP is responsible for managing the IF Technical Assistance Trust Fund on behalf of IF
participants.  It is responsible for receiving pledges and contributions from donors and for committing
and disbursing funds in accordance with UNDP fina ncial policy and procedures. It prepares regular
budget reports, informing IF partners of the status of the Trust Fund. The UNDP takes the lead in theIFWG when the Working Group discusses the Trust Fund.
The UNDP is responsible for disbursing funds from Window I.   UNDP field offices are responsible
for assisting local project approval committees, pr epare Window II projec ts, and UNDP headquarters
has an oversight responsibility for Window II projects to ensure the projects approved by the local
project approval committees are consistent with UNDP rules and procedures.  The UNDP is
responsible for the management of the $500,000 National Implementation project through its fieldoffices and for the IF evaluation, which is executed by UNOPs.
The UNDP was responsible for conducting Round Tables to discuss the needs analysis in some of the
‘old’ IF countries and it is assuming responsibilities in the diagnostic phase of the revamped IF
process in LDCs in countries where the World Bank does not have resident representation.
The UNDP carries out education and outreach activities within its own extensive networking systems
set up on a sectoral and regional basis, as well as in regional meetings of LDC representatives.  It also
participates in an international group consid ering the relationship between trade and poverty
reduction.
3.2.8.1E  Defined Roles of The World Bank
The World Bank has IF-related roles at the policy, management, operations levels, as well as
internally directed functions.
At the policy level, the Bank analyzes questions related to the links between trade, growth and
poverty.  The Bank contributes to policy discussion on this issue with a variety of interlocutors:
LDC’s, other agencies and donors as well as the wider community interested in development issues.
It can disseminate information and promote the IF externally.
As an active member of both the IF Steering Co mmittee and the IF Working Group, the Bank actively
participates, in concert with other members of the IF management organs, in IF management:
contributing to the IF policy agenda, ensuring the process moves forward in an appropriate manner,
directly participating in the selection of new IF countries, etc.
The Bank is a key player in the current operation of the IF today as they take the lead in the DTIS
process.  It is a contributor to the IF Trust Fund.  It acts as donor facilitator, and indicated to the
evaluation team that it is prepared to be a donor to IF-inspired projects.  The Bank can be an IF
‘facilitator’ within LDC’s.  In addition, as its normal interlocutor is the Ministry of Finance, it can
assist in mainstreaming trade into national development plans or PRSP’s.  The Bank can provide
technical assistance on occasion when it has a comparative advantage.
As trade has only relatively recently been included as one of the Bank’s implementation priorities, the
Bank is giving considerable attention to mainstreaming trade within its own operations, and in two
years has increased its staff complement dedicated to trade from one to fifteen to help build stronger
links between Bank policy and country programme units to encourage take up, when appropriate, ofIF initiatives in LDC countries.WT/IFSC/6
Page 92
3.2.8.1F  World Trade Organization (WTO)
The WTO is the international organization charged with the task of facilitating the international trade
regime and has the lead in fostering internationa l consensus in relation to the multi-lateral trade
negotiations. The original General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT) was primarily focused onthe international trade in goods and services and was designed to develop a rules based trading system
to establish a fair and equitable trading regime.  A review of the current trade related negotiating
agenda, the subject of the forthcoming WTO Cancun, Mexico Ministerial meeting will clearly
demonstrate the breadth of the Trade Agenda today.
The international marketplace is a highly complex place in which to operate and assisting LDCs to
further integrate into the global economy is becoming increasingly complex and a growing challenge.The capacity within developing and the LDC countries to manage the file and effectively participate
in the negotiations has been recognized for sometime as one of the roadblocks for these countries.
WTO has a specific Technical Assistance and Capacity Development programme, as part of the
negotiating process, to assist countries increase capacity in this specific area.
WTO is actively engaged in the management structure of the IF and as is common among all partners,
proclaims its support for the IF and its goals and objectives.
WTO does not have field staff at the country level; hence their involvement in the client countries is
very modest. It is also fair to say that with the current WTO negotiation process in full swing, theWTO’s resources are fully taxed and focused on the negotiations. However, the WTO does house and
staff the  IF secretariat.
3.2.8.2 Defined Roles of Donors
Evaluation Context
The evaluation context is as described in 3.2.6.
A. Evaluation Findings
Headquarter Responsibilities.  In headquarters, responsibilities among donors are relatively similar
and include providing country views on the policy and management of the IF to representatives in
Geneva, providing a link between central IF policy
and operations and their missions in LDCs,
consolidating information from their own field
offices to assist in the development of IF policies,using IF to inform their policies on trade and
development and their participation in the
preparation of their countries’ Doha negotiations,
promoting IF and providing information to
headquarters country programme managers on IFdevelopments.  Note was also made of
headquarters responsibilities to train staff in
headquarters and in the field on the relationship between trade and poverty and on the IF process.
Field Roles. The roles and responsibilities of donor field staff vary from one donor to the next and
from one country to another.  The responsibilities of donor field responsibilities are conditioned by
the donor’s level of bilateral commitment to pa rticipating in the IF, the extent of country
programming and operations decentralization, and whether the field mission has also assumed the role
of donor facilitator.Survey Results: Donors – Mixed Views
Two out of three LDC respondents (68%) agreed
that the Lead Donor/Facilitator is playing aneffective support role within the IF process.
Nevertheless, 51% expressed concern that a lack o f
donor coordination might be an obstacle to IFsuccess. Less than 1 of 3 (31%) respondents agreedthat donors pledge funds in a timely manner.
Source: Annex E, Question 34b, 35k and 34gWT/IFSC/6
Page 93
Donor Facilitators. Donor facilitators can participate directly in all aspects of the IF process in the
LDC. At the pre-DTIS stage, the donor facilitator might become familiar with the IF and the country
situation, and ideally, with the TRTA activities in th e country in a form of ‘donor mapping’, if it has
not already been done.  The donor facilitator can also be a conduit of information about the IF to otherdonors who may not be fully aware of the process.   At the DTIS stage, the donor facilitator can
potentially help out in a number of ways.  It may informally assist the receiving country on the IF,
provide comment, if necessary, on the relationship between trade and poverty and the relationship of
the DTIS to the PRSP, advise on the importance of country ownership, especially the importance of
including all stakeholders in a meaningful way, advise the DTIS team on the country situation,
arrange for briefings for the donor community or provide briefings to the donor community.  During
the DTIS validation phase donor facilitators can be especially helpful in communicating donors’views to the government, informally sounding out  the level of donor support, and assisting with
various workshops and the donors’ conference.  In a post-DTIS phase the donor facilitator can be of
greatest help in assisting the Government develop a prioritized plan of action, which is more suitable
for donor consideration than the Action Plan Matrix.
B. Significance of Evaluation Findings
There is considerable variability among donors on their perceived IF roles and responsibilities,
especially the responsibilities of their field missions.
There is a great range in the extent to which donors actively participate in the IF among field missions
where the level of IF activity can vary from intense to cursory, depending on the level of IF interest
on the part of a donor in a particular country.  Donor facilitation responsibilities, especially, can
require the commitment of considerable resources if the donor plays a proactive role.
C. Potential Adjustments
Donors will certainly have different perceptions of their IF-related roles and responsibilities,
particularly with respect to their field missions.  Given the importance of an effective IF process, it is
important that a clear understanding between headquarters and the field exists on the level of effort
which will be applied to the IF in field missions.  This is particularly true of field missions where the
mission is also the donor facilitator and where, consequently, additional resources may be required.
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
Donors and field missions will have a better understanding of their respective IF responsibilities and
will consequently be in a position to calibrate their support for IF among their missions, especiallywhere they assume responsibility for donor facilitation.
E. Recommendations
It is recommended that:
1. Donor headquarters and field missions have a clear understanding of the level of effort which
will be applied by each field mission to its participation in IF activities.  [Selected recommendation
# 14]WT/IFSC/6
Page 94
3.2.8.3 Defined Roles of LDCs
Evaluation Context
The evaluation context is as described in 3.2.2; 3.2.3; and 3.2.4.
Survey Results: LDC Government
Two out of three LDC respondents agreed that their
government supports and actively participates inthe planning and implementation of the IF, but onlytwo out of five (41%) agreed that the coordinatinginstitutional structure (e.g. NSC and Focal Point) isin place and well staffed, and only 3 out of 10
believed that their government commits the
necessary resources to carry out the IF.
Source: Annex E, Questions 34c, 34f, 36a
Survey Results: LDC Geneva Missions
One in three (38%) LDC respondents believed thattheir mission in Geneva is on top of trade issuesand the IF and in tune with their countries’ needs
and priorities
.
Source: Annex E, Question 36dSurvey Results: Little Change in Roles
In 2000 the IF was revamped, but 63% of LDC
respondents reported that the roles andresponsibilities of their organization had no
t
changed in any way, and 33% did not know
whether they had.
Source: Annex E, Question 11Survey Results: LDCs commitment to IF
In general, both donors (59%) and agencies (49%)agreed that there is not enough national
commitment  to IF among private sector,academics and civil society, while one third think
that there is such commitment
.
Source: Annex E, Question 36cWT/IFSC/6
Page 95
3.2.8.4 Governance
Evaluation Context
The evaluation context is as described in 3.2.5.
A. Summary Statement
There are two IF governing and managerial bodies in existence, namely the IF Steering Committee
(IFSC) and the IF Working Group (IFWG), both of whom are supported in their activities and
deliberations by the IF Secretariat. As part of the revamping exercise, the Secretariat was transferredfrom the ITC to the WTO. The IF Trust Fund, including the recently approved Window II funding is
administered by the UNDP.
The Integrated Framework comprises six agencies, one observer, numerous donors and nineteen
beneficiary countries (one of which is currently inactive), and there is considerable pressure to expandthe number of participating countries. The IF is new and precedent setting, and the WTO DOHA
Ministerial Declaration on supply-side constraints added another dimension. As a result, the
challenges of managing and providing the Secretariat support to such a large scale undertaking, with
such a diverse client base and complex delivery structure, are enormous.
B. The Management Team
Integrated Framework Steering Committee (IFSC)
The IFSC comprises representatives from the three pa rtners in the IF with participation open to any
member or representative of the three partners. The IFSC oversees the broad policy and contextual
issues for the IF. For example, the IF Steering Committee approved the Window II funding facility in
May 2003, based on the recommendations and the terms of reference developed by the IF Working
Group.  Window II is designed as a quick disbursing, bridging mechanism for modest projects related
to mainstreaming. The Window II terms of referen ce also permit funding of project development and
institutional strengthening plus the procurement of equipment as part of institutional strengthening.
Integrated Framework Working Group (IFWG)
The IFWG, under the policy guidance and direction of the IFSC, is responsible for dealing with
specific issues including day–to-day operations an d approvals, including Window I project approval
(in close collaboration with UNDP), within the IF Trust Fund. The IFWG, which is chaired by a WTOofficial, comprises the Chair plus 11 members, one representative from each of the six core agencies,
an observer from the OECD, two LDC representatives and two donor representatives. The UNDPrepresentative assumes the chair of the IFWG when IF Trust Fund decisions are on the agenda.WT/IFSC/6
Page 96
The IF Secretariat
The IF Secretariat is housed in, and staffed by, WT O human resources. It provides both support and
advisory services to the IF Steering Committee (IFSC) and to the IF Working Group (IFWG). The
support function includes all the normal secretariat functions related to the activities and deliberations
the IFSC and the IFWG. Additionally, the Secretariat is responsible for record keeping and report
preparation. An added and critical function also being shouldered by the Secretariat is a
communications function aimed at keeping the IF community apprised of developments and activities.
C. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
C.1 The IFSC and the IFWG can both take a measure of credit for the IF progress to date,
although there is a perception, grounded in a strong degree of reality, that the IFWG in particular, is
somewhat cumbersome and slow making decisions, even on routine matters. The Secretariat is
providing the logistical support to the IF management of the process, and the evidence suggests that
meeting the administrative needs is taxing their limited resources. There is also a perception that theSecretariat, in its advisory role, may be lacking in capacity with regard to the development component
of the trade / development interface required in the IF, especially as activity on the ground begins to
pick up speed. The speed, with which IF Trust Funds are disbursed, even after approval, has been
raised as an issue, especially among LDC beneficiaries.Survey Results: LDC Governance
Barely over half of LDC respondents are satisfied
with the current administration of the IF at thecountry level, 14% being strongly and 41%
moderately satisfied
.
Source: Annex E, Question 31
Survey Results: Donor Coordinator
Only 27% of Donors, 16% of LDC and not one
single core agency representative thought that the
Focal Point  should be responsible for Donor
Coordination. The highest response rate was
assigned to the LDC government  (core agencies
47%, Donors 45%, but only 29% of LDCrespondents). The preference for the LeadDonor/Facilitator in that role was 40% (agencies),25% (LDCs) and 14% (Donors).
Source: Annex E, Question 29WT/IFSC/6
Page 97
The IF family of six agencies, one observer organization, a host of donors and some nineteen
countries, each with its own unique situation,
capacity and potential from an economic,political and resource availability perspective
also represents a challenge, as does the need to
incorporate the differing perspectives within such
a diverse group.
C.2 The IF is a complex undertaking, and the
issues it is being asked to address are equallybroad based and complex adding an additional
challenge. Trade itself is not a simple subject; it
is a multifaceted sector with a range of issues including trade policy and trade development, trade
promotion, trade facilitation and international negotiations, including market access. Is this not trade
policy? Yes to a certain extent, but there is a point  to be made about burden, and there is the physicaldimension of negotiating that is over and above the policy development.
The WTO DOHA Ministerial Declaration, which stated “We urge the core agencies, in coordination
with development partners, to explore the enhancement of the IF with a view to addressing the
supply-side constraints of LDCs”, added yet an other dimension to an already heavy agenda.
C.3 The IF approach is a change in the way of “Doing Business” which necessitates a change in
planning, programming and implementation. The successful implementation of the Integrated
Framework requires a change in thinking on the part of institutions and individuals at all levels.
C.4 The survey (Annex E -Q 37) asked respondents “In your view, what are the two most
important things needed to improve the implementation of the IF?” and while country ownership was
the most often heard theme, a clearer definition of the roles, tasks and responsibilities, a call for the
timely release of funds, and increased access to trade related information were also themes in many
responses .
C.5 The IF Working Group has contributed to progress made but the group is large in relation to
the task.  Streamlining the IF Working Group is most likely the best option.
C.6 An IFWG structure comprising seven persons would increase effectiveness and efficiency.
The IFWG would comprise the Chairperson and two representatives each from the three partners,
namely the LDCs, the Donors and the Agencies.
Those two representatives from each partner would be charged with the role of representing the
interests of the members of that group. To accomplish this, the two representatives would need to
accept increased responsibility and represent the collective views and positions of the “partner”. A
supporting consultative mechanism within each partner, to coordinate and develop the respectivepositions would provide a solution.  Any differen ces between members within a given group would be
dealt with through the consultative mechanism instead of in the IFWG.
In addition to improving the efficiency of th e Working Group, IFWG representation would be more
balanced and reinforce the notion that the IF is customer focused and LDC driven. It would helpdispel the perception that the IF is “an agency -driven exercise primarily for their benefit.”
The consultative mechanism within the agencies would contribute to developing a coherent and
consistent action plan. The consultative process by the Donor representatives would improveSurvey Results: Governance
LDCs are moderately satisfied with the current
administration of the IF at the country level andmildly agree that the revamped IF has increased theeffectiveness of the process. Thirty five per cent o
f
respondents indicated they did not know whichmay indicate a low level of awareness within
LDCs.
Source: Annex E, Question 31 and 32WT/IFSC/6
Page 98
awareness, could increase the level of commitment within the current roster, and perhaps attract a
larger community of bilateral donors.
Within the LDC partner, the consultative process could make a positive contribution as it would
increase awareness and promote a common understanding of the goals and objectives and the scopeand coverage. It would assist IF Focal Points to gain knowledge, share experiences and promote “best
practices”.
19  Such a network could prove invaluable in assisting capacity building and moving the IF
to a higher level of success.
C.7 A strong and independent Secretariat to the IF is a necessity, and meeting the current
logistical and administrative support needs is taxing its limited resources. Developing tools to address
the issues impeding progress of the IF will place an added burden on the Secretariat. The need forquality information widely disseminated throughout the IF community supports the establishment of a
dedicated Information Unit, within the Secretariat, to handle information and develop communication
tools.  The establishment of the LDC Focal Point Network could be an inaugural assignment for the
unit.
Complementing the secretariat staff with individuals seconded from within the three IF Partners could
improve cross-fertilization between partners and address the perception that the development
community’s perspective is under-represented. A dedicated Information Unit and an LDC Focal Point
Network would benefit from the addition of qualified staff from the LDC community familiar with
local issues. Seconding staff from different partners would also facilitate capacity development and“Action Learning” for future IF leaders.
D. Recommendations
It is recommended that:
1. The IF Steering Committee remains as a high-level policy review and policy setting
organization. [Selected recommendation # 15]
2. Consideration be given to streamlining the operations of the IF Working Group by reducing
the membership and developing a consultation network within each IF partner.
3. Consideration be given to strengthening the Secretariat’s capacity through secondments from
within the three IF Partners. [Selected recommendation # 16]
4. Consideration be given to the establishment of a dedicated Information Unit within the
Secretariat.
5. Consideration be given to the establis hment of the IF LDC Focal Point Network.  [Selected
recommendation # 17]
                                                     
19 An excellent example of such a network can be found in the International Model Forest Network that
links Model Forests established in countries as far a field as Russia, Canada, Mexico, Chile and Japan. Canada
serves as the secretariat to this network.WT/IFSC/6
Page 99
3.2.8.5 Integrated Framework Technical Assistance Trust Fund
A. Evaluation FindingsA.1 Summary Statement
It is not possible to make a definitive evaluation of the IF Trust Fund; it was created in February 2001
and only became fully operational with the approval of Window II terms of reference in May 2003.
However, as a vehicle to launch the IF process in each re-vamped IF country and to support it to the
point that donors have the opportunity to take up IF projects presented to Country Consultative
Groups (CCGs) or Round Tables (RTs), the Trust F und serves an essential purpose, and, potentially,
can play an important role in definitively mainstreaming trade into PRSPs, translating country ActionPlan Matrices into prioritized, indicatively costed project proposals for consideration in LDC/donor
fora, and implementing ‘quick win’ technical assistance based projects.
While procedures, especially for the approval and implementation of Trust Fund Window II funds
could be somewhat heavy in relation to the size of individual projects, it would be premature torecommend changes without the benefit of practical experience, especially as the purposes for which
funds can be committed are relatively flexible and local decision making has been maximized within
UNDP rules.  The administration of donor contributions may also be too labour intensive, but to date
have not hindered the effective operation of the Trust Fund.  Donors have pledged and committed
contributions to the Trust Fund in sufficient amounts and in a timely manner so that funds havealways been available as required.
A.2 Background
The IF Technical Assistance Trust Fund was created in February 2001, and is under the management
of the UNDP, which applies UNDP policies and appraisal, approval, management and monitoring
procedures.  Financial management and control is  also in accordance with UNDP regulations and
rules.  The UNDP Administrator or representative chairs the IAWG when it is meeting as the Trust
Fund.
The Trust Fund is composed of two project fina ncing windows: Window I and Window II.  Window I
is an un-earmarked fund, which supports principally the preparation of the DTIS, including the ActionPlan Matrix. In addition, $300,000 was allocated from Window I to each of the five ‘old’ IF countries
to support the objective of mainstreaming trade into national planning frameworks and addressing
priority TRTA as defined in the RTs.  Window I projects are approved by the IF Working Group.  In
2002, the IF Steering Committee approved a $500,000 Window I project to assist LDC National
Implementation efforts by strengthening the institutional and managerial capacity of LDCs IFprocesses through capacity building activities such as building national IF structures, training,
conferences and seminars, and study tours and knowledge sharing.
The IF Steering Committee approved Window II in May 2003.  Window II may be accessed by LDCs
who have undertaken a DTIS for priority projects  during the phase between the completion of the
DTIS and accessing funds through CCGs, RTs and programme support. Window II funds are to be
directed to modest, priority, quick-win projects in the post DTIS phase.  Window II is also referred to
as a quick disbursing, bridging mechanism to overcome delays being experienced in the delivery of IF
projects.  Projects should have the ultimate aim of helping LDC’s complete the mainstreaming
process, but they may be of diverse nature, according to LDC priorities, and may include projectdevelopment as well as institutional strengthening.  Projects may also include supply side projects
with private sector involvement and the procurement of equipment as part of institutional
strengthening.    Physical infrastructure projec ts are excluded from Window II financing.  Window II
projects are approved (with UNDP headquarters oversight) by a locally chaired local project approvalWT/IFSC/6
Page 100
committee which must contain, at least, representatives from the Ministries of Finance and/or
Planning, the Ministry of Commerce, the UN Resident Representative (or delegate), the facilitating
donor, and the World Bank Resident Representative or delegate.  Currently, ‘old’ IF countries are not
eligible for Window II funds.
A.3 Current Situation
It is expected the five projects in the five round table countries, which used the funds for other related
activities instead of a DTIS and which covered a diverse range of subject areas, including important
elements of mainstreaming, structural reform of public sector trade policy and development
organizations, and practical measures aimed at devel oping exports in high potential sectors, will be
fully committed by August 2003.
In July, when data was gathered, it was hoped that  nine DTIS’s financed from Window I would be
completed by the Fifth Ministerial meeting in Cancun in September, leaving three for completion in
the post-Cancun period, and one country in which work is suspended.  In addition twelve more
countries have expressed interest in joining the IF process, of which five have been positivelytechnically reviewed by the World Bank.  As of 3 July 2003, $2.5 million remains uncommitted in
Window I from funds provided by donors to the Trust Fund, plus $535,000 of pledged funds remain
to be actually disbursed by donors to Window I.
To date, two countries, Cambodia and Mauritania, have received $500,000 and $195,000 respectively
for Window II projects aimed at, inter alia, building capacity to strengthen the links between trade and
poverty, to increase trade policy competencies, and to further develop the export potential of certainsectors.  It should be noted these projects were approved and underway before the Window II terms of
reference were approved.  In addition, UNDP headquar ters has written to its Resident Representatives
in Yemen, Senegal, Nepal, and Mauritania informing them of the operation of Window II.  As of July3, 2003, $1.5 million remains uncommitted in Window II from funds provided by donors to the Trust
Fund, plus $7.5 million of pledged funds remain to be actually disbursed by donors to Window II.
In summary, taking account of actual funds available plus pledged funds, there are probably sufficient
funds available for at least the next two years if draw-downs from the Trust Fund continue at about
the same annual rate as in the first three years of the Trust Fund’s operation.  However, if a substantial
number of new countries join the IF process, and, especially, if a relatively large demand for WindowII funds emerges, the Trust Fund could come under pressure at an earlier date.  A clearer picture
should emerge over the next year.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
The IF Trust Fund demonstrates in a practical manner the willingness of the core agencies and the
donor community to support the IF process.  Window  II, especially, will assist LDC’s launch the
priority reforms to their trade sector, which can lead to a real increase in exports.
It is too early to make a definitive evaluation of the efficiency or effectiveness of the IF Trust Fund,
especially the newly operating Window II.  Window II terms of reference do provide a great deal of
flexibility at the local level to carry out strategic, catalytic interventions at relatively modest cost to
further advance the IF and potentially attract significant donor interest or to support small projects
which can have an immediate return in increased exports.
While it might appear to be unnecessarily complicatin g to have two ‘windows’, especially if funds are
short for one purpose, while surplus funds are available for another purpose, and the line between
where Window I ends and Window II begins is not clear, it is appropriate to have the two windows
for the time being at least.  Window I is significan t as it provides the necessary, visible financing toWT/IFSC/6
Page 101
support a decision by the Steering Committee to support an IF process in a country.  Window II is
significant as it marks the point at which local decision-making on the use of funds takes effect.
The UNDP has made efforts to streamline procedures , but the process underpinning small projects is
still complex and potentially quite time consuming.  Experience will help determine whetheradditional changes should be made to increase the efficiency of Window II planning and
implementation.
Finally, some LDC IF participants are not aware th at Window II is open for business, and those who
are, may require considerable assistance from UNDP offices in designing and implementing projects.WT/IFSC/6
Page 102
C. Potential Adjustments
It would be premature to recommend adjustments to  the functioning of Windows I and II of the Trust
Fund.  However, the IF Secretariat or the UNDP  should publicize more widely the Trust Fund,
especially the terms of reference for Window II, directly with LDC IF focal points.  Consideration
might be given to the preparation of a kit fully explaining the purposes and operation of the Trust
Fund and containing examples of the required planning and operations documents.
D. Potential Impacts of the Proposed Adjustment
The wider provision of information on the IF w ould increase confidence between the Trust Fund
managers and LDC clients.  It might also increase efficiency in the preparation of projects and in their
implementation.
E. Recommendation
It is recommend that:
1. The IF Secretariat and the UNDP more widely publicize the purpose and operation of the
Trust Fund directly to LDC IF participants.
2. A kit be prepared to facilitate the effective utilization of the Trust Funds by IF LDC
participants and UNDP field offices.
3.2.9 Linkages of the IF to Existing Development Architecture (PRSP, Country Consultative
Groups, Donor Round Tables)
3.2.9.1 Linkages to PRSPA. Evaluation Findings
A survey of the revamped LDC countries indicates that all these countries are prepared to link their
DTIS findings to the PRSP.  As of July there are two re-vamped countries which are reported to havemainstreamed the DTIS into the PRSP and a number of others, including one ‘old’ IF country which
are approaching the integration stage.
There appear, however, to be two possible problems to the smooth realization of this basic link in the
IF process in all countries.  The first problem relates to the timing of the PRSP cycle in relation to thetiming of the completion of the DTIS, including the Action Matrix.  For example, in some countries
the PRSP has been completed, and it appears that new programme priorities such as the IF cannot be
added until its term is completed and a new PRSP framework is prepared, which may be one or two
years away.  The second problem was reported to be in the difficulty of integrating the recommended
DTIS activities into the PRSP activity and results statements.  This may be a particular problem wherethe budgetary allocation process is closely linked to the PRSP.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
If these two problems cannot be resolved in a timely manner, the implementation of the IF in a
number of countries could be further delayed. Resolving the second issue, integrating the activities
and results into the PRSP, is an issue which requires close cooperation among officials in the ministry
responsible for the IF, the central budgetary authorities and line ministries involved in theWT/IFSC/6
Page 103
implementation of recommended IF activities.  This may be a problem, if officials are not fully aware
of the IF and its facilities to assist in its realization.
C. Potential Adjustments
There appears to be some variance in the timing of PRSPs and the ‘rules of the game’ for modifying
them.  For example, in several cases it appears that the DTIS results will be integrated into PRSPs
during the annual review.  In other cases it seemed  that this procedure would not be possible, that
reviews were just that, and the main priorities in the PRSPs could not be modified until a new one was
being formulated, even though the countries concerned wished to integrate their completed DTISs
into the PRSP.  Allowing the introduction of important new policy initiatives into a PRSP during the
annual review exercise seems to be a practical solution to the problem of synchronizing the IF andPRSPs.
The second problem, the problem in DTIS formats, in particular the Action Plan Matrix, is potentially
more deep-rooted and will require special attention to overcome what might be a complicated process
issue in some countries.  In the short term, the Window II facility of the Trust Fund can assist in theresolution of this issue, but a longer-term resolution may lie in some modification of the DTIS Action
Matrix table.
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
These suggestions would increase the effective implementation of the IF process in a number of
countries, thereby reducing the possibility of a loss of momentum in the implementation of IF
activities.
E. Recommendations
Provide for the integration (mainstreaming) of the IF into the PRSP during the annual review period
and ensure that this provision is widely understood throughout the PRSP system.
In the short term, focal points, agency representatives and donor facilitators should encourage the use
of Window II to assist in overcoming important process issues, which inhibit mainstreaming IF into
PRSPs.
A modified DTIS format should assist LDCs to integrate more easily the specific recommended
activities into the PRSP format.
3.2.9.2 Linkages to Donor Round Tables
Evaluation Context
The following output performance measure  has been identified:
3.2.4.4 The degree to which IF priorities are considered and accepted at the UNDP’s Roundtable
meetings.
3.2.10 Processes and Procedures
Evaluation Context (General)
The following general  performance measures  apply:
3.3.2.2 The extent to which IF policies, priorities and guidelines are in place and clearWT/IFSC/6
Page 104
3.2.4.1 The degree to which IF partners (co-ordinating agencies, LDCs, Donors) have streamlined
their respective procedures
3.2.4.2  The degree to which IF partners (co-ordinati ng agencies, LDCs, Donors) have mainstreamed
the IF into their work plans
The following risk was noted:
R.2 Core agency, donor, and LDC IF related objectives conflict, or are not sufficiently
harmonized
3.2.10.1  Process of Country Selection in the Re-vamped IF
Evaluation Context
In evaluating the process of country selection, the following performance measure was applied:
3.3.3.1 The extent to which the IF country selection criteria are fair, transparent, and appropriate.
A. Evaluation Findings
The criteria used in the past were appropriate at the time and had well-structured methodological
bases in fact. However, the evidence gathered supports the perception held by many stakeholders
that the process was less than fully transparent.
Some discontent had been expressed with the
final decisions taken.  It appears that while the
criteria were used in the decision making
process, final decisions were often based onlypartly on the results of assessing the criteria and
partly on other unspecified considerations.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
The evaluation findings suggest a need for objective and transparent country selection processes for at
least four reasons:
1. The use of objective and transparent selection criteria, based, among others, on such
considerations as are set out in Annex D, should enhance the IF success rate.
2. The use of objective and transparent selection criteria should also enhance the confidence of
future LDC participants in the fairness of the IF selection process.3. The use of objective and transparent selection criteria by the managing IF agencies, should
also serve as a role model for LDCs who are urged to adopt good governance approaches, as a
condition for selection and participation in IF.
4. Objective and transparent selection criteria that have been well publicized would allow
potential LDC candidates to do a self-assessment pr ior to approaching IF formally for admission.
C. Potential Adjustments
In support of a fair, transparent, and appropriate selection process, the IFSC may wish to establish a
policy requiring only objective selection criteria, and it might develop a filtering process that wouldutilize at least the following two specific filters :
1. A macro filter to undertake a broad assessment of candidate LDCs as to their potential
success, using the variables described in Annex D.Survey Results
About 7 out of 10 LDC respondents reported that
they were  not aware of the IF country selection
criteria.
Source: Annex E, Question 30WT/IFSC/6
Page 105
2. A meso filter, using a simplified and refined  pre-selection DTIS study (call it a DTIS-Lite ) to
provide the candidate country with a basic assessment of their current trade-related status and an early
indication of key trade-related issues.
3. A micro filter applied to potentially successful LDCs to determine both their readiness for
reform and their leadership capacity.
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
The use and reporting of these three filters would reassure LDCs, who aspire to participation in IF,
that they are not arbitrarily excluded.
The use of the filters might also encourage unsuccessful LDCs, to try to overcome the factors that
excluded them initially from immediate benefit of the IF.
In overall terms, the application of these filters should also enhance the aid effectiveness of the IF
mechanism, on the premise that donors and core agencies will incorporate such criteria in their plans
at the country level.
On the other hand, the choice not to use filters such as suggested, might leave the IF partners open to
mistrust, and it could undermine the agencies’ credibility as impartial agents in development.
E. Recommendations
It is recommended that the IFSC:
1. Adopt a policy of objective and transparent country selection.
2. Request the IFWG to develop and widely publicize an objective and transparent country
selection process, using the suggested macro, meso and micro filters, or an equally suitable alternative
process.
3. Define and routinely use a concise communication mechanism to inform candidates of the
results of the selection process.
3.2.10.2  Procedures for Applying the IF to Selected Countries
Evaluation Context
In evaluating the process of country selection, the following performance measure was applied:
3.3.3.1  The extent to which the IF country selection criteria are fair, transparent, and appropriate.
3.2.10.3  Procedures and Processes for Preparing the Diagnostic Trade Integration Studies, and
the Quality of the DTIS
Evaluation Context
The findings are based on (1) survey country components, (2) a two-day country visit, as well as (3) a
review of relevant available documents.WT/IFSC/6
Page 106
The evaluation was guided by applicable expected impact , outcome  and output  results, their
corresponding performance measures, as well as associated assumptions and risks, as contained in the
Logical Framework Analysis  (Annex A). Impact  is defined as a long-term result; outcome  as a
medium-term result; and output  as a short-term result. Applicability  was determined in terms of its
primary relation to IF governance and management, as distinct from donor operations.
The following performance measures  were used to assess the quality of the DTIS:
1.1.1.1 The degree to which IF country governments have completed their DTIS or needs analyses1.1.1.3  The degree to which IF country governments have linked their DTIS or needs analyses to
national development plans and/or PRSPs
The following risk has been identified:
R.10: DTIS and the associated Action Matrices ma y not fully reflect the co nsidered views of LDC
governments and stakeholders and may not provide clear prioritization and guidance for furtheraction.
A. Evaluation Findings
A.1 Summary Statement
A.1.1 The Diagnostic Trade Integration Study (DTI S) process has progressed and continues to
evolve as partners are learning from the experience gained to make future improvements. Successive
DTISs are improving in terms of focus, precision and the identification and prioritization of issues. In
addition successive DTIS studies have, in recognition of the need under the revamped IF tomainstream trade into the National Development Plans or Poverty Reduction Strategy Papers (PRSP)
process placed a degree of emphasis on addressing the links between trade, economic development
and poverty. A significant number of countries have, or are in the process of completing, a DTIS.
Even a member of the original Round Table Countries has decided to use a DTIS like process for
future planning.
The major issues surrounding the DTIS’s are the difficulty of translating the Action Plan Matrix into
inputs for the PRSP or into a funding request package  format that is suitable for consideration by
donors.
There is a perception among many, especially within the LDC community, that the agency (in most
cases the World Bank) is not only leading the process but has ownership of the process as well. Thisperception, which appears to mirror reality closely, while being efficient from a task completion
perspective, may not be contributing to the development of ownership, leadership and buy-in on the
part of the LDCs, an element that appears to be fundamental to the ultimate success of the IF process.
A.2 Survey Results
The survey results support the theory and belief by many in the LDC community that the DTIS
process can provide current status information, identify issues and problems and act as a roadmap for
addressing trade related issues. The survey results also support the existence of the perception issue
referenced above. Finally, the results point to a very strong conviction on the part of individuals fromall three partner communities that country ownership of the IF process is paramount.WT/IFSC/6
Page 107
A.3 Interview Results
A.3.1 During the course of this evaluation, interviews and focus group discussions were conducted
with a significant number of people from all three partner communities, and similar strengths and
weaknesses of the DTIS process were expressed by all three groups.
A.3.2 Many of the earlier DTISs were voluminous documents, heavily concentrated on the macro-
economic policy overview of the country, with much less focus on micro-economic conditions and the
identification of specific trade related issues and opportunities. The DTIS process was seen by many,
especially within agencies, as a multi-purpose process with a much broader focus than as the basis for
developing a well defined action plan addressing issues specific to the goals and objectives of the IF.
A.3.3 The DTIS process appears to be moving closer to its originally intended purpose of providing
countries with a tool to determine their current status and to identify trade related issues and
opportunities plus identify the linkage between trade and poverty reduction.  The role trade can play
in reducing poverty, however, is not universally accep ted within the IF partners and certainly within
segments of civil society.
The inclusion of an “Action Plan Matrix” is a positive development. However, a review of a number
of the resulting documents indicates that frequently they are complex and still contain lengthy lists of
"things that must be done".  It is evident that no one issue stands alone, but is linked to a host of other
issues and problems. Despite the interdependency, there is a need to recognize that individualproblems must be solved sequentially, one at a time,  underscoring the need to  develop an action plan
to address a manageable list of priority projects.
If the LDC country , with the mentoring and assistance of the agencies and the lead donor/facilitator,
develops an action plan with identified pr ojects to address priority needs , the LDC will have a
"funding request package"  that can be presented to donors  for consideration. A good funding
request package will most likely attract donor support.  In addition, the current Action Plan
Matrix format is not easily transferable into the requirements for PRSP’s, which is an
important consideration, if the purpose of the DTIS is to mainstream trade into a country’s
national development plan and/or PRSP.
A.3.4 Many of the DTIS reports and the alternative process used by several of the Round Table
Countries, focus heavily on priority sectors as the ke y to export growth. Little attention is paid to
“exporter” support and development. Experience in many countries suggests that “Good Exporters”
tend to succeed regardless of the sector to which they belong, whereas poorly motivated and ill
prepared exporters fail, regardless of the sector of the economy to which they belong.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
The DTIS process has made progress and is more focused on the needs of the IF process. However,
the DTIS is widely perceived as being an agency owned, managed and driven exercise, with
insufficient attention being paid to LDC ownershi p and leadership. The perception may be reinforced,
if insufficient time or effort is spent in pre-DTIS sensitization, and this phase is followed by a team of
World Bank-led international consultants  who  produce a study with insufficient consultation with
stakeholders, which is then reviewed by World Bank and other agency staff at their headquarters,
before being presented to the LDC for review and validation at local workshops. The round table
discussion of the report is also usually held at a core agency headquarters location.
The evidence suggests that a simplified DTIS or “DTIS Lite” as it is referred to in some quarters
could be used to provide a preliminary review of the trade status and issues to be used as one of theWT/IFSC/6
Page 108
evaluation tools to determine the readiness of ne w potential participants in the IF. (See section
3.2.10.1 on country selection criteria.)
In addition, the current DTIS format, and the consequent need to re-work the recommended action,
once, for inclusion in PRSP’s, and again, a second time, for preliminary consideration by donorsfurther extends the time needed to bring the process to the implementation stage.
C. Potential Adjustments
Adjust the DTIS process to be more LDC driven an d managed, with the agency role shifting more to
one of mentoring, providing advice and assistance and coaching the LDC IF team in the DTIS
process.
Encourage DTIS developers to focus some attention on exporter  development, as well as export
development.
Modify the format, especially the Action Plan Matrix format, to facilitate its use for integration into
the PRSP and into the preparation of funding request packages for donors.
D. Potential Impact of the Choices
The adoption of these concepts would:
• contribute greatly to making the IF a “customer- driven” and owned process, assuring buy-in. The
approach, while it would take longer and marginally increase the cost, would also afford an
excellent opportunity for capacity building, not only for the IF Team, but also help develop local
consultants for the future;
• recognize that the capacity and capability of the exporter plays a significant role in improving
export performance;
• increase the efficiency without losing the effectiveness of the IF process in LDC’s.
E. Recommendations
It is recommended that:
• The IFSC issue guidelines for DTIS process operation that would modify the approach to one of
mentoring, assisting and coaching the LDC- IF team to develop their DTIS study and action plan
matrix.
• The Agency staff, responsible for the DTIS process, encourage DTIS developers to give
consideration to both export  and exporter  development in assessing LDC needs.
• The Agency staff, responsible for the DTIS, encourage DTIS developers to give consideration to
modifying the DTIS format, especially the Action Plan Matrix, to improve its integration into thePRSP and to facilitate consideration by donors.WT/IFSC/6
Page 109
3.2.10.4  Selection of Consultants
Evaluation Context
The Following output  performance measures  were identified:
3.1.1.4  The degree to which the selection of both international and domestic consultants contributed
to the DTIS and related activities.
3.1.1.5  The degree to which the quality and approach of technical advisors are sensitized to support
the trade-related development efforts effectively.
The following risk was noted:
R.6 Quality and approach of technical advisers are not appropriate and sensitized to effectively
support the trade-related development efforts.
A. Evaluation Findings
Given the longstanding practice of undertaking pr ojects, using outside consultants, and the well
established screening and evaluating processes in place, the evaluators assumed that the World Bank
and the other core agencies would engage competent consultants, and therefore the focus of this
evaluation was on the use and approach  taken by agencies and consultants.
With respect to the use of consultants, the evaluation uncovered a concern that may relate to the
overall effectiveness of the IF. The World Bank and, on occasion, other Agencies in their stead, have
assumed well-intentioned leadership , as for example, in the management and implementation of the
DTIS process. In assuming this leadership role, however, the operational approach, especially in
relation to (1) setting the terms of reference, (2) choosing consultants and (3) finalizing reports, maybe detrimental to instilling a sense of leadership and ownership of the IF and its outcomes in the LDC.
Thus, the perception remains that the approach used is to a large extent "doing it for them" instead of
"doing it with them".
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
While it is recognized that using a consultative mentoring  approach maybe more time consuming, it is
also clear that adopting such an approach would present a capacity building opportunity  to the IF
proponents within the LDC (the IF Focal Point and others) and make a contribution to reducing the
overall perception that the IF remains an agency-driven exercise largely for their benefit.
C. Potential Adjustments
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
E. Recommendations3.2.10.5  Processes and Procedures of the Core Agencies (WB, UNDP, IMF, WTO, UNCTAD,
ITC)
Evaluation Context
The evaluation context is as described in 3.2.5.WT/IFSC/6
Page 110
With respect to the UNDP, the following expected outcome result and corresponding performance
measure were noted:
3.2.2 IF  Technical Assistance Trust Fund (Window II) (TATF) criteria are fair, transparent, and
appropriate3.2.2.1   The degree to which TATF guidelines, outlining the scope, criteria and coverage, are
accepted by all IF parties
In addition, the following assumption  was made:
A.19 The IF programme allows enough flexibility to accelerate the implementation of individual
country Action Plans.
The following risks  were noted:
R.4 IF implementation might suffer if there is insufficient provisioning of corporate memory
structures
R.5 The implementation pace of IF initiatives is more rapid than the absorptive capacity within
LDCs
3.2.10.6  Processes and Procedures  within LDCs
Evaluation Context
The evaluation context described in 3.2.1.2 applies to LDC involvement in procedures and processes.
3.2.10.7  Processes and Procedures of Donors
Evaluation Context
The evaluation context described in 3.2.6 applies to the participation of Donors in procedures and
processes. In addition the following two assumptions  were noted:
A.7 Donors are willing to align their priorities to the LDC stated priorities
A.16 Donors will continue to fund and replenish the IF Trust Fund [IFTF] to meet its mandate and
provide other funding for IF implementation
3.3 Integration of IF Evaluation Findings
The Integration of IF Evaluation Findings is, as the title implies, an integration of major issues
discussed in section 3.2 “Evaluation Findings”. This section addresses: (1) the effectiveness of IF as a
model for trade capacity building; (2) the extent of need to re-focus programmes and work plans of
core agencies and donors; (3) the extent of need for the adjustment of the functional and
organizational structure; (4) coordinating and synchronizing of funding cycles; and (5) the degree of
niche identification for IF, and its acceptance by other players.
3.3.1 The Effectiveness of IF as a Model for Trade-Capacity Building
20
Evaluation Context
The following expected outcome result  was identified:
                                                     
20 This section should be read in conjunction with 3.4.1, which partially covers similar material.WT/IFSC/6
Page 111
3.3.5 The degree to which resources of the IF Trust Fund are coordinated with the JITAP
programme of activities.
The following expected output result  and corresponding performance measures  were identified:
3.1.1 Trade-related functions and corresponding skills are executed effectively and efficiently.
3.1.1.1 The degree to which trade-related functions and corresponding skills have been analysed and
profiled.
3.1.1.2 The degree to which a catalogue for competency- based human resource development has
been developed.
3.1.1.3 The degree to which IF and LDC officials are assessed and trained on trade-related functions
and corresponding skills.3.2.1.1 The degree to which the role of IF within overall trade-related technical assistance and
capacity building has been defined and is understood.
The following assumption  was made:
A.16 Donors will continue to fund and replenish the IF Trust Fund [IFTF] to meet its mandate and
provide funding for IF implementation.
A. Evaluation Findings
A.1 Summary Statement
A.1.1 The theory and operational approach envi saged for the Integrated Framework has been
carefully crafted, is entirely appropriate and a sound approach capable of achieving positive results, if
it is recognized that the Integrated Framework can best be described as a step-by-step process that will
identify an effective priority focused action plan ( a funding request package) to maximize trade
performance, foster economic growth and contribute to poverty reduction.
A.1.2 The notion that the six agencies will cooperate and coordinate their efforts to deliver
integrated support to the client (LDC) is also a sound policy approach to implement an LDC-owned
action plan.
A.1.3 An integrated approach is sound and a criti cal component for donors to mentor and assist the
LDC to identify appropriate funding sources for an ag reed to set of projects to support the action plan.
In this context, trade-related technical assistance [TRTA] is a critical element that must provide
support to the LDCs for identifying, planning and a country-specific IF action plan and for building
capacity to cover activities in support of managing the IF process and implementation. Althoughperceptions to the contrary still prevail, TRTA funding was not intended to be available for
infrastructure development or to eliminate supp ly-side constraints. Hence the need for a well
developed and targeted technical assistance approach is of critical importance, not only to address
trade related problems within LDCs, but to also de velop the capacity of the in-country participants to
manage the process itself.
A.1.4 The evaluation revealed that in several countrie s there is a clearly identified need for capacity
building and orientation activities at all levels, including: the Focal Point, the National Steering
Committee and other stakeholders including government ministries, the private sector and civil
society
The evaluation also revealed that agency, donor representatives and external consultants, such as in
the case of DTIS development, tend to deliver  the goods, rather than mentor and assist the IF Focal
point and coach  local consultants to do the work. It would seem that the decision to use externalWT/IFSC/6
Page 112
consultants to do the work rather than coaching  local consultants, may be attributable to two factors:
(1) the decision is driven by a perceived need to get the work done quickly, rather than using it as a
technical assistance opportunity to develop local capacity for both current and future needs; (2) it may
be that consultants are more comfortable or are being encouraged to do rather than coach . While the
perception that qualified local consultants are not available may have some basis in fact, it is alsopossible that the selection criteria being used do not adequately consider practical experience and
local or traditional knowledge as being as important as academic or professional qualifications.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
A prime contributor to the ultimate success in the implementation of IF and its goals and objectives
will be local capacity, local buy-in and the sense of pride that flows from achievement. Trade-relatedtechnical assistance (TRTA) provides the opportunity to instil this quality into the IF Process.
C. Potential Adjustments
C.1 In policy  terms, the IFSC may wish to issue a policy and supporting guidelines  that would
recommend the use of local people and refocus the approach by agencies, donors and consultants
from one of doing to one of coaching to capitalize on the opportunity to do capacity building more
broadly within the cl ient community (LDC).
A Guideline on IF-related  Capacity Development  in LDCs that includes the following:
(1) Provide formal orientation  to in-country staff, potential IF managers (including Focal Points,
Chairpersons of National Steering Committees and other key stakeholders;
(2) Provide guidelines to encourage agencies and donor representatives responsible for leading
the DTIS or project identification and development processes to continuously monitor these activities
to identify local capacity development opportunities, and
(3) Encourage the inclusion of capacity development requirements in all terms of reference.A Guideline on IF-Consultant selection  could include preferential treatment provisions for local
candidates and revised qualification criteria to give increased weight to experience plus local andtraditional knowledge.
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
If the measures proposed in “C” are adopted by the IFSC and the IFWG, a coherent TRTA approach
21
is possible. LDC buy-in and confidence will increase. LDC capacity will be built for both the present
and the future. The selection process for consultants will be transparent, fair and oriented to
development. The level of quality of in-country management of IF will increase. The IF-related
capacity development processes will be both effective and highly efficient.
                                                     
21 An in-depth discussion on the topic of capacity  building through competency based analysis and
modular training can be found in Appendix G – Coherent Trade – Related Technical Assistance Approach:
Technical Background.WT/IFSC/6
Page 113
E. Recommendations
It is recommended that:
1. The IFSC issue a Guideline on IF-related Capacity Development  to focus attention on the
need for capacity development and to maximize in-country skills confidence and pride.
2. The IFSC issue a Guideline on IF Consulting , with a view to attracting and developing more
fully qualified local people capable of undertaking assignments or contracts for IF-related research
and implementation studies.
3. The IFWG develop and maintain an IF-related consultant database comprising both local and
international consultants.
3.3.2 The Need to Re-Focus Programmes and Work Plans of Core Agencies, Donors
Evaluation Context
The following two assumptions  were noted:
A.19 The IF programme allows enough flexibility to accelerate the implementation of individual
country Action Plans.
A.20 IF managers ensure that LDC government s have a clear understanding of the commitments
required in participating in the IF process.
3.3.3 IF Governance
Evaluation Context
The evaluation context is as described in 3.2.5.
A. Summary Statement
There are two IF governing and managerial bodies in existence, namely the IF Steering Committee
(IFSC) and the IF Working Group (IFWG), both of whom are supported in their activities anddeliberations by the IF Secretariat. As part of the revamping exercise, the Secretariat was transferred
from the ITC to the WTO. The IF Trust Fund, including the recently approved Window II funding is
administered by the UNDP.
The Integrated Framework comprises six agencies, one observer, numerous donors and nineteen
beneficiary countries (one of which is currently inactive), and there is considerable pressure to expand
the number of participating countries. The IF  is new and precedent setting, and the WTO DOHA
Ministerial Declaration on supply-side constraints added another dimension. As a result, the
challenges of managing and providing the Secretariat support to such a large scale undertaking, with
such a diverse client base and complex delivery structure, are enormous.
This section addresses the need for adjustment of the functional and organizational structure.
B. The Management Team
Integrated Framework Steering Committee (IFSC)
The IFSC comprises representatives from the three pa rtners in the IF with participation open to any
member or representative of the three partners. The IFSC oversees the broad policy and contextualWT/IFSC/6
Page 114
issues for the IF. For example, the IF Steering Committee approved the Window II funding facility in
May 2003, based on the recommendations and the terms of reference developed by the IF Working
Group.  Window II is designed as a quick disbursing, bridging mechanism for modest projects related
to mainstreaming. The Window II terms of referen ce also permit funding of project development and
institutional strengthening plus the procurement of equipment as part of institutional strengthening.
Integrated Framework Working Group (IFWG)
The IFWG, under the policy guidance and direction of the IFSC, is responsible for dealing with
specific issues including day–to-day operations an d approvals, including Window I project approval
(in close collaboration with UNDP), within the IF Trust Fund. The IFWG, which is chaired by a WTO
official, comprises the Chair plus 11 members, one representative from each of the six core agencies,an observer from the OECD, two LDC representatives and two donor representatives. The UNDP
representative assumes the chair of the IFWG when IF Trust Fund decisions are on the agenda.
The IF Secretariat
The IF Secretariat is housed in, and staffed by, WT O human resources. It provides both support and
advisory services to the IF Steering Committee (IFSC) and to the IF Working Group (IFWG). The
support function includes all the normal secretariat functions related to the activities and deliberations
the IFSC and the IFWG. Additionally, the Secretariat is responsible for record keeping and report
preparation. An added and critical function also being shouldered by the Secretariat is acommunications function aimed at keeping the IF community apprised of developments and activities.
C. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
C.1 The IFSC and the IFWG can both take a measure of credit for the IF progress to date,
although there is a perception, grounded in a strong degree of reality, that the IFWG in particular, is
somewhat cumbersome and slow making decisions, even on routine matters. The Secretariat is
providing the logistical support to the IF management of the process, and the evidence suggests that
meeting the administrative needs is taxing their limited resources. There is also a perception that the
Secretariat, in its advisory role, may be lacking in capacity with regard to the development component
of the trade / development interface required in the IF, especially as activity on the ground begins to
pick up speed. The speed, with which IF Trust Funds are disbursed, even after approval, has beenraised as an issue, especially among LDC beneficiaries.
The IF family of six agencies, one observer organization, a host of donors and some nineteen
countries, each with its own unique situation, capacity and potential from an economic, political and
resource availability perspective also represents a challenge, as does the need to incorporate thediffering perspectives within such a diverse group.
C.2 The IF is a complex undertaking, and the issues it is being asked to address are equally broad
based and complex adding an additional challenge. Trade itself is not a simple subject; it is a
multifaceted sector with a range of issues including trade policy and trade development, tradepromotion, trade facilitation and international negotiations, including market access. Is this not trade
policy? Yes to a certain extent, but there is a point  to be made about burden, and there is the physical
dimension of negotiating that is over and above the policy development.
The WTO Doha Ministerial Declaration, which stated “We urge the core agencies, in coordination
with development partners, to explore the enhancement of the IF with a view to addressing the
supply-side constraints of LDCs”, added yet an other dimension to an already heavy agenda.WT/IFSC/6
Page 115
C.3 The IF approach is a change in the way of “Doing Business” which necessitates a change in
planning, programming and implementation. The successful implementation of the Integrated
Framework requires a change in thinking on the part of institutions and individuals at all levels.
C.4 The survey (Annex E -Q 37) asked respondents “In your view, what are the two most
important things needed to improve the implementation of the IF?” and while country ownership was
the most often heard theme, a clearer definition of the roles, tasks and responsibilities, a call for the
timely release of funds, and increased access to trade related information were also themes in many
responses.
C.5 The IF Working Group has contributed to progress made but the group is large in relation to
the task.  Nevertheless, streamlining the IF Working Group would seem to be  appropriate.
C6. An IFWG structure comprising seven persons would increase effectiveness and efficiency.
The IFWG would comprise the Chairperson and two representatives each from the three partners,
namely the LDCs, the Donors and the Agencies.
Those two representatives from each partner would be charged with the role of representing the
interests of the members of that group. To accomplish this, the two representatives would need to
accept increased responsibility and represent the collective views and positions of the “partner”. A
supporting consultative mechanism within each partner, to coordinate and develop the respective
positions would provide a solution.  Any differen ces between members within a given group would be
dealt with through the consultative mechanism instead of in the IFWG.
In addition to improving the efficiency of th e Working Group, IFWG representation would be more
balanced and reinforce the notion that the IF is customer focused and LDC driven. It would help
dispel the perception that the IF is “an agency -driven exercise primarily for their benefit.”
The consultative mechanism within the agencies would contribute to developing a coherent and
consistent action plan. The consultative process by the Donor representatives would improve
awareness, could increase the level of commitment within the current roster, and perhaps attract a
larger community of bilateral donors.
Within the LDC partner, the consultative process could make a positive contribution as it would
increase awareness and promote a common understanding of the goals and objectives and the scope
and coverage. It would assist IF Focal Points to gain knowledge, share experiences and promote “best
practices” . Such a network could prove invaluable in assisting capacity building and moving the IF to
a higher level of success.
C.7 A strong and independent Secretariat to the IF is a necessity, and meeting the current
logistical and administrative support needs is taxing its limited resources. Developing tools to address
the issues impeding progress of the IF will place an added burden on the Secretariat. The need for
quality information widely disseminated throughout the IF community supports the establishment of a
dedicated Information Unit, within the Secretariat, to handle information and develop communicationtools.  The establishment of the LDC Focal Point Network could be an inaugural assignment for the
unit.
Complementing the secretariat staff with individuals seconded from within the three IF Partners could
improve cross-fertilization between partners and address the perception that the developmentcommunity’s perspective is under-represented. A dedicated Information Unit and an LDC Focal Point
Network would benefit from the addition of qualified staff from the LDC community familiar with
local issues. Seconding staff from different partners would also facilitate capacity development and
“Action Learning” for future IF leaders.WT/IFSC/6
Page 116
D. Recommendations
It is recommended that:
1. The IF Steering Committee remains as a high-level policy review and policy setting
organization.
2. Consideration be given to streamlining the operations of the IF Working Group by reducing
the membership and developing a consultation network within each IF partner.
3. Consideration be given to strengthening the Secretariat’s capacity through secondments from
within the three IF Partners.
4. Consideration be given to the establishment of a dedicated Information Unit within the
Secretariat.
5. Consideration be given to the establis hment of the IF LDC Focal Point Network.
3.3.4 Coordinating and Synchronizing of Funding Cycles
A. Evaluation Findings
There is a great deal of variation among donors with respect to programming and funding cycles.  The
general rule is that donors are in a position to commit funds in support of programmes and projects
normally for periods of up to five or more years to provide an opportunity for long-term planning andan element of predictability for LDC partners.  However, the means by which the commitments of
funds are made vary a great deal.
Some countries separate their country programming framework from the budgetary allocation process
and commit funds on a rolling basis.  This means they establish a country programming framework
for a period of time, but extend the financial planning framework by one year on an annual basis.
This type of system potentially allows some activity in an area outside the country programmeframework, although at a low level between programming cycles, depending on the flexibility
permitted within the country programme for new programming priorities.
Some donors establish a longer term country programming framework and associated funds for a
specific block of time, say three or five years.  In these cases, if IF-inspired projects are brought todonors for consideration, important donors may not be in a position to commit themselves to
participation in a project, if the proposal is made too early in the funding cycle.
Most donors recognize the constraints imposed in their programming and funding systems to
participating in new priorities, but claim there is little that can be done on a case-by-case basis, unlessthe whole system is modified to be more accommodating to emerging priorities.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
Donors’ programming and funding cycles may have a negative impact on their ability to respond to
emerging priorities, such as the IF, in a timely manner, thus reducing the possibility that high priority
IF projects will receive appropriate funding.  This is a particular problem in LDCs where there is a
limited number of donors.WT/IFSC/6
Page 117
C. Potential Adjustments
Given the difficulty of changing the country prog ramming and funding systems of a variety of donors
in the short term, the most effective way of managing a complex array of mechanisms is through
longer-term planning, involving close LDC and donor co ordination.  The donor facilitator, if one has
been appointed, can play an extremely useful role in this regard.  An important instrument to better
ensure the full consideration of a new priority, such as IF-related activities, is to provide for a full
discussion of the new priority at Country Consultative Groups or Round Tables, as early as possible,
in the process, in order to give time to donors to adjust their planning and budgeting frameworks, if
that can be done.
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
Close and early consultation and coordination, with the help of a donor facilitator, if appointed, will
help overcome some of the problems raised in the implementation of IF-inspired programmes and
projects by a variety of programming and funding  cycles.  Round Tables and CCGs are the formal
mechanisms, which can give impetus to emerging priorities in donors’ programming decisions.
E. Recommendations
1. Early donor consultation and coordination should take place, assisted by a donor facilitator, if
necessary, to maximize the opportunities for attracting donor support to IF initiatives and toharmonize donor support for programmes and pr ojects within the context of the PRSP.
2. Early presentation of emerging IF priorities at Country Consultative Groups or Round Tables
will permit donors to judge the importance of the IF initiative within overall development priorities of
LDCs, and to begin planning for its implementation.
3.3.5 The Degree of Niche  Identification for IF, and its acceptance by other players
Evaluation Context
The Integrated Framework is a recent and precedent setting approach to LDC development whereby
the Trade and Development agency will cooperate to assist LDCs become participants in the
international market place and utilize the benefits to contribute the reduction of poverty.
A. Evaluation Findings
The fundamental question in this regard is what niche can IF fill within the overall development
agenda, and in particular, within the wide field of trade related technical assistance, and should a
concentrated effort and resources be expended to implement the process or should IF be considered as
a non priority activity playing only a minor role in country development. The revamping undertaken
in 2002 and the expansion of the process to mainstream trade into overall country development plansonly sharpens the focus on this question.
The evaluation suggests that the most significant and re-occurring issue identified by respondents
within all the partners in the IF process, was the perception issue. What became clear was the lack of
understanding and a lack of a common understanding of the goals and objectives of the IF and whatfinal outcome or “product” was to be expected from the process. Many LDC participants perceived
the IF as a new funding scheme or mechanism that  could solve any problem related however broadly
to the improvement of trade. While time has lessened the perception it still remains and likely
accounts for the perception that the IF has accomplished very little to date.WT/IFSC/6
Page 118
This is evidenced by an often heard concern that there are insufficient financial resources attached to
the IF trust fund to address the trade related issues and problems within the LDC countries. Some
observers have suggested that the IF, because of the relatively small budgets associated directly with
the process would be incapable of addressing the needs. This perception has led many to conclude thatIF should be considered as a secondary non-priority part of the development process, and even within
on-going trade policy and trade development assistance programmes, despite the progress to date and
the consistent message emanating from the partners especially the core agencies, as  to their level of
commitment and support for the IF.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
The perception that the IF is incapable of addressing the needs of the LDCs is hampering progress as
many stakeholders feel that devoting the level of resources and effort required for managing and
implementing the IF, especially within the LDC community, is not commensurate with the likely
results in terms of funds required or concrete results achieved.
A review of the theory and architecture that forms the basis for the IF process suggests that what the
developers of the revamped IF intended it to be was a step by step process that would assist LDC’s
mainstream trade into national development plans or PRSP’s and provide LDCs with a mechanism to
analyze their current trade situation, identify the pr oblems and issues that need to be addressed and
develop a detailed plan to address them. Armed with  this plan, the LDC country would then be in a
position to approach donors with a clearly identified set of projects to address identified priorities and
invite donors to fund those projects. The IF funding was to be used to fund this process only .
Therefore, the IF may well be adequately fund ed to do the job. If the LDC country, with the
mentoring, cooperation and assistance of the agencies (working together) and the donors (assisted bythe lead donor/facilitator), develops an action plan with identified projects to address priority needs,
and integrates it into its development architecture, the LDC will have a funding request package  that
can be presented to all donors for consideration. A well presented and documented funding request
package  will most likely attract donor support. Finally, if a funding request package  of US$50 million
for example, is funded then the modest amount of up front IF funding has leveraged a very large
amount of funds from donors and that is what IF was designed to do . That modest amount of IF
money, if the process is executed as it appears the architects intended, will increase the capacity ofLDC participants, improve the in-country consultation process and identify in-country priority need
and, lead to  increased trade, a higher performing economy leading to poverty reduction. The country
could benefit greatly from that modest IF investment.
C. Potential Adjustments
If steps are taken to develop an agreed set of goals and objective which clearly delineate the intended
outputs from the IF process and the resulting informa tion is widely circulated within all partners, then
IF can overcome the perception that it may be a non-priority initiative which is under-funded and not
supported except in official statements.
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
Left unattended, the issue could result in the perception that IF being relegated to the category of an
unsupported initiative incapable of achieving its goals.  The considerable investments in LDC humanresources would be lost and LDC’s would feel let down.WT/IFSC/6
Page 119
E. Recommendation
As indicated elsewhere in this evaluation, the IFSC address the issue of perceptions and the
identification of the goals and objectives of the IF.
3.3.6 The Need to Address Supply-Side Constraints
Evaluation Context
The following outcome  performance measures  were identified:
3.2.2. The degree to which the IFSC and IFWG have issued guidelines to respond to the WTO’s
request for IF enhancements, in order to address supply side constraints.
3.2.3. The degree to which IF qualified projects, which are designed to remove supply-side
constraints, and which are contained in LDC action plans, were assessed for cost/benefits in reaching
identified goals.
Background to this performance measure:  At th e DOHA WTO Ministerial meeting, Ministers urged
the core agencies in coordination with development partners, to explore the enhancement of the IF to
address supply-side constraints: “We urge the core agencies, in coordination with development
partners, to explore the enhancement of the IF with a view to addressing the supply-side constraints of
LDCs”.
This measure is expected to reflect the results of two administrative steps: (1) the requests are
assessed and only appropriate requests within IF guidelines are short-listed; (2) the performance
measure then determines to what extent the funding core agencies and donors executed their plan.
A. Evaluation Findings
While the evidence suggests that the IF partners have not formally addressed the issue in depth, the
issue of supply side constraints is ever present in IF discussions, particularly in the DTIS process. It is
also included in the Window II terms of reference.  The lack of a clear understanding of the scope and
coverage of the IF and when it takes effect is very  much in evidence. Many of the identified priority
needs, as well as potential projects, relate to supply  side constraints. In addition to identifying needs
related to new products, increased production capacity and more highly skilled employees, supply
side constraints include bridges, roads, and ports including airports, plus power plants, equipment and
technology, i.e. durable goods and infrastructure.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
The evaluation findings point to at least three issues that need to be addressed:
1. The perception that the IF is or should be a funding mechanism to undertake a wide range of
development projects. The request from WTO Ministers to address supply-side constraints reinforced
this perception. However, there is no clear or agreed to set of parameters to define supply side
constraints and to establish the outer limits within an IF framework.
2. Supply-side constraints, especially infrastructure projects, entail major expenditures and these
projects must be weighed against other priorities within a country’s action plan in terms of efficiency
and effectiveness in addressing priority IF issues, even though infrastructure projects tend to be more
visible.WT/IFSC/6
Page 120
3. The elimination of necessary supply-side constraints should involve public and private
partnerships; however, in-country stakeholders  need to be clear on their respective roles and
responsibilities, especially between government and the private sector. The need for improved
products for example is clearly the responsibility of producers.
C. Potential Adjustments
The post DTIS action matrices in many countries incorporate priority areas or identify projects that go
well beyond the scope of the normal trade related topics of policy, development, promotion, market
access and facilitation. The documents often include priorities pertaining to industry and product
development, technology transfer, and production skills enhancement plus infrastructure projects.
Therefore IF management (IFSC and IFWG) should develop guidelines  to establish a common
understanding as to the scope and coverage of the IF, including an agreed to set of parameters to
define supply side constraints and to establish the limits which differentiate projects specific to
addressing trade related issues from  infrastructure needs that may be better addressed within the
broader scope of National Development Plans or PRSPs .
LDC partners, in finalizing their action plan matrices and developing specific project proposals ,
should include a cost/benefit assessment in relation to reaching a measurable set of goals and
objectives.
All stakeholders within countries should be involved in the IF process and have clearly established
roles and responsibilities. In the case of supply side constraints, defining roles  and lead responsibility
to solve specific problems, especially between governments and the private sector, is crucial and
should be an integral part of the IF (Focal Point) management.
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
The solutions to the issue of supply side constraints are a key element of the solution for the overall
management and operation of the IF, particularly in relation to the perception issue and the sub issue
of scope and coverage, all of which are problems that can be effectively solved by issuing clear
guidelines . The need to involve stakeholders and to prioritize and to develop action plans  with
measurable goals which meet IF objectives within countries, are also key to determining where best to
allocate scarce resources or to attract donor support.
E. Recommendation
It is recommended that:
1. The IFSC and IFWG in addressing the overall management and implementation
recommendations for the IF, pay specific attention to the need for guidelines  to establish a common
understanding of the scope and coverage and an agreed to set of parameters to define supply side
constraints and establish the limits of IF-defined activities.
2. The countries in implementing the recommenda tions related to in-country development and
management of the IF pay particular attention to the cost/benefits of supply side constraint projects
and weigh them against the established goals.WT/IFSC/6
Page 121
3.4 Integrated Framework Enhancement Tools
3.4.1 A Coherent TRTA Approach  22
Evaluation Context
The following assumption  was made:
A.16 Donors will continue to fund and replenish the IF Trust Fund [IFTF] to meet its mandate and
provide other funding for IF implementation
A. Evaluation Findings
In the context of the Integrated Framework, trade-related technical assistance [TRTA] provides for
broad support to the LDCs for planning and implementation of projects within a country-specific IF
action plan and for building capacity to cover activities in support of IF implementation. TRTAfunding was never intended to be nor is it generally available for infrastructure development or to
eliminate supply-side constraints.
The evaluation revealed that in several countries there is a need for capacity building and orientation
activities at all levels, including: the Focal Point, the National Steering Committee and otherstakeholders including government ministri es, the private sector and civil society.
The evaluation also revealed that external consultants, as in the case of DTIS development, tended to
deliver  the goods, rather than mentor and assist the IF Focal point and coach  local consultants in
doing the work. It would seem that a decision to use external consultants to do the work, rather than
coaching  local consultants, may be attributable to one of two reasons: (1) the decision is driven by a
perceived need to get the work done quickly, rather than using it as an opportunity to develop local
capacity  for both current and future needs; (2) it may be that consultants are more comfortable or are
being encouraged to do the work rather than coaching  others. While the perception that qualified local
consultants are not available may be true, it is possible that the selection criteria being used should be
adjusted to consider practical experience and local or traditional knowledge as being as important as
academic or professional qualifications.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
A primary contributor to successful development and therefore the implementation of IF depends on
local capacity, local buy-in, and the sense of pride and power that flow from achievement and trade-related technical assistance (TRTA) provides an opportunity to instil these qualities into IF.
C. Potential Adjustments
C.1 In policy  terms, the IFSC may wish to issue guidelines  that would strongly support the use of
local people and to refocus the approach to capitalize on the opportunity to do capacity building
within the client community (LDC).
A Guideline on IF-Consultant selection  could include a preferential treatment to local candidates and
an adjustment to the qualifications criteria to gi ve increased weight to experience plus local and
traditional knowledge.
                                                     
22 This note should be read in conjunction with 3.3.1, which partially covers similar material.WT/IFSC/6
Page 122
A Guideline on IF-related  Capacity Development  in LDCs might include the following provisions:
(1) to provide formal orientation  in LDCs to potential IF managers (including Focal Points,
Chairpersons of National Steering Committees and other stakeholders.
A Guideline on Mentoring and assistance  could include guidelines to encourage agencies and donor
representatives responsible for leading the DTIS or project identification and development processes
to continuously monitor these activities to identify local capacity development opportunities and
encourage inclusion of capacity development opportunities into any terms of reference developed.
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
If the measures proposed in “C” are adopted by the IFSC and the IFWG, a coherent TRTA approach
is made possible. LDC buy-in and local confidence in the IF will increase. LDC capacity will be built.
The selection process for consultants will be transparent, fair and oriented to development. The level
of quality of in-country management of IF will increase. The IF-related capacity development
processes will be both effective and highly efficient, due to focused generic approaches and their
substantial transferability. (An in-depth discussion on the topic of capacity building throughcompetency based analysis and modular training  can be found in Appendix G – Coherent Trade –
Related Technical Assistance Approach: Technical background.)
E. Recommendations
It is recommended that:
1. The IFSC issue a Guideline on IF Consultants , with a view to attracting more fully or
partially qualified local consultants for IF-related research studies.
2. The IFSC issue a Guideline on IF-related Capacity Development , with a view to the
increasing the capacity of local consultants and IF managers thereby enhancing implementation of IF
processes in LDCs.
3. The IFSC issue a Guideline on A Guideline on Mentoring and assistance  with a view to
capitalizing upon the opportunity to develop in-country skills and competency for the long run benefit
of the IF and the client (LDC)
4. The IFWG develop and maintain an IF-related consultant database comprising both local and
international consultants.
3.4.2 The Need for a Results-Based Management Approach
Evaluation Context
The following performance measure  is proposed for future monitoring and evaluation:
3.3.1 The degree to which core agency and donor support to LDCs participating in IF is aligned
with the principles of results based management.
The following assumption  is made:
A.17   All IF participants are fully committed to a common set of goals and objectives requiring aresults-based approach.WT/IFSC/6
Page 123
A. Evaluation Findings
While the country and agency reports indicate that, in aggregate, the IF is enjoying reasonable
progress, there are also ample indications that the progress is highly variable from country to country.That finding is not unexpected, since the IF process was designed to be  “country-owned”.
The variability in progress appears to be attributable to various factors, such as:
• Degree of political stability;
• Degree of leadership commitment;
• Degree of focus on goals and priority setting;
• Assignment of responsibility for IF to offi cials who are already overburdened with other
responsibilities, which may be of a higher priority than IF;
• Degree to which responsible officials may be aware of “what” needs to be done, but are perhaps
not aware of “how” best to execute necessary tasks;
• Degree to which responsible officials are supported by a secretariat and adequate financial
resources;
• Degree to which staff changes, which are to be expected in any organization, may create a
vacuum, if corporate memory departs with the previously responsible official;
• Degree to which the level of support to LDCs by core agencies and donors varies, depending on
their representatives’ unique characteristics and their understanding of their respective roles andresponsibilities in IF.
It would appear, that, in some cases, the implementati on of IF is perceived as a series of free-standing
activities that, have been assigned and are being controlled by outsiders, without conveying their
significance in the context of the total picture of trade-related development, as a means for ultimately
reducing poverty.
The findings also indicate that most participants
want the IF not only to succeed, as a mechanismto mainstream trade into development, and
ultimately to reduce poverty, but they are
personally committed to the process and its
goals, while others display lesser motivation and,
in some instances a sense of disillusionment, if their early expectations are not achieved. It is believedthat most of the officials now engaged in IF-related activities, would welcome the opportunity to
make a more effective contribution to the IF process, if they had the required mandate and staff
resources, as well as access to necessary tools and opportunities for skills enhancement.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
Without detracting from the desire to ensure that the IF process, in a given country, be country-owned ,
the findings point, nevertheless, to a need to enhance:
• the quality of implementation;
• the tracking of progress;
• the comparability of achievement;
• the opportunity to learn from the good practices of others;
• the capacity of proponents to advance the IF cause, perhaps, to the extent necessary, by means of
on-site coaching; as well as,
• motivational opportunities.Survey Results
LDC respondents strongly agreed (57%) and
agreed moderately (35%) that IF can contribute topoverty reduction.
Source: Annex E, Question 20WT/IFSC/6
Page 124
This would seem to call for an array of systematic enhancements, as well as soft capacity
development approaches in support of IF implementation.
C. Potential Adjustments
As for people motivation , it is widely recognized that goal setting , and the subsequent “celebration” of
goal-related achievement, is one of the most powerful motivators, as long as the goals are both
difficult and achievable.23 With that in mind, a systematic approach that is eminently suited to achieve
IF-related results, and motivate people charged with its implementation, is Results-Based
Management  (RBM).
While traditional management tends to be activity oriented, RBM focuses on expected results.
Basically, the theor y of an integrated RBM system can be described as follows:
• Fundamental is a three-tiered structure of expected results, often referred to as a Logical
Framework  (See Annex A: Evaluation Framework, Logic Model and Indicators ) comprising, (1),
at the highest level of aggregation, long-term impacts , (2) medium-term outcomes , and (3) short-
term outputs ;
° the impacts  are defined in accordance with the overall programme or project goal,
° the outcomes , in accordance with the specific programme or project purpose(s) , and
° the outputs , in accordance with specific activities ;
• For each expected impact , outcome  and output  result, specific qualitative and/or quantitative
performance measures  are defined, as well as underlying assumptions and risks that put the
achievement of the expected results in a more restrictive context;
• With respect to assumptions and risks, it should be noted that an assumption  is a positive
statement about an issue, while a risk is a negative statement about the same issue;
• Expected output  results, are achieved using inputs , which can be resources  or activities .
In practice , RBM practitioners construct a matrix, which provides a simplified overview of the entire
system, as follows:
• Expected Impact  Result;
• Expected Outcome  Result;
• For each expected Outcome  Result, the necessary broad activities  to achieve the outcome  result;
• For each activity , the planned necessary tasks;
• For each planned necessary task,
° The expected operational output  result,
° For each operational output , (1) the strategy  or method  to be used, (2) the baseline data that
may be available, (3) the quantitative and qualitative performance measures to be required,
(4) the human resources required, (5) the duration of expected tasks, as well as (6) the cost
of execution (i.e. the budget).
The RBM approach is being used effectively in both developed and developing countries.
In the IF context, an RBM approach would work best, if each country-specific application were to
apply this model to include:
• LDC Government IF representatives, including the Focal Point
• National Steering Committee (NSC)
                                                     
23 Michael Nash, Making People Productive: What really Works in Raising Managerial and Employee
Performance  (Jossey-Bass Inc: San Francisco, 1985)WT/IFSC/6
Page 125
• Government representatives
• Private Sector representatives
• Civil Society representatives
• Core Agency representatives in LDC
• Donor representatives in LDC, including the Facilitator
Ideally, the output  performance measures would include (1) core measures  and (2) LDC-unique
measures . The core measures , which would be comparable across LDC countries participating in IF,
might include measures such as:
• DTIS completed;
• Representative NSC established;
• Trade-related technical assistance carried out, expressed in constant monetary units.
LDC-unique measures  would reflect programme initiatives that are unique to a given country.
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
If an LDC, along with country-bas ed representatives of the core agencies and donors were to adopt an
RBM approach, it is likely that the IF programme would achieve a greater measure of success more
quickly than would be the case if an RBM approach would not be used. This is due to the expectation
that agreed locally generated results would increase buy-in and country ownership.
It is also likely that officials and other stakeholders involved in the RBM process would become more
highly motivated , and hence more effective, because they would be directly involved in setting
difficult and achievable goals, tracking their achievement and celebrating each resulting success.
E. Recommendations
It is recommended that:
1. As part of introducing IF in new LDCs, the IFSC consider the adoption of an RBM approach
within the IF and orient the new LDC to the advantages of Results-based Management (RBM);
2. With respect to LDCs, which are now particip ating in IF, IFSC consider the adoption of an
RBM approach within the IF and orient the Focal Point, and/or National Steering Committee, the in-
country staff of agencies and lead/donor facilitators and other appropriate bodies, to the advantages of
Results-based Management (RBM);
3. With respect to both, current and future LD Cs participating in IF, sufficient technical
assistance be made available to local stakeholders, particularly in relation to the capacity to manage
the IF itself, to develop proficiency in applying a Results-based Management (RBM) approach.WT/IFSC/6
Page 126
3.4.3 A Stable and Predictable Mechanism for the Follow-up of the Recommendations of the
DTIS and for Follow-up in General
Evaluation Context
The evaluation context of 3.4.3 applies.
A. Evaluation Findings
By design, the five Round Table IF countries, were not required to complete DTIS, since that
diagnostic process only started with the Revamped IF. Nevertheless, some of the Round Tablecountries executed similar approaches, while at least two of them (Tanzania and Bangladesh)
considered developing a DTIS voluntarily after having entered the programme.
The evaluation findings indicate that not all of the Revamped IF countries (three), nor the non-pilot
countries (eleven), have, so far, completed a DTIS. Those that have completed one, either a final ordraft version, display considerable variability in approach, some being more macro-economic than
others. This is a factor that might have an impact on the type and extent of follow-up measure that can
be designed.
Part of the DTIS process is the development of an Action Plan Matrix . These documents tend to
recommend “activities” to be undertaken in the LDC; however, one of the problems is that these are
not ordered in terms of priority and that they cover actions ranging from short and simple to long and
complex. In addition, the Action Plan Matrices have been found to be difficult to use as input
documents to the Poverty Reduction Strategy Paper (PRSP) process and as bases for approaching
potential donors for funding.
Another aspect concerns the very nature of “recommendations”. A recommendation is normally not
prescriptive , but advisory  in nature. That implies that the client, in this case the LDC, has the option
of acting upon it. The question then is whether the government has decided to action the
recommendations, and, if so, whether it is proceeding with the action.
What has been said regarding the follow-up to DT IS recommendations, applies equally to other types
of follow-up of IF related plans.
While the DTIS and similar approaches relate to the IF planning phase , follow-up relates to the
implementation phase . In other words, the question is whether the work of the planners is connected
to the work of the implementers. When speaking of “follow-up” of DTIS recommendations or anyother follow-up, the underlying assumption is that there will be “results”. The problem is that results
usually don’t just happen, and if they happen, they may come about through trial and error methods,
or some other circuitous route, often at sub-optimal cost. This variability of response is readily
apparent in reviewing the implementation experience  in the LDCs that are currently participating in
IF.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
It is evident that:
• the notion of “follow-up” to DTIS recommendations clearly implies the need to achieve “results”;
• the follow-up that may be planned, that is stable and comparable, must also address the
differences that may be inherent in similar types of approach;
• the follow-up system that may be designed, should also accommodate other types of IF follow-up,WT/IFSC/6
Page 127
• due to the potential variability of LDC responses to DTIS recommendations, performance
measures that are designed must satisfy the needs of core agencies and donors as well as those ofany given LDC;
These observations suggest that a follow-up system needs to be designed that is sensitive to unique
LDC requirements, as well as to core agency and donor needs.
C. Potential Adjustments
What is clearly not desirable is a set of indicators that is imposed on LDCs by core agencies and
donors. The ideal approach would fully involve LDC stakeholders in the design of the LDC-specific
IF process, including the design of follow-up measures that may be required. Such an approach can
best be accommodated in the context of Results-based Management  (RBM) (see 3.4.3).
In practice, this approach would work, as follows:
• New LDCs that are interested in participating in the IF, express their candidacy;
• The core agencies assess that interest against approved objective selection criteria (see 3.2.10);
• The core agencies may invite other LDCs showing a high ranking in the selection profile to
consider whether IF might be useful to them;
• Potential future LDCs participating in IF, are in vited to collaborate with the core agencies in
defining the terms of their participation and the extent of their possible direct involvement in the
local IF development process;
• LDCs participate actively with the core agencies in defining the Terms of Reference of their
DTIS, taking the lead as much as possible;
• As part of this definitional process expected results are clearly documented, and follow-up
approaches and monitoring indicators are mutually agreed to, ideally in the context of a fullResults-based Management (RBM) system;
• LDC leadership responsible for IF, also assu mes responsibility for follow-up monitoring and
reporting of results, which means that the process of monitoring follow-up is not one of external
supervision, but of participatory management, involving core agencies, donors and LDC
stakeholders;
• The LDC, in collaboration with core agencies  and donors, would design specific follow-up
performance measures in accordance with the LDC’s IF Logical Framework  (see example: Annex
A Evaluation Framework, Logic Model and Indicators   as well as 3.3.1).
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
The choice of a thoroughly participative planning environment, involving LDCs, core agencies and
donors, would likely lead to greater buy-in  on the part of the LDC, than would be possible under an
approach of greater external direction.
If LDC stakeholders are participating managers of their IF process, with responsibility for monitoring
progress, it is likely that IF results are reported in a more timely,  more meaningful and more stable
manner than would be possible under an intermittent external monitoring approach.
Under an LDC led participatory monitoring approa ch, the monitoring data would likely be viewed,
not as an annoying external requirement that interferes with day-to-day operations, but as an essential
tool for day-to-day management and decision-mak ing. Under such a scenario, LDC managers would
be able to identify problems early and respond to them quickly, either on their own or with external
assistance.WT/IFSC/6
Page 128
E. Recommendations
It is recommended that:
1. A thoroughly participatory planning process be adopted, with full LDC participation,
including the definition of the TOR for DTIS, expect ed results (using a Logical Framework), as well
as corresponding follow-up performance criteria.
2. LDC IF managers be responsible for monitory expected results, in accordance with agreed-
upon performance criteria, as well as for reporting of these to LDC stakeholders, core agencies and
donors.
3.4.4 Performance Criteria, Benchmarks, Indicators and Data Sources for On-going
Evaluation
Evaluation Context
The evaluation context of 3.4.3 applies
A. Evaluation Findings
The evaluation did not reveal the existence of common performance criteria, benchmarks or related
indicators.
B. Significance of the Evaluation Findings
The fact that the IF Evaluation Terms of Reference refer to the development of performance
criteria/benchmarks, indicators and data sources for ongoing evaluation and nothing of this sort was
evident during the evaluation in itself establishes the need to develop such criteria for future use.
C. Potential Adjustments
It would seem that the requirement for performance criteria specified in the IF Evaluation TOR
implies both ongoing monitoring  and evaluation . Monitoring , as distinct from evaluation, is usually a
continuous  management control process that provides a continuous loop to ensure that programme or
project activities remain on track or adjustments are made to account for changing circumstances,
while evaluation  is a periodic assessment of a programme’s or project’s effectiveness and efficiency.
Potential adjustments will be suggested to address both monitoring  and evaluation .
C.1 Monitoring
While a set of performance criteria could be specified for the entire IF system, this would not appear
to be desirable, because monitoring might be perceived as an external approach to control LDC
implementation of the IF. It is conceivable that such an approach would attract considerableopposition.
Alternatively, if monitoring is perceived to be an ongoing management tool for the benefit of and led
by LDC IF managers, then it would best be undertaken as part of a Results-based Management
(RBM) approach, which could provide for (1) core measures  and (2) LDC-unique measures  (see
3.4.2). The core measures  would presumably correspond to the system-wide performance criteria and
indicators that are called for in the IF Evaluation.WT/IFSC/6
Page 129
If the RBM approach is chosen, the expected results, in terms of impacts , outcomes  and outputs , will
have to be specified from the perspective of LDC, core agency and donor stakeholders. The Logical
Framework Analysis  (LFA) in Annex A may serve as an example. The third column in that table
contains the performance measures applicable to the expected results contained in the table.
Benchmarks  can be derived from the core measures  in a variety of ways, often on the basis of
averages  of historical data. In the case of IF, the average cost for a core activity. Benchmarks can also
be set to reflect minimum standards for content  or product quality . Whatever benchmarks are
ultimately adopted, they should not be externally imposed, but developed with the full participation of
all stakeholders.
C.2 EvaluationFuture periodic evaluations may require two data sources: (1) RBM data, both core and LDC-specific,
which is discussed under monitoring ; and (2) secondary research data of a macro nature, as discussed
in Annex D, Preliminary Secondary Analysis - Understanding the Assumptions and Setting the
Context.  On the one hand, the macro data might identify the extent to which overall programme
goals are achieved, say “greater LDC participat ion in international trade”, or “greater
economic growth”, which would tend to suggest lesser poverty. On the other hand, the RBM
data would help to explain some of the underlying factors that contributed to the macro-level
change.
D. Potential Impacts of the Choices
If the RBM approach is adopted, led in each country by the LDC’s managers, it is expected that
monitoring will become a more effective management tool than externally led monitoring approaches.
It is also expected that evaluation approaches using both RBM data and secondary research datawould result in a comprehensive assessment of IF effectiveness.
E. Recommendations
It is recommended that:
1. IF performance criteria  be defined in the context of a Logical Framework Analysis  (LFA),
reflecting LDC, core agency and donor requirements.
2. The data source  for monitoring  be a Results-based Management (RBM) system.
3. Benchmarks  be defined in terms of historical LDC experience with the IF, grounded in a
Results-based Management (RBM) system.
The data source for periodic evaluations be twofold, (1) the data derived from a Results-based
Management (RBM) system and (2) secondary research data.WT/IFSC/6
Page 130
4. Recommendations
This table contains a selection of recommendations taken from the sections of the document,
according to the relevance. The specific or particul ar recommendations referred to the IF organization
remain in the body of the document.
Table 4.1
Selected Recommendations
GENERAL RECOMMENDATION IF AREA REFERENCE
1. The IFSC issue guidelines for DTIS process operation that
would modify the approach to one of mentoring, assisting and
coaching the LDC- IF team to develop their DTIS study and
action plan matrix. [Selected recommendation # 1 ]IFSC IFSC
3.2.1.2 The Quality
of the DTIS
2. Efforts be made to identify and encourage an activementoring or assistance role by a Lead donor/ facilitator.
[Selected recommendation # 2 ]Country lead donor 3.2.2.1
Bangladesh
3. The government in conjunction with the IF Focal point andthe assistance of the local core agency representatives consider
launching a DTIS process to reconfirm and refine priorities and
increase the effort to have trad e fully mainstreamed into the
final PRSP.  [Selected recommendation # 3 ]LDC Country 3.2.2.1
Bangladesh
4. The IF Focal point be fully resourced, including human andfinancial resources to adequately manage the IF process.
[Selected recommendation # 4 ]IF Local Point 3.2.2.2 Haiti
5. Mentoring and assistance be provided to the IF team to
increase awareness of the IF, especially within ministries, as a
means of encouraging the full mainstreaming of trade into
PRSPs. [Selected recommendation # 5 ]Donors, Agencies
and NSC3.2.2.3 Uganda
6. A lead donor/facilitator be recruited or an agency
representative be nominated to provide advice and assistance tothe IF Focal point to undertake an assessment of the range of
ongoing TRTA activities with a view to ensuring that the
activities are progressing towards measurable and appropriate
goals and objectives.  [Selected recommendation #6 ]LDC NSC, Donors
and Agencies
7. A results based management process be considered to providethat continuous loop of monitoring, assessment and adjustmentto meet the identified goals.  [Selected recommendation # 7 ]NSC LDC 3.2.3.1 Cambodia
8. Communication skills be developed, including for the IF
Focal point and the NSC, to enable proponents to promote the IF
and obtain the necessary senior government and budgetary
support.  [Selected recommendation # 8 ]IFSC 1.2.3.2  Mauritania
9. IF assist in respect to the task distribution of activities within
the Action Plan, by providing technical assistance to the groupsNSC 3.2.4.2 MalawiWT/IFSC/6
Page 131
GENERAL RECOMMENDATION IF AREA REFERENCE
responsible for its execution, to ensure coordination between the
IF and the plan24. [Selected recommendation # 9 ]
10. To ensure the continuity of the project, a lead person for the
IF process in the country be identified for day-to-day leadership.
[Selected recommendation #10 ]LDC NSC 3.2.4.2 Malawi
11. IF to be more communicative, efficient and transparent on
funds management at the country level, providing clear
definitions on budget allocation and identifying sources of
funding.  [Selected recommendation #11 ]IFTF/IFSC 3.2.4.2 Malawi
12. The operation of JITAP and IF be harmonized in countries
where both offer their services and their resources to be used ina coordinated way. [Selected recommendation #12 ]JITAP IF 3.2.4.2 Malawi
13. Roles, tasks and responsibilities of each stakeholder should
be clearer. Each agency should inform its local representative of
its precise role and what should be his or her contribution in the
process.  [Selected recommendation # 13]Agencies 3.2.4.7 Djibouti
14. Donor headquarters and field missions have a clear
understanding of the level of effort which will be applied by
each field mission to its participation in IF activities.  [Selected
recommendation # 14]Core Agencies 3.2.8.2 Role of
Donors
15. The IF Steering Committee remains as a high-level policyreview and policy setting organization. [Selected
recommendation # 15]IFSC 3.2.8.4 Governance
16.Consideration be given to strengthening the Secretariat’s
capacity through secondments from within the three IF Partners.
[Selected recommendation # 16]IFSC 3.2.8.4 Governance
17. Consideration be given to the establishment of the IF LDC
Focal Point Network.  [Selected recommendation # 17]IFSC/ LDC NSC 3.2.8.4 Governance
                                                     
24 As the case of the Trade Group at the private sector working with the GSM.WT/IFSC/6
Page 132
Bibliography
Ambassade du Canada.   Étude de l’ÁCDI.  2002.
Aninat, Eduardo; J. Denis Bélisle, Carlos Fortin, Mark Malloch-Brown, James D. Wolfensohn, Mike
Moore. Joint Communiqué by the Six Core Agencies of the Integrated Framework – IMF, ITC,
UNCTAD, UNDP, World Bank and WTO . Washington D.C.:  World Bank.  February 26, 2002.
3p.
Asian Development Bank and Government of the People's Republic of Bangladesh.  Partnership
Agreement between the Government of Bang ladesh and the ADB on Poverty Reduction .  April 3,
2000.
Baker, Paul.  National Symposium, Export Potential for the Gambia.  Banjul: International Trade
Centre.  August 2002.
Bélisle, J. Denis, Rubens Ricupero, Mark Mall och-Brown, Mike Moore, Reinhard Munzberg, Kemal
Dervis, Review of the Integrated Framework: Co mmuniqué from Heads of Six Core Agencies .
Geneva, Switzerland: World Trade Organization.  July 12, 2000.  4p.
Blank, Annet.  IF Draft Brochure.   Geneva, Switzerland: World Trade Organization.
Bueno de Mesquita, Bruce; Hilton L. Root. The National Interest  No.68, Summer 2002 Issue
Canadian International Development Agency.  Southern Africa, Tomorrow is a better Day.  August
1997.
Centre National de Promotion des Investissements.  Guide sur les Filières porteuses au Mali.  Août
2002.
Centre pour la libre entreprise et la démocratie (CLED).  Agenda du secteur prive des affaires,
Principaux Obstacles au Développement des Affaires en Haïti:  Propositions et Recommandations
Spécifiques.  Octobre 2002.
Comite de Coordination des Actions des ONG au Mali. Annuaire des ONG au Mali .  Imprime, Hamin
Imprim. 1999.
Conseil National du Patronat du Sénégal.  Information folder .  2002.
Department of State for Trade.  Industry and Employment .  Banjul.  April 2003.
Evers, Fredrick T., James C. Rush and Iris Berdrow. The Bases of Competence: Skills for Lifelong
Learning and Productivity . San Francisco: Jossey-Bass Publishers, 1998, 273 pp.
Gouvernement d’Haïti - Dir ection du Commerce Extérieur.  (no date or title)
Gouvernement du Mali - Ministère charge de la Promotion des Investissements et du Secteur Prive.
Recueil de Fiches Techniques d'Opportunités d'Investissement . Février 2003.
Gouvernement du Mali.  Centre National de Promotion des Investissements. (leaflet)
Gouvernement du Mali.  Conseil de Concertation et d'Appui aux Organisations non-
gouvernementales. (leaflet)
Gouvernement du Mali.  Création d'Entreprises Franches . (leaflet)
Gouvernement du Mali.  Le guichet unique  (leaflet)
Gouvernement du Mali .  Le Mali, terre d'accueil  (leaflet)
Gouvernement du Mali. Investir au Mali.  (leaflet)
Gouvernement du Sénégal - Ministère de Tourisme .  Associations professionnelles et Syndicats du
Secteur Touristique,  Charte Sénégalaise du Tourisme.  Dakar.  Avril 30,2003.
Gouvernement du Sénégal.  Cadre Intègre, Étude diagnostic de l’Intégration Commerciale, Rapport
général de l”atelier national de restitution, Ministère des PME et du Commerce.  Décembre 16,
2002.
Gouvernement Haïti  Annexe 111, Programme/projets retenus par secteur et leurs degrés de Priorités.
Port-au-Prince. Mai 2003.
Gouvernement Haïti – Ministère du Commerce et de l’Industrie.  Principales réalisations de la phase
pilote du Cadre Intègre .  Mars 2003.
Gouvernement Haïti  Phase pilote du cadre intègre.  Port-au-Prince. 1999.
Gouvernement Haïti  Table ronde sur le développement des exportations sur les huiles essentielles,
Fruits et Légumes et les Produits bio.  Port-au-Prince.  Mai 2003.WT/IFSC/6
Page 133
Government of Guinea - Ministry of Trade, Industry and of the SMEs.  Coordination Générale des
Projets du Fond Commun pour les Produits de Base .  Conakry.  2002.
Government of Malawi.  A Growth Strategy of Malawi. Strengthening Co-operation between Public
and Private Sectors. Part 1 Overview and Macro- environment Strategy. Final Draft.  April 2003.
Government of Malawi.  Malawi Poverty Reduction Strategy Paper. April 2002.Government of the Gambia, Department of State for Fisheries, Natural Resources and the
Environment.  Report on the National Fisheries Stakeholders Meeting .  April 2003.
Hewitt, Adrian; Ian Gillson.  Review of the Trade and Poverty Content in PRSPs and Loan-Related
Documents.
IF.  Malawi Integrated Framework, Diagnostic Trade Integration Study. March 14, 2003.
Integrated Framework for Trade-Related Technical Assistance: The Role of Donors.  Report of
Workshop 28-29 April 2003.  The Hague, The Netherlands.
International Trade Centre - UNCTAD/WTO (ITC) (Sector Counterpart Team).  The Gambia Sector
Export Strategy, FISHERIES SECTOR .  Banjul.  November 2002.
International Trade Centre, UNCTAD/WTO (ITC) (Sector Counterpart Team).   The Gambia Sector
Export Strategy, TOURISM SECTOR .  Banjul.  November 2002.
International Trade Centre, UNCTAD/WTO (ITC) (Sector Counterpart Team).  The Gambia Export
Strategy, HORTICULTURE.   Banjul.  November 2002.
International Trade Centre.  (UNCTAD/WTO) Trade Support Infrastructure, Analysis of the Plan for
Restructuring of the Ministry of Trade a nd Industry and a Broad Assessment of Haiti’s
Institutional Capacity for Trade Development.  May 2003.
International Trade Centre.  36th IF Working Group Meeting.  The Integrated Framework in Haiti,
Bangladesh, the Gambia, Tanzania and Uganda.  Washington, D.C., July 7-8, 2003.
International Trade Centre.  Integrated Framework Pilot Scheme:  Status Report on the
Implementation of Follow-up Activities to the Round Tables in Bangladesh, the Gambia, Haiti,
Tanzania and Uganda.  March 8, 2002.
Journal of Private Sector Foundation Uganda.  2003.Kaufmann, Daniel; Aart Kraay, Massimo Mastruzzi.  Research Project as described in "Governance
Matters III: Governance Indicators for 1996-2002".
Maleque, M.A., National Consultant and Project Coordinator on an abridged report on the project
GLO/02/G01.   Bangladesh:  Marketing Skills Development Scheme for the Leather Sector"
(Period: Sept.-Dec. 2002) .  February 17, 2003.
Marquardt, Michael J. Action Learning in Action. Transforming Problems and People for World-
Class Organizational Learning. Davies Black Publishing. 1999
Ministère du Tourisme et de l'Hôtellerie.  Office Malien du Tourisme et de l'Hôtellerie.  (leaflet)
Ministry of Commerce, Bangladesh.  Document for the Round Table Meeting on "IF-TRTA to LDCs"
Initiative.  Dhaka, October 26, 1999.
Ministry of Commerce, Cambodia.  Implementing th e Integrated Framework "IF" in Cambodia to the
6th Consultative Group Meeting.  Phnom Penh, June 2002.
Ministry of Commerce, Cambodia.  Integration and competitiveness study — Part B -- Component
reports — macro assessment, trade policy, trade facilitation, poverty assessment.  November 26,
2001.
Ministry of Commerce, Cambodia.  Integration and Competitiveness Study – Part D – Review of the
Law on Investment.  November 26, 2001.
Ministry of Commerce, Cambodia.  Integration and Competitiveness Study – Part A – Overview.
November 26, 2001.
Ministry of Commerce, Cambodia.  Integration a nd Competitiveness Study – Part C – Sector Studies
– rice, diversified agriculture, handicrafts, fisheries, garments, tourism, labour services.
November 26, 2001.
Ministry of Finance.  Planning and Economic Development, PRSP Uganda's Poverty Eradication
Action Plan- Summary and Main Objectives.  Kampala, March 24, 2000.
Ministry of Finance.  Planning and Economic Development, Uganda Poverty Status Report 2001 –
Summary.  March 2, 2001.WT/IFSC/6
Page 134
Ministry of Planning.  Cambodia.  Second Five  Year Socioeconomic Development Plan 2001-2005.
Nepal – Nepal Trade and Competitiveness Study (Draft). [Source Unknown].  May 2003.
North South Institute.  Canadian Development Re port 2003 – From Doha to Cancun:  Development
and the WTO.  Ottawa, Canada:  North South Institute. 2003.  112p.
Organisation des Nations Unies pour le Développe ment Industriel, Investir en Guinée.  2002.
Organisation Mondial du Commerce.  Cadre Intégré – Proposition concernant un programme pilote.
Genève, Suisse :  Organisation Mondial du Commerce.  16 février 2001.  6p.
Organisation Mondial du Commerce.  Cadre intégré pour l'assistance technique liée au commerce, y
compris pour le renforcement des capacités humaines et institutionnelles, en vue d'aider les pays
les moins avancés dans leurs activités commerciales et liées au commerce. Révision.  Genève,
Suisse :  Organisation Mondial du Commerce.  23 octobre 1997.  13p.
Organisation Mondial du Commerce.  Modalités de l’évaluation du Cadre Intégré.   Genève, Suisse :
Organisation Mondial du Commerce.  4 février 2003.  6p.
Organisation Mondial du Commerce.  Réexamen du Cadre Intégré : Communiqué des Chefs de
Secrétariat des six organisations internationales participantes.  Genève, Suisse :  Organisation
Mondial du Commerce.  12 juillet 2000.  4p.
Organisation Mondial du Commerce.  Sélection des trois pays pilotes initiaux au titre du programme
pilote pour le Cadre Intégré. Genève, Suisse :  Organisation Mondial du Commerce.  15 août
2001.  17p.
Price Waterhouse Coopers.  Uganda Budget 2003, The Economy , n. d.
Private Sector Foundation Uganda.  Promotional Brochures . Uganda Export Promotion Board,
Promotional Calendar, 2003.
Programme des Nations Unies pour le Développement , Fonds d’affectation du Cadre Intègre   (IFTF)
Document  WT/IFSC/W/8/Add.3.  Octobre 2001
Rajapathirana, Sarath; Charles Lusthaus; Marie-Hélène Adriene.  Report of the Review of the
Integrated Framework.  Geneva, Switzerland: World Trade Organization.  June 29, 2000.
Republic of the Gambia.  Progress Report, Pilot Projects for the Implementation of Sector Strategies
Activities, Fisheries, Horticulture, Handicraft.  Njie, Abdou A. B.
Sample Periodic Monitoring Table
Second LDC Trade Ministers' Meeting, Dhaka, Bangladesh.  Dhaka Declaration.  June 2, 2003.
Severe, Henri-Robert  Joseph; Guy  Chilosi.  Port -au-Prince, Paolo : Gouvernement Haïti - Ministère
du Commerce et de l’Industrie.  2001.
The Nepal Trade and Competitiveness Study Conferen ce.  A Study Conducted as Part of the IF for
TRTA.  Kathmandu.   June 27, 2003.
The United Nations in Uganda.  December 2002.
UNCTAD-ICC.  An Investment Guide to Nepal:  Opportunities and Conditions.  January 2003.
UNDP.  Strengthening of the National Implementation of the Integrated Framework.  March 25, 2003.
Wolfensohn, James D.; J. Denis Bélisle, Carlos Fortin, Eduardo Aninat, Mike Moore, Mark Malloch-
Brown.  Communiqué conjoint des six organisati ons participant au Cadre Intégré – Banque
Mondiale, CCI, CNUCED, FMI, OMC et PNUD .  Washington, D.C. :  Banque Mondiale.  28
février 2002.  4p.
World Bank Group.  IF Organization Overview (Internet).   World Bank Group. 2001.
World Bank Group. Lead Donors/Facilitators (Internet).   World Bank Group. 2001.
World Bank.  Cambodia:  A Pilot Project on Integr ation Competitiveness Study for TRTA to LDCs.
Phnom Penh, January 10, 2002.
World Trade Organization.  Integrated Framework – Proposal for a Pilot Scheme.   Geneva,
Switzerland: World Trade Organization. February 16, 2001.  5p.
World Trade Organization.  Selection of the Initial Three Pilot Countries under the Integrated
Framework Pilot Scheme.   Geneva, Switzerland: World Trade Organization. August 15, 2001.
15p.
World Trade Organization.  Terms of Reference for the IF Evaluation.   Geneva, Switzerland: World
Trade Organization. February 3, 2003.  6p.WT/IFSC/6
Page 135
World Trade Organization.  The Integrated Framework Trust Fund, Window II, Terms of Reference.
Geneva, Switzerland: World Trade Organization.  May 21, 2003.  3p.
World Trade Organization. Integrated Framework P ilot Scheme:  Proposal for Follow-up to the IF
Round Tables. October  24, 2001.WT/IFSC/6
Page 136Annex A
Logical Framework Analysis
Narrative Summary Expected Results Performance Measurement Assumptions/Risks
Goal:
Strengthening participation of
LDCs in the global economyImpact Results (Long-term):
1.0 Trade is an important driver of
LDC economic growth,
employment, and poverty
reduction
2.0 Low income populations raise
their income levels
3.0 LDCs increasingly participate
in international tradePerformance Indicators:
1.0.1 There is evidence that
economic growth, attributable to
trade, has contributed to poverty
reduction
1.0.2 LDC exports increase1.0.3 The trade sector is an
integral part of the LDC countrydevelopment plans
2.0.1 There is evidence that low
income populations have raised
their income levels through trade-related activities
3.0.1 There is evidence that LDCs
are increasingly integrated into the
international and regional trading
systems
3.0.2 There is evidence that LDCs
are becoming, or are eligible to
become, WTO members
3.0.3 LDC share of world exports
increasesAssumptions (Impact):
A.1 Trade Ministers continue to
endorse IF as an appropriate
mechanism to foster LDC trade
A.2 LDCs will maintain IF as a
priority in their national
development strategy
A.3 Core agencies and donors
continue to fund IF adequately
A.4 LDC governments are
committed to good governance
and to the creation of an open andstable   business environment
A.5 Low income populations (men
and women) are targets of trade-
related activities
Risk (Impact):
R.1 LDC exports are at risk,
unless a more supportive trade
environment is created, and
improved market access is
achievedWT/IFSC/6
Page 137Annex A
Logical Framework Analysis
Narrative Summary Expected Results Performance Measurement Assumptions/Risks
Outcome Results (Medium-
term):
1.1 LDCs integrate trade within
national development plans
and/or PRSPs
1.2 LDCs implement trade-related
prioritiesPerformance Indicators:
1.1.1 The degree to which LDC
governments have integrated trade
within national development
planning and/or PRSPs
1.2.1 The degree to which on-
going mechanisms are in place to
implement trade-related priorities
1.2.2 The degree to which LDCgovernments are able to co-
ordinate donor support effectively
1.2.3 The degree to which LDC
governments are able to mobilize
sufficient funds (internally andexternally) for an identified and
prioritized set of activities or
projectsAssumptions (Outcome):
A.6 LDC policy, leadership and
direction support the inclusion of
trade in national development
plans and/or PRSPs
A.7 Donors are willing to align
their priorities to the LDC stated
priorities
A.8 LDCs are able to translate
policy prescriptions into
actionable projects
A.9 Political expectations for
support from civil society are
realisticPurpose:
Use IF as a mechanism to:
• Mainstream trade into
development plans and/or
PRSPs; and
• Deliver trade-related technical
assistance (TRTA)
2.1 Broadly based economic
activities are being undertaken
2.2 Business and trade
development support services are
being offered2.1.1 The degree to which broadly
based economic activities areincreasing
2.1.2 The degree to which labour-
intensive economic activities are
increasing
2.2.1 The degree to which
business and trade development
support services are increasingA.10 LDC governments choose to
promote broadly based economicactivities involving both labour
and capital intensive projects to
increase export-based revenues
A.11 Business and trade support
services for urban and rural
exporters meet the needs of
businesses, including exporters
A.12 Business and trade support
services are being delivered by
public and private service
providersWT/IFSC/6
Page 138Annex A
Logical Framework Analysis
Narrative Summary Expected Results Performance Measurement Assumptions/Risks
3.1 LDC governments have the
capacity to implement trade-
related priorities
3.2 IF trade-related technical
assistance trust funds support theeffective launch of LDC’s IF
programmes
3.3 Effective IF governance exists3.1.1 The degree to which LDC
governments have the capacity to
implement trade-related priorities
3.2.1 The degree to which IF trust
funds are strategically targeted tosupport the successful launch of
prioritized action plans
3.2.2 The degree to which the
IFSC and IFWG have issuedguidelines to respond to the
WTO’s request for IF
enhancements, in order to address
supply side constraints.
3.2.3  The degree to which IF
qualified projects, which are
designed to remove supply-side
constraints, and which are
contained in LDC action plans,
were executed.
3.3.1 The degree to which core
agency and donor support to
LDCs participating in IF is aligned
with the principles of results basedmanagement
3.3.2 The degree to which the core
agencies and donors are
responsive to LDCs’ trade-relatedneeds and prioritiesA.13 Senior LDC leadership and
direction in policy matters are
provided to support trade as a
priority
A.14 LDC governments are
committed to enhance human
resource capacity, as required, to
implement trade-related priorities
A.15 LDC governments are
committed to ensuring that the
necessary resources (human and
financial) are available to
implement trade-related priorities
A.16 Donors will continue to fund
and replenish the IF Trust Fund
[IFTF] to meet its mandate and
provide other funding for IF
implementation
A.17 All IF participants are fully
committed to a common set of
goals and objectives requiring a
results-based approach.
Risk (Outcome):
R.2 Core agency, donor, and LDC
IF related objectives conflict, or
are not sufficiently harmonizedWT/IFSC/6
Page 139Annex A
Logical Framework Analysis
Narrative Summary Expected Results Performance Measurement Assumptions/Risks
3.3.3 The degree to which LDCs
participate effectively in IF
planning and implementation
3.3.4 The degree to which
effective networking methods to
transfer knowledge, lessons
learned, and good practices among
and within partners, are in place
3.3.5 The degree to which
resources of the IF Trust Fund are
coordinated with the JITAP
programme of activities funding
Inputs (Resources and activities)
• DTIS
• TRTA
• TRCB
• Competency based training
• Etc.Output Results – IF  (Short-
term)
3.1.1 Trade-related functions and
corresponding skills are executed
effectively and efficiently3.1.1.1 The degree to which trade-
related functions and
corresponding skills have been
analysed and profiled
3.1.1.2 The degree to which a
catalogue for competency- based
human resource development has
been developed
3.1.1.3 The degree to which IF
and LDC officials are assessed
and trained on trade-related
functions and corresponding skills
3.1.1.4 The degree to which the
selection of both international and
domestic consultants contributedAssumptions (Output - IF):
A.18 The core agencies and
donors further integrate IF and its
activities into their respective
work plans
A.19 The IF programme allows
enough flexibility to accelerate the
implementation of individual
country Action Plans
A.20 IF managers ensure that
LDC governments have a clear
understanding of the commitments
required in participating in the IF
process
Risks (Output-IF):
R.3 Execution of the projectsWT/IFSC/6
Page 140Annex A
Logical Framework Analysis
Narrative Summary Expected Results Performance Measurement Assumptions/Risks
3.2.1 The role of IF within overall
trade-related technical assistance
and capacity building isunderstood
3.2.2 IF Technical Assistance
Trust Fund (Window II) (TATF)criteria are fair, transparent, and
appropriate
3.2.3 Donors fund the IF Trust
Fund smoothly and without
distortion
3.2.4 The implementation of IF
activities is timelyto the DTIS and related activities.
3.1.1.5 The degree to which the
quality and approach of technical
advisors are sensitized to support
the trade-related developmentefforts effectively
3.2.1.1 The degree to which the
role of IF within overall trade-
related technical assistance andcapacity building has been defined
and is understood
3.2.2.1 The degree to which TATF
guidelines, outlining the scope,criteria and coverage, are accepted
by all IF parties
3.2.3.1 The degree to which
donors fund the IF Trust Fund in a
timely manner
3.2.3.2 The degree to which
donors fund the IF Trust Fund
without earmarking
3.2.3.3 The degree to which lead
donor/ facilitators have been
identified and have assisted the
LDC (IF Focal point) in the
management of the IF Process
3.2.4.1 The degree to which IF
partners (co-ordinating agencies,might be at risk is there is
insufficient continuity and
succession planning at the IF level
R.4 IF implementation might
suffer if there is insufficientprovisioning of corporate memory
structures
R.5 The implementation pace of
IF initiatives is more rapid thanthe absorptive capacity within
LDCsWT/IFSC/6
Page 141Annex A
Logical Framework Analysis
Narrative Summary Expected Results Performance Measurement Assumptions/Risks
3.3.1 Stakeholders have a
common understanding of the IF
3.3.2 An effective and efficient
system of planning, coordinating,implementing, and evaluating is in
place across the programmeLDCs, Donors) have streamlined
their respective procedures
3.2.4.2 The degree to which IF
partners (co-ordinating agencies,
LDCs, Donors) havemainstreamed the IF into their
work plans
3.2.4.3 The degree to which IF
priorities are considered andaccepted at the World Bank’s
Country Consultative Group
(CCG) meetings.
3.2.4.4 The degree to which IF
priorities are considered and
accepted at the UNDP’s
Roundtable meetings
3.3.1.1 The degree to which IF
participants have a common
vision, understanding of the scope,coverage, measurable goals and
expected results
3.3.2.1 The extent to which IF
roles and responsibilities areclearly defined, understood, and
effective
3.3.2.2  The extent to which IF
policies, priorities and guidelinesare in place and clearWT/IFSC/6
Page 142Annex A
Logical Framework Analysis
Narrative Summary Expected Results Performance Measurement Assumptions/Risks
3.3.3 IF countries are selected
objectively3.3.2.3  The extent to which an
effective decision making and
managerial structure is in place
3.3.2.4 The extent to which
methods/instruments formonitoring and evaluation and
tools for the dissemination of
information, good practices  and
lessons learned are in place
3.3.2.5 The extent to which there
are effective methods for reporting
and continuous feedback on
country planning and
implementation to be used as amanagement tool for the LDC and
as a reporting mechanism to all
partners are in place
3.3.3.1 The extent to which the IF
country selection criteria and
processes are fair, transparent, andappropriate
Output Results – Country Level
(Short-term):
1.1.1 DTISs or needs analyses are
completed1.1.1.1 The degree to which IF
country governments have
completed their DTIS or needs
analyses
1.1.1.2 The degree to which IF
country governments have linked
their DTIS or needs analyses toAssumptions (Output – LDC):
A.21 The senior LDC leadership
sustains commitment, support andinterest
A.22 The Focal Point is effective,
acting as leader, co-ordinator,
clearinghouse for information andviews in the implementation of the
IFWT/IFSC/6
Page 143Annex A
Logical Framework Analysis
Narrative Summary Expected Results Performance Measurement Assumptions/Risks
1.1.2 The country’s trade priorities
have been defined through broad
consultations
1.2.1 LDC governments
implement IFnational development plans and/or
PRSPs
1.1.2.1 The degree to which the
relevant government Ministries
and agencies have participated inthe setting of the country’s trade
priorities
1.1.2.2 The degree to which the
private sector has participated inthe setting of the country’s trade
priorities
1.1.2.3 The degree to which the
academic community hasparticipated in the setting of the
country’s trade priorities
1.1.2.4 The degree to which
workers have participated in the
setting of the country’s trade
priorities
1.1.2.5 The degree to which other
stakeholders have participated in
the setting of the country’s trade
priorities
1.2.1.1 The degree to which LDC
governments have developed,
prioritized, and costed an Action
Plan
1.2.1.2 The degree to which eachA.23 All LDC stakeholder groups
are actively involved in the
design, implementation, and
monitoring of IF activities
A.24 Local funding is available to
support IF activities
(including organizational changes)
to which the LDC has committed.
A.25 LDC governments will
undertake necessary
organizational changes to
support IF planning and
implementation activities.
A.26   Donor country plans for IF
countries make provision to
support priority IF activities,
especially those included in
PRSP's
Risk (Output – LDC) :
R.7   Communication with
stakeholders is insufficient to
assure effective buy-in
R.8   Execution of the projects
might be at risk, if there is
insufficient continuity and
succession planning at the country
level
R.9 Absorptive capacity withinWT/IFSC/6
Page 144Annex A
Logical Framework Analysis
Narrative Summary Expected Results Performance Measurement Assumptions/Risks
2.1.1 Identified low income
populations are included in trade
priorities
2.2.1 Mechanisms for including
the low income populations in
business and trade initiatives havebeen enhancedLDC government implements its
Action Plan
1.2.1.3 The degree to which IF
country trade priorities are
mainstreamed within each LDC’sprogramme and budgetary
planning and allocation process
1.2.1.4 The degree to which each
LDC government commits thenecessary organizational resources
to carry out the agreed IF
priorities within its country
1.2.1.5 The degree to which
donors’ funds responds to LDC IF
priorities
1.2.1.6 The degree to which lead
donors/facilitators are playing an
effective support role in the
development and implementationof LDC IF plans
2.1.1.1 The degree to which low
income populations (men and
women) benefit from IF tradeinitiatives
2.2.1.1 The degree to which
mechanisms are in place to ensure
low income populations canaccess business and trade
initiativesLDCs lags the potential
implementation pace of IF
initiatives
R.10: DTIS and the associated
Action Matrices may not fullyreflect the considered views of
LDC governments and
stakeholders and may not provide
clear prioritization and guidance
for further action.WT/IFSC/6
Page 145Annex A
Logical Framework Analysis
Narrative Summary Expected Results Performance Measurement Assumptions/Risks
3.1.2 Co-ordinating institutional
structure (e.g., NSC, focal point,
etc.) is in place with the necessary
capacity in terms of human and
financial resources to manage andimplement the IF
3.3.4 Monitoring and evaluation
systems exist that review progress
and feed back into planning and
budgetary processes3.1.2.1 The degree to which
country specific human resource
functions and corresponding skills
have been validated
3.1.2.2 The degree to which
country specific competency
based training is available to
stakeholders
3.3.4.1 The degree to which
monitoring and performance
measures are results basedWT/IFSC/6
Page 146
Annex B
Agency and Bilateral Donors - Visits and Contacts
Agencies
The following agencies were visited:
/g167 Commission of the European Union
/g167 International Monetary Fund
/g167 International Trade Centre
/g167 Joint Integrated Technical Assistance Programme
/g167 The World Bank
/g167 United Nations Conference for Trade and Development
/g167 United Nations Development Programme
/g167 World Trade Organization
Donors
In addition to Donor representatives, who are members of the IF Working Group, the Donor
Representatives of the following countries were visited
/g167 Canada
/g167 Denmark
/g167 Netherlands
/g167 United Kingdom
/g167 NorwayWT/IFSC/6
Page 147
Annex C
Country Visits
The following countries were visited:
/g167 Bangladesh
/g167 Cambodia
/g167 Djibouti
/g167 Ethiopia
/g167 Gambia, The
/g167 Guinea
/g167 Haiti
/g167 Lesotho
/g167 Madagascar
/g167 Malawi
/g167 Mali
/g167 Mauritania
/g167 Nepal
/g167 Senegal
/g167 Tanzania
/g167 Uganda
/g167 Yemen
Note: Two of the 19 LDCs could not be visited: Burundi , due to political unrest at the time of the
scheduled visit, and Eritrea , since that country was inactive as far as IF programming is concerned.WT/IFSC/6
Page 148
Annex D
Secondary Analysis:
Understanding the Assumptions and Setting the Context
The underlying theoretical framework for evaluating the Integrated Framework is consistent with the
assumptions made by the donors in the developmen t community in terms of poverty interventions.
Essentially there is a belief, as shown in the graphic below, that poverty will decline as a direct result
of the level and extent of the implementation of a funded intervention.25  The critical factor in this
framework is the caveat of “all other factors being equal” which recognizes that many things can and
probably will go awry during implementation.
Before addressing what some of these other factors are it is essential to recognize that they only
become relevant when this underlying assumption is recognized as being valid.  This is important, as
this basic assumption is not questioned in the current evaluation.  It is used as the basis for framing
the evaluation and these other factors are the focus of the evaluation activities.  In effect, this logicalrelationship is presumed to be true so that when reality does not conform to expectations explanation
is required not the rejection of the underlying assumption.
This overall framework rests on the further assumption that the social/economic interventions are
inputs into a process that will ultimately lead to a reduction of poverty as an outcome.  However, this
process is mediated through a large and varied number of organizations, individuals, legal and
economic systems, levels of fiscal capacity and so forth.  These factors can be essentially categorizedas general (those which impact all programmatic interventions) and specific (those which impact by
virtue of the specific type of intervention select – e.g. trade, food subsidies, micro-economic
initiatives, etc.).
                                                     
25  It may be argued that donors do not make this assumption however it logically must be made either
implicitly or explicitly.  If donors do not make this assumption then there is no justification for any funding forany intervention addressing poverty.Poverty
Social/Economic Intervention(s)All other factors being equal, Poverty
should decline as the level and extent o f
Social/Economic intervention increases.Assumed Relationship Between Poverty and Social/Economic InterventionWT/IFSC/6
Page 149
General Factors
Within the general category of factors there are three essential factors.  One is fiscal capacity, the
second is the governance system in place, and the third is the base level of poverty.  Essentially the
fiscal capacity assumption is that countries with higher levels of fiscal capacity will start with lowerlevels of poverty and further they would also be positioned to best exploit economic based
interventions.  The governance assumption is based on the relationship between political inclusiveness
= greater social development and political exclusiveness = lack of social development for any
intervention (as described in The Political Roots of Poverty
26).  These two contextual factors interact
in that the effectiveness of fiscal capacity is dependent upon the effectiveness of the governance
system.  Where the governance system is poor there will be a higher level of poverty compared to a
jurisdiction of equivalent fiscal capacity but good governance.27
In terms of operationalizing these factors within the timeframe of this project, macro levelassessments is all that is feasible.  The fiscal capacity and poverty indicators will be taken from the
Human Development Index particularly the per capita GDP as an indicator of fiscal capacity and the
Human Poverty Index as the indicator of poverty.
As an indicator of the quality of governance the World Bank has further developed an approach to
measuring political inclusiveness/exclusiveness along the dimensions of:
• Voice and Accountability
• Political Stability and Absence of Violence
• Government Effectiveness
• Regulatory Quality
• Rule of Law
• Control of Corruption
These factors will establish the general context and expectation for the success or lack of success of
any specific intervention in alleviating poverty.
Definition of Terms and Variables Used
All data was standardized using the mean and standa rd deviation for the LDC’s.  Not all countries had
data for all essential variables but 44 of the 49 LDC’s had adequate data in all areas and all 19 of the
IF countries had testable data.  In only the per capita GDP variable was it necessary to delete an
extreme outlier for calculation purposes with the use of an arbitrary maximum value for analytical
purposes with the LDC data set.  For the analysis of the 19 IF countries no adjustment was required.The standardization approach permits the most direct inter-country comparison within this or any
group of countries by determining how different each country is from all other LDC on selected
factors.
Limits of time and resources meant that only the most recent available data has been used and only
summary indicators developed for preliminary analytic al purposes rather than the development of a
complete interactive working model.
28  The full fledged decision model would permit the
consideration of governance, poverty and fiscal component variables discretely or in combination and
                                                     
26 Bruce Bueno de Mesquita and Hilton L. Root in The National Interest  No. 68, Summer 2002 Issue.
27  This has been used by the author as the framework for implementing the monitoring and evaluation
approach to  the impact of decentralization in Indonesia by the Ministry of Home Affairs as reported in
http://www.gtzsfdm.or.id/documents/dec_ind/newsletter/Newsletter41.pdf.
28  During the final stages of preparation the 2003 UNDP  report was released but too late in the process
to redo all of the charts but the most recent data was used in developing expected trends.WT/IFSC/6
Page 150
in level of importance depending on the criteria to be used.  For the present analysis the following
adaptations have been made.
Governance Indicator
The simple average of the standardized scores across the six factors (Voice and Accountability,
Political Stability, Government Effectiveness, Regulatory Quality, Rule of Law, and Control ofCorruption) reported for 2002.
29  Forty-five of the 49 countries had data for all six factors, three
countries had data for 5 factors and one country had data for only one factor.
Poverty Indicator
The preference is to use the Human Poverty Inde x (HPI) subcomponent of the overall United Nations
Human Development Index (HDI) however only 33 of the LDC had an HPI even for the most recent
period compared to 44 of them having a HDI.  The high correlation between the HPI and the HDI for
the 33 countries with both measures (>.88) made using the HDI sufficient for preliminary analyticalpurposes.
Fiscal Capacity
In the absence of more detailed fiscal data the per capita GDP reported in the 2002 Human
Development Index report was used as a proxy.  It is preferable to have government expenditure data
as GDP is, at best, of mixed value as an indicator of fiscal capacity.
30  But at one level it does indicate
potential that could be exploited to address outstand ing social development issues.  The fact that there
are countries listed within the LDC group which have fairly high per capita GDP reinforces the need
for the moderating influence of the Governance Indicator.
Analytic Approach
Two basic lines of analysis were undertaken.  One was to examine the IF LDC’s in terms of whether
they represented a cross-section of LDC’s and whether the underlying assumption could be
demonstrated with the LDC’s.  Following addressing those two lines of analysis, consideration was
given to developing high probability selection criteria and finally establishing baseline forecasts forthe 19 IF countries in order to establish forward looking benchmarks against which to assess progress.
Results of Analyses
The standardized data set was the basis for examinin g the IF countries within the context of the LDC
group along the dimensions of fiscal capacity, poverty and governance as outlined in the preceding
discussion.  In effect the two basic lines of analysis were done simultaneously as the logic underlying
                                                     
29 Governance  material based on results reported by World Bank through  Research Project by Daniel
Kaufmann, Aart Kraay and Massimo Mastruzzi, as described in "Governance Matters III: Governance Indicators for 1996-2002" .   Further
work needs to be done  within these variables as initial indications are that Governance Effectiveness and Rule of
Law are most predictive, in association with per capita GDP, of the Human Development Index (R2 = .715) and
may well provide selection criteria priorities.
30 The mere fact that the Exon Valdez disaster added to the GDP of the state of Alaska should
demonstrate that GDP is not an indicator of progress nor necessarily of economic viability.  Similarly in thecurrent data set, the fact that Equatorial Guinea has a per capita GDP that exceeds many in the high HDI
countries makes it clear that qualifying variables need to  be used.  In the absence of any other data, GDP does
serve as an indicator of potential within LDC’s assuming the heroic assumption that the corruption index is low.In the present abbreviated simulation the GDP distribution has not been qualified by the corruption index aswould be logically expected but is considered with in the context of the aggregate Governance Indicator.WT/IFSC/6
Page 151
testing the framework also underlay the assessment of representativeness of the IF countries of all
LDC’s.
The essential logical assumptions which underlay this initial analysis was:
Expectation 1 - fiscal capacity and HDI should be positively correlated, specifically:
a. countries with above average per capita GDP will be expected to have above
average HDI
b. countries with below average per capita GDP will be expected to have below
average HDI
The analysis leads to four quadrants being identified:
Quadrant 1.  Lower than average per capita GDP and Higher than average HDI
Quadrant 2.  Higher than average per capita GDP and Higher than average HDI
Quadrant 3.  Higher than average per capita GDP and Lower than average HDIQuadrant 4.  Lower than average per capita GDP and Lower than average HDI
Quadrants 2 and 4 fit Expectation 1 while Quadrants 1 and 3 are anomalies.   The graph below shows
the results for the 44 LDC’s for which there is comparable data with the 19 IF countries highlighted.
Human development index (HDI) 2000 and Per Capita GDP 2000
-2-1.5-1-0.500.511.522.53
- 1 . 5 - 1 - 0 . 5 00 . 511 . 522 . 533 . 54
Per Capita GDPHDI 2000
Lower per capita GDP and Lower HDILower per capita GDP and Higher HDI
Higher per capita GDP and Higher HDI
Higher per capita GDP and Lower HDIBangladesh
GambiaHati
Tanzania UgandaCambodia
Madagascar
Mauritania
BurundiDjibouti
Eritrea
EthiopiaGuineaLesotho
Malawi MaliNepal
SenegalYemen
The majority of LDC’s fit with Expectation 1 (31 of  44 countries) with 12 countries in Quadrant 2
(top right) and 19 in Quadrant 4 (bottom left).  The positive anomaly in Quadrant 1 (top left), in which
HDI is higher than expected given the fiscal capacity as measured, had 8 countries while the negativeanomaly in Quadrant 3 (bottom right) had 5 countries.  In effect, countries in Q-1 are more successful
than expected while those in Q-3 are less successful than expected.
It is also of interest to note that the selection criteria employed to date, for including countries in the
IF, resulted in representation in all quadrants.  This provides a longer term basis for examining theWT/IFSC/6
Page 152
impact of the IF given different starting points in each of the human development, per capita GDP and
governance domains.   This may provide insights  into the mediation pathways for IF impacts on
poverty particularly as it is mediated through economic growth and improvements in governance.
While the distribution of the IF countries is important the overall conceptual framework leads to the
next assumption:
Expectation 2 – countries, which do not match Expectation 1 will vary on governance
variable, specifically:
a. countries in Quadrant 1 (Lower than average per capita GDP and Higher than
average HDI) will tend to have higher than average Governance scores
b. countries in Quadrant 3 (Higher than average per capita GDP and Lower than
average HDI) will tend to have lower than average Governance scores
Of the 8 countries in Quadrant 1 four met the expectation while 3 of the 5 countries in Quadrant 3
were at or below average Governance scores.  Since the comparisons are made within the LDCcountries themselves some granularity with the data may be lost but in effect 38 of the 44 countries
followed the expected pattern, which is consistent  with the underlying framework assumption.  This is
supported by the multi-linear regression analysis, which indicates that 72% of the variation in HDI
scores can be accounted for by per capita GDP and the aggregate Governance indicator.
Potential Selection Criteria
This leads to the identification of potential high probability selection factors in terms of maximizing
the impact of the IF on poverty.  Ideally, perfect data on fiscal capacity, governance and poverty
would be available in consistent and current form precisely when decisions needed to be made.  Thisis not the case.  What is available is a consistently produced set of UNDP indicators for HDI and per
capita GDP and the World Bank has been regularly updating their governance indicators.
Each of these indicator systems has detractors w ho, in the main, can provide nothing remotely better
to replace them.  In the absence of perfect data consistent data is the next best and through increasing
use of the UNDP and World Bank data in these areas their importance and quality will, hopefully,
over time improve.  Nevertheless, they remain for the present the most robust source of potentialselection indicators.  However, while this data can provide an objective basis for assessing countries
for consideration for inclusion in the IF programme, it can only be one aspect with the assessment of
the managerial capacity and leadership of the IF process are the other key considerations.
In terms of selection criteria the focus is identifying where economic interventions will have the most
impact.  In areas where there is a lack of governance support to sustain economic initiatives these are
not considered appropriate for the IF and should rather be referred to other agencies and programmes
for remediation prior to inclusion in the IF.  It is critical to recognize what the IF and do and is best
suited in terms of focusing activities and avoiding situations where the IF is not ready for
implementation.
Given that the vast majority of LDC’s follow the conceptual framework it will come as no surprise
that the framework provides the basis for the selection criteria.  However, which selection criteria are
used depends upon the purpose of the programme.  For example:
• If a high rate of return for an investment of  effort is required then countries with above
average HDI and below average per capita GDP and above average governance would beselected.WT/IFSC/6
Page 153
• If assisting the most needy countries in their developmental process, accepting some
inevitable bumps in the process, then countries with below average HDI and below averageper capita GDP and at or above average governance would be selected.
In both instances countries with below average governance indicators would be referred to other
programmes as a precondition to entering the IF.  However, there are two considerations that shouldbe borne in mind.  One is that the governance sub-indices need further examination as only one of
them (Government Effectiveness) actually directly and strongly seems to significantly related to HDI .
The second is that the approach used here is a deviation approach such that the mid-point and who is
above and below is constantly moving with each new data set.  That is an analytical strength if the
analyst knows how to use it.
Expected Results
This is, by definition, the weakest of the analytical steps.  In the absence of good forecasts of the
causal governance and economic variables what remains is the default of time as the independent
variable driving changes in HDI.
Additional challenges are due to not all historical periods being available for all years and the
volatility of some of the national indicators.  However, for baseline indicators against which to
estimate the possible impact of the IF interventions the trend line analysis is a reasonable basis.
To overcome problems associated with different time series for each country the first step was to
prepare annual estimates for each country for which data existed between 1975 and 2000.  The second
step was to use the time series for each country to forecast year by year estimates through to 2015.
Those countries with data from 1975 through 2000 were taken as the basis for determining an overall
trend for use with countries with very short time series to use as a base.  Essentially the annual rate of
change forecasted for the IF countries with the full HDI series from 2001 through 2015 became thebasis for estimating future levels of HDI.
In addition, examination of several of the country data series revealed cyclical patterns as well as a
sudden increase or decrease from 2001 to 2002 simply due to the statistical formula.  These situations
were normalized by using the rate of change formula used for those countries with short time series.
These revised expectations tend to be conservative but can serve as a baseline against which to assess
future performance.  An additional enhancement would be the development, on the basis of the
current governance and fiscal capacity measures, of an estimate of what level of HDI should be
expected would provide a further framework with wh ich to moderate the reliance on a modified linear
trend.
The projections are presented in Table D1.WT/IFSC/6
Page 154
Conclusions
The significance of the findings are:
1. The meta framework serves as a useful analytical tool in order to assess progress, selection
and expectations for IF countries.
2. The current range of IF countries cover the full spectrum of countries within the framework
and provide a longer term basis upon which to develop success oriented selection criteria.
Future opportunities:
1. Existing data can be used to improve the targeting of the IF to countries on the basis of
programme purpose with further development of required governance, poverty and fiscal capacity
data for each of the LDC.
2. The World Bank governance indicators will require further examination to determine whether
all elements are of equal importance or should be we ighted - considering that the only indicator with a
significant relationship to the interaction of per capita GDP and HDI was Government Effectiveness.
3. Some means of assessing donor preparedness needs to be integrated into the weighting
framework as the LDC could have all positive indicators but, if the local donor representatives areunmotivated or less than enthusiastic towards the IF , failure is most likely unless there is charismatic
leadership from the LDC itself.
4. Given the data framework it is possible to develop realistic series of targets which could be
used as the basis to assess the managerial capacity and leadership of the IF process – the onlydifficulty with this is that it could only be obvious that there is a failure when in fact there is a failure
if there is not constant monitoring to provide advance warning where remedial action is warranted.
Alternatives:
Essentially there are two basic alternatives:
1. Continue with the current process of selection and implementation with continuing ambiguity
and mixed results.
2. Orient donors to the new way of doing business and make evaluations of donor managers’
performance contingent on performance of the LDC within the IF.
The second option would be enhanced with the implementation of the suggestions made previously as
the lack of monitoring data from outside of the IF programme itself is problematic.  Independent
verification is essential for documenting valid results.WT/IFSC/6
Page 155
Recommendations:
Consistent with the results of this analysis, it is recommended that:
1. The development of a simple, consistent and replicable data framework for the dimensions of
poverty, fiscal capacity and governance be developed, which is an essential component of a country
selection and monitoring framework.
2. Some means of assessing local donor managerial capacity and leadership needs be integrated
into the selection process, as failure to achieve results may not be due to the LDC.
3. The use of the data framework for monitoring progress on the basis of establishing annual
expectation benchmarks is essential and consistent with the general Results Based Management
approach being recommended.
NOTE:  What can be done technically is to develop an interactive dynamic decision model to enable
programme criteria to be assessed under different levels of emphasis.  Whether this is the method
adopted or not is up to the client and while not of the same order as the previous recommendations is
a very strong suggestion.WT/IFSC/6
Page 156 Table D 1
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015
Bangladesh 0.478 0.502 0.51 0.52 0.52 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.54 0.54 0.55 0.55 0.56 0.56 0.57 0.57
Gambia 0.405 0.463 0.47 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.49 0.49 0.5 0.5 0.51 0.51 0.52 0.52 0.52 0.53
Haiti 0.471 0.467 0.47 0.48 0.48 0.49 0.49 0.5 0.5 0.51 0.51 0.52 0.52 0.52 0.53 0.53
Tanzania, U. Rep. of 0.440 0.400 0.41 0.41 0.41 0.42 0.42 0.43 0.43 0.43 0.44 0.44 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.46
Uganda 0.444 0.489 0.5 0.5 0.51 0.51 0.52 0.52 0.53 0.53 0.54 0.54 0.54 0.55 0.55 0.56
Cambodia 0.543 0.556 0.57 0.57 0.58 0.58 0.59 0.59 0.6 0.6 0.61 0.61 0.62 0.62 0.63 0.64
Madagascar 0.469 0.468 0.48 0.48 0.49 0.49 0.49 0.5 0.5 0.51 0.51 0.52 0.52 0.53 0.53 0.53
Mauritania 0.438 0.454 0.46 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.48 0.48 0.49 0.49 0.5 0.5 0.51 0.51 0.51 0.52
Burundi 0.313 0.337 0.34 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.39
Djibouti 0.445 0.462 0.47 0.47 0.48 0.48 0.49 0.49 0.5 0.5 0.51 0.51 0.51 0.52 0.52 0.53
Eritrea 0.421 0.446 0.45 0.46 0.46 0.47 0.47 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.49 0.49 0.5 0.5 0.51 0.51
Etiopía 0.327 0.359 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.39 0.39 0.39 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.41 0.41
Guinea 0.414 0.425 0.43 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.45 0.45 0.46 0.46 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.48 0.48 0.49
Lesotho 0.535 0.510 0.52 0.52 0.53 0.53 0.54 0.54 0.55 0.55 0.56 0.56 0.57 0.57 0.58 0.58
Malawi 0.400 0.387 0.39 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.41 0.41 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.43 0.43 0.43 0.44 0.44
Mali 0.386 0.337 0.34 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.39
Nepal 0.490 0.499 0.51 0.51 0.52 0.52 0.53 0.53 0.54 0.54 0.55 0.55 0.56 0.56 0.57 0.57
Senegal 0.431 0.430 0.44 0.44 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.46 0.46 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.48 0.48 0.49 0.49
Yemen 0.479 0.470 0.48 0.48 0.49 0.49 0.5 0.5 0.51 0.51 0.51 0.52 0.52 0.53 0.53 0.54WT/IFSC/6
Page 157
Annex E
Survey Results
Background
This section of the report details the key findings of a survey carried out in the 18 countries visited by
the evaluators. The key objective of this survey was to provide quantitative information concerning
the IF from all stakeholders, namely core agencies/donors representatives and all local stakeholders
(private sector, civil society, government officials etc). Previously, primary research was conducted
and qualitative information collected in the field through focus groups and in depth interviews.
Methodology of the surveys
Survey medium
The IF evaluation’s Survey was conducted only via the World Wide Web. Participants were invited to
respond to a questionnaire posted on the Voxco Web site.
Type of sampling
The list of respondents focused on people already involved in the IF that have access to internet and
have an active email address. As a result, the list of potential respondents is not as extensive as we
planned. Due to the time pressures in completing the evaluation, we had to rely heavily on the IF focal
points in the countries, supplemented at times by local agency or donor representatives to identify the
relevant stakeholders including those not already familiar with the process.
Many of the respondents were also part of the in- country meetings and focus group discussions held
and had been solicited as respondents at that time. Respondents were invited to go to the website and
complete the survey as follows:
1. Email invitation letter to participate in the survey2. Up to 3 reminders encouraging them to respondA few respondents were last minute additions to the list and only received the invitation letter.
Period of validity of answers - Duration of the survey
The survey questionnaire was hosted on the Voxco web site and remained available on the Web from
August 1, 2003 until August 20, 2003 midnight eastern time Canada.
Type of questionnaire
The questionnaire was in French and English and was designed for comple tion within fifteen to
twenty minutes. Following the classification questio ns to determine their location and function, the
majority questions were designed to obtain a response based on the level of agreement or
disagreement with a series of statements. Other questions asked respondents to rate specific criteria in
terms of importance. The survey comprises a number of common core questions addressed to allrespondents with additional specific questions targeting the three IF partner groups, LDCs donors and
agencies.WT/IFSC/6
Page 158
Points to Consider
• Respondents were assured of confidentiality and a unique PIN number was assigned to
respondents to control access to the survey and prevent multiple responses from the sameindividual.
•  Late surveys that arrived after the cut-off date were excluded from this study.
• The number of respondents from each individual country, coupled with the variation in the
response rate between countries resulted in too small a sample to assess each of the 18
countries visited.
Response rate
Eighty-eight questionnaires were completed by the 272 potential contacted respondents. However,
many of the people invited to participate in the survey did not do so either because they were not
reachable or have declined the invitation to participate:
1. undelivered emails : 45 potential respondents2. declined the invitation because they  “have already given feedback during the country visit”:2
3. the IF is irrelevant to them: 1
4. access problem to the website: 55. out of the office: automatic machine response(on vacation): 6Those in categories 2 to 4 are based on return emails from these people. The real numbers might be
higher as many may have declined participation without sending an e-mail to explain the reason.
Thus, the final sample was 216 respondents resulting in a response rate of 40.7% considered very
satisfactory for this kind of survey.WT/IFSC/6
Page 159
Results
Section 1: Profile of participants and level of  their involvement in the Integrated Framework.
Chart E-1: Profile of Respondents
Government officials and the private sector are fairly well represented as are agencies and donors.
However, the civil society participation was quit e low and is indicative of the level of their
involvement in the IF process to date, a factor that was observed during the evaluation. It is fair to say
however that the awareness level is increasing among civil society groups in many countries as is the
recognition by IF proponents of the need to engage them in the IF process.
Chart E-2: Profile of the private sector25%17%
28%24%6%
0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 30%Agencies
Donors
Civil Society
Private Sector
Government (LDC)
43%38%18%0%
0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 30% 35% 40% 45% 50%Cooperative
Others
Association
BusinessWT/IFSC/6
Page 160
Chart E-3: Profile of the Civil Society
Business community respondents come mainly from high ranking officers in private business and
business associations. Civil society participants in the survey are typically from academia followed by
different non-government organization (NGO) representatives.
Chart E-4: Positions of Private Sector participants
Chart E-5: Positions of Governmental participants60%20%20%0%0%
0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70%Religious Org.
Worker Org.
Others
NGO
Academia
38%5%14%14%0%0%29%
0% 10% 20% 30% 40%Others
Technical / Professional Staf f
Middle Management
Senior Management
General Manage r
COO
CEO
4%8%44%44%
0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50%Other
Officer
Deputy Director
Director GeneralWT/IFSC/6
Page 161
Most government participants are senior officials (deputy ministers, advisors to ministers).
Charts E-6a and E-6b stem from answers to the question: “What is the best description of your
organization’s role in the Integrated Framework?”
Chart E-6a: Level of involvement by LDC participants in the IF process
Chart E-6b: Level of involvement by Agency / Donor participants in the IF process57%57%39%29%12%12%0%4%
0% 20% 40% 60%Other
Participates in funding IF activities
Is NOT involved in the IF program in any way
Provides trade-related technical assistance to countries directly
Participates in Managing the IF
Participates in studies for the IF
Could Profit from IF outcomes or receives benefits from IF
Facilitates IF implementation
70%27%57%57%59%3%57%14%
0% 50% 100%Other
Participates in funding IF activities
Is NOT involved in the IF program in any way
Provides trade-related technical assistance to countries directly
Participates in Managing the IF
Participates in studies for the IF
Could Profit from IF outcomes or receives benefits from IF
Facilitates IF implementationWT/IFSC/6
Page 162
Discussion of Results
The majority of the LDC respondents describe their organization as facilitating implementation
(57 %) or being a potential beneficiary (57%) of IF  indicating the high frequency of respondent who
are directly involved or well aware of the IF. Within the agency / donor community, 59% ofrespondents classified themselves as trade-related technical assistance providers and 57 % classified
themselves as study participants or managers of the process. Obviously some respondents see
themselves as playing a dual role.
Fifty-seven per cent of the local stakeholders believe their organizations could profit from IF
outcomes or receives benefits from the process, while less than thirty-nine per cent of local
stakeholder organizations participate in studies related to IF and twenty-nine per cent participate inmanaging the IF process.WT/IFSC/6
Page 163
Section 2: level of familiarity with the process
Level of familiarity with the IF and its goals and objectives
LDCs Agencies Donors
7) I am very familiar with the
goals and objectives of the IF
Strongly Agree
  41%
Moderately Agree
        2 8%
Moderately Disagree
                 1 1%
Strongly Disagree
                     9%
Don't Know
                 1 1%
8) The goals and objectives of the IF
are clear and easy to understand
Strongly Agree
    33%
Moderately Agree
      27%
Moderately Disagree
         22%
Strongly Disagree
                   4%
Don't Know
               14%
9) I am very familiar with the currentstatus of the IF in my country
Strongly Agree
   47%
Moderately Agree
   12%
Moderately Disagree
    18%
Strongly Disagree
 10%
Don't Know
                     14%
10) I think that the IF policies are
clear and easy to understand
Strongly Agree
         27%
Moderately Agree
   39%
Moderately Disagree
                  12%
Strongly Disagree
                      4%
Don't Know
              18%
60%
 59%
        40%
         31%
                                 0%
 5%
0%
 5%
0%                                   0%
       13%
 27%
 47%
 50%
    40%
 13%
5%
5%
I am very familiar with the current
status of the IF
 60%
 36%
 33%
 45%
0%
 9%
                         7%
                     10 %
0%                               0%WT/IFSC/6
Page 164
Discussion of Results
Agencies (60%) donors representatives (59%) and local stakeholders (41%) strongly agree that they
are very familiar with the goals and objectives of the process which again is indicative of the level of
respondents who are directly involved. Although the vast majority of respondents (LDC -69%;Agency- 100% and Donors-90%) indicate they are at least moderately aware of the IF, a significant
number of respondents (LDC- 26%; agencies- 40% and donors 18%) disagree with the statement that
the goals and objectives are clear and easy to understand. In addition, thirty-four per cent of LDC
respondents either disagree or responded “don’t know” to the statement “IF policies are clear and easy
to understand”.
11) In 2000 the IF was revamped. Have the roles and responsibi lities of your organization 
changed in any way as a result?  
                                    
                                 LDCs                                    Agencies                     Donors                   
Yes     
                                  4%     
  53%   
     36% 
No    
  63%    
          33%   
        32%  
Don't kno w    
                   33%   
                   13%   
        32%   
 
Discussion of Results
The IF programme was revamped in 2000 and significant changes were introduced. The information
above suggests that the revised programme did not, in the eyes of the LDCs change their roles and
responsibilities significantly and that the changes were more prevalent within the agency/donor
communities. This is not surprising as the revamping exercise did have a more significant impact on
agencies and donors, primarily because the LDC countries have been segregated into pre and postrevamping categories and only now are the original five round table countries being encouraged to
embrace the new approach dictated by the revamping exercise. The twenty-four per cent of
agency/donor respondents, who did not know, may be i ndicative of the need for greater clarity on the
roles and responsibilities of this group, especially at the field level.
12) IF definition: Please describe, in two to three sentences, your understanding of the IF and its
goals and objectives?
Discussion of Results
Many respondents gave detailed answers to this open-ended question and many respondents identified
more than a single goal or objective. It is interesting to note the similarity in views expressed by local
stakeholders who stressed on the poverty alleviation, the IF to provide capacity building assistance for
trade related areas, especially in the export sector, and to assist the beneficiary countries to built the
requisite institutional infrastructures.WT/IFSC/6
Page 165
Section 3:  Expectations from the IF process – IF delivery
Expectations and Implementation of IF  - LDCs   
 
 
13)  Are you aware of the Diagnostic 
Trade Integration Studies (DTIS)?  
 
Yes   
  51% 
No   
  49% 
 
 
 
14) Has a DTIS Study been completed in 
your country?   
Yes  
  69% 
No  
                       23% 
Don't know  
                              8% 
 
 
 
 
15) The Diagnostic Trade Integration 
Studies (DTIS) can meet your country's needs in identifying trade related issues.  
 
Strongly Agree   
  44% 
Moderately Agree   
  44% 
Moderately 
Disagree                            0% 
Strongly Disagree   
            11% 
Don't Know                           0% 
 
16) The DTIS can provide a roadmap for 
countries to address goals and objectives 
relative to trade and their participation in 
the world economy.  
 
Strongly Agree 
 73%
Moderately Agree 
                  19%
Moderately Disagree                            0%
Strongly Disagree                            0%
Don't Know 
                        8%  
17) The DTIS can provide a vehicle to 
identify Trade-Related Technical 
Assistance (TRTA) needs.  
Strongly Agree
 65% 
Moderately Agree
                 19% 
Moderately Disagree
                        4% 
Strongly Disagree                          0% 
Don't Know
                    12% 
 
18) I think the IF has helped, or has the 
potential to help, my country build increased capacity.  
 
Strongly Agree  
 57% 
Moderately Agree  
         27% 
Moderately Disagree  
                  6% 
Strongly Disagree  
                    2% 
Don't Know  
                 8% 
 
19)The trade related issues identified 
with IF have been or will be integrated 
into the development plans and poverty 
reduction strategies in my country.  
 
Strongly Agree  
  53% 
Moderately Agree  
          24% 
Moderately Disagree  
                   8% 
Strongly Disagree  
                   6% 
Don't Know  
                 10% 
 
 
20) I believe the IF can contribute to 
poverty alleviation.  
 
Strongly Agree  
 57% 
Moderately Agree  
       35% 
Moderately Disagree  
                     2% 
Strongly Disagree  
                     2% 
Don't Know  
                   4% 
 
 WT/IFSC/6
Page 166
21) The Trade related technical assistance is targeted to support Trade Negotiations:  
                                             LDCs                                              Agencies/Donors                 
Strongly Agree   
      43%          
                               8%  
Moderately Agree   
                  27%          
      43%  
Moderately Disagree    
                            14%          
                   22%      
Strongly Disagree    
                                    4%           
                       16%  
Don't Know    
                               12%          
                            11%  
 
Discussion of Results
The results from question 22 below suggests that the le vel of expectations from the IF process is high
among local stakeholders as sixty-two per cent of respondents agreed with the statement “I had high
expectations for the impact of IF on poverty reduction in my country”.
The results suggest that the DTIS process is also expected to produce results as more than eighty per
cent of respondents agree that the DTIS can meet their countries’ need in identifying trade related
issues, provide a roadmap to address goals and objectives relative to trade, provide a vehicle to
identify Trade-Related Technical Assistance (TRT A) needs to improve participation in world
economy.
Moreover, seventy per cent of local stakeholders, as shown below, are convinced (43% of them
strongly agree) that the Trade Related technical assistance to be provided by the process is targeted to
support Trade Negotiations, while thirty-eight per cent of agencies/donors representatives disagree
with this statement. There are two factors at play  in this case. Those countries currently targeting
WTO membership or at least accession are very focused on trade policy and negotiating. However,the disparity the response of the two groups may be a small indication of the apparent disparity
between the perceptions of the two communities on the goals and objectives of the IF.
22) I had high expectations for the impact of the IF on poverty reduction in my country.  
                                       LDCs  
Strongly Agree   
                        35% 
Moderately Agree   
                                27% 
Moderately Disagree   
                                           16% 
Strongly Disagree   
                                                     8% 
Don't Know   
                                              14% 
 
23) My expectations regarding the impact of the IF on poverty alleviation have or will be 
met.  
                                       LDCs  
Strongly Agree   
                               29% 
Moderately Agree   
                       37% 
Moderately Disagree   
                                               14% 
Strongly Disagree   
                                                            2% 
Don't Know   
                                            18% 
 
 WT/IFSC/6
Page 167
Discussion of Results
Furthermore, ninety-two per cent of LDCs participants believe IF can contribute to poverty alleviation
and sixty two per cent as shown below, have high  expectations for the impact of the IF on poverty
reduction in their country and many (66%) believe these expectations will be met.
24) In which of the following ways, if any, has the IF changed or will change your 
company's business? Select all that apply - Private sector  
 
Increased international trade opportunities   
 76%
Increased exports   
                   48%
Improved export facilitation   
                   48%
Improved human resource skills   
                   48%
Increased efficiency   
                            38%
Increased local trade opportunities   
                                           24%
Affected in a negative way the way your 
company operates   
                                                       10%
No significant change                                                                  0%
Other    
                                                 19%
 
25) The IF has improved or will improve my company's business:  ( Private sector) 
 
 Strongly Agree   
                 33% 
Moderately Agree   
            38% 
Moderately Disagree   
                                        10% 
Strongly Disagree                                                     0% 
Don't Know   
                               19% 
 
 
Discussion of Results
In addition, the majority of private sector community thinks that the IF has improved or will improve
at least some aspect of their business and their exports. They stressed the increase in internationaltrade opportunities, export, export facilitation and human resources skills improvement as the most
important impacts expected from the process.
Chart E-26: When do you think IF will yield significant benefits to targeted countries?6%7%9%
59%53%41%
31%27%45%
4%13%5%
0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70%LDC'sAgenciesDonors
Never
6 to 10 Years
1 to 5 Years
NowWT/IFSC/6
Page 168
The high level of expectations is accompanied by a short timeline focus. Indeed, sixty-five per cent of
local stakeholders expect the IF to yield significant benefits to targeted countries within 5 years. This
per centage drops to fifty-four per cent among agencies and donor representatives but is still above 50
per cent.
27) The IF …. (LDCs)
 Agree Disagree Don't Know
a. In its revamped form, has been effective in significantly
integrating the poverty alleviation concerns of LDCs45% 14% 41%
b. Is analytically based, funded and built into my country’s
development plans43% 20% 37%
c. Has improved local skills via technical assistance in my country 32% 27% 41%
d. Is a very complex programme which is difficult to implement 26% 52% 22%
e.Has increased trade opportunities in my country 26% 27% 47%f. Has helped to alleviate poverty in my country 22% 41% 37%g. Has facilitated access to technology and knowledge 18% 39% 43%
Discussion of Results
While fifty-two per cent of the local stakeholders disagree that the IF is a very complex programme
which is difficult to implement and forty-five per cent agree that the revamped IF has been effective
in significantly integrating the poverty alleviation concerns of LDCs, only twenty-six per cent agree
that the process has increased trade opportunities or helped alleviate poverty in their countries.Moreover, less than 20% of respondents think that 47% of them have no idea about this issue. The
proportion of people that appear to be unaware of these issues is high reaching forty-one per cent in
cases and reflects the low visibility of IF in many countries.
Expectations are very high making the delivery is seen ineffective pointing to a need for increased
communication between all the IF partners to ensure a common perception of the goals and objectives
and the scope and coverage of the IF process.WT/IFSC/6
Page 169
Section 4: Coordination and cooperation among IF partners
28) Efforts are being made to identify a Lead Donor/Facilitator in LDC countries. This 
development will contribute to increased donor cooperation and coordination:   
                                                           Donors                           
Strongly Agree   
         68% 
Moderately Agree   
                                                  27% 
Moderately Disagree                                                                                 0% 
Strongly Disagree                                                                                 0% 
Don't Know   
                                                                          5% 
 
29) In your opinion, who should for be responsible to coordinate donors within LDC 
countries?  
 
                                  LDCs                               Agencies                                   Donors                                 
IF Focal Point  
               16%                                               0% 
             27% 
Lead 
donor/Facilitator  
      25%   
        40% 
                         14% 
LDC Government  
  29%   
  47%
  45% 
Local Agency 
representative.  
              18%                                               0%
                                 5% 
Other   
                    12%   
                               13%
                             9% 
 
  
Discussion of Results
It is interesting to note that ninety-five per cen t of donors agree that a Lead Donor/Facilitator will
contribute to increased donor cooperation and coordination. While all three groups support the notion
that donor coordination should be done by the LDC country, (LDC-45%: Agencies- 47% and donors
(72%) there is a disparity between who should be responsible. The LDC respondents place more
emphasis on the Lead/donor facilitator as being responsible, the majority within all three groups point
to the LDC government.
Many interesting comments were collected from stakeholders concerning this issue using an open
ended question. The notion that the LDC government should be responsible seems to prevail although
many respondents indicate that LDCs will certainly need assistance from donors in facilitating the
process because they often lack the capacity themselves.
Local stakeholders in selected countries recommend th at the role of coordination should be given to a
local based core agency that fully understands the issues, does not have a high level of staff turnover,
and can deliver long term focused support.WT/IFSC/6
Page 170
Section 5: IF country selection criteria
30) Are you aware of the IF Program country selection criteria?  
                               LDCs                       Agencies                        Donors                           
Yes   
              31% 
     67%  
        45%  
No   
  69% 
           33%   
     55%  
 
             For those who said yes only: 
 
             a.  I think the IF country selection criteria are... Fair                                               LDCs                    Agencies             Donors                           
Strongly Agree   
         44%  
       40%  
                 30%  
Moderately Agree   
  56%   
       40%   
  60%  
Moderately Disagree                        0%   
            20%   
                     10%            
Strongly Disagree                          0%                     0%                              0%  
Don't Know                          0%                     0%                              0%  
 
             b. I think the IF country selection criteria are... Transparent  
                                                LDCs                    Agencies             Donors                          
Strongly Agree      
   63%  
              10%     
                40%  
Moderately Agree      
            31%  
       40%   
                40%  
Moderately Disagree     
                   6%  
    50%   
                      20%           
Strongly Disagree                             0%                     0%                                0%  
Don't Know                             0%                     0%                                0%  
 
 
             c.  I think the IF country selection criteria are... Appropriate                                               LDCs                         Agencies             Donors                          
Strongly Agree   
    63%   
        30%  
            50%  
Moderately Agree   
             38%   
  50%   
                  30%  
Moderately Disagree                            0%    
            20%   
                     20%        
Strongly Disagree                              0%                       0%                              0%  
Don't Know                              0%                       0%                              0%  
 
Discussion of Results
Although the majority of the peopl e who are aware of the criteria find them fair, transparent and
appropriate, only fifty-four per cent of agencies/donor representatives are aware of the countryselection criteria; this percentage drops to less than one third for LDCs. But, it’s striking to note that
the agencies/donors representatives seem more conservative on this issue than local stakeholders as
twenty three per cent of non- LDC stakeholders disagr ee with the statement that these criteria are fair,
transparent and appropriate only 2% of local stakeholders think so.WT/IFSC/6
Page 171
Section 6: Governance of the IF
31) I am very satisfied with the current administration of the IF at the country level. 
LDCs  
Strongly Agree   
                                         14% 
Moderately Agree   
              41% 
Moderately Disagree   
                                   22% 
Strongly Disagree   
                                                 8% 
Don't Know   
                                         16% 
 
32) The revamped IF included changes in the overall management structure of the IF and 
the changes have increased the effectiveness of the IF. LDCs  
Strongly Agree   
                                                6% 
Moderately Agree   
               37% 
Moderately Disagree   
                                  20% 
Strongly Disagree   
                                                     2% 
Don't Know   
                    35% 
 
33) There are a number of factors that might be important to the success of the IF in your country.
Listed below are some of these potential factors. For each one, please rate how important you
think that factor is to the success of the IF in your country. LDCs
Percentage of Statements
Very
ImportantImportant Total
a. The participation of all stakeholders in the process 90% 2% 92%
b. Government-wide support 78% 12% 90%
c. Integration of trade into development plans 71% 22% 93%
d. Management of the IF 69% 22% 91%
e. The capacity to manage IF activities 69% 24% 93%
f. Trade-related technical assistance 63% 20% 83%
g. A National Steering Committee 59% 27% 86%
h. Addressing supply side constraints 51% 24% 75%
i. Coordination with other countries involved 33% 39% 72%
Discussion of Results
LDCs are moderately satisfied with the current administration of the IF at the country level and mildly
agree that the revamped IF has increased the effectiveness of the process. Nevertheless, 35% of the
surveyed people don’t know which again may be indicative of a low level of in-depth awarenesswithin LDCs.
LDC respondents (92%) ranked the participation of all stakeholders in the process as very important
in the success of the IF, followed by government wide support (78%).
LDCs stakeholders generally believed that Integration of trade into development plans, management
of the IF and the capacity to manage IF activities are also very important to the success of the IF.
Between sixty-nine and seventy-eight per cent of local stakeholders believed it was absolutely
important, while a further fifty-one to sixty-three per cent placing a  high degree of importance upon
trade-related technical assistance, National Steering Committee and addressing supply sideWT/IFSC/6
Page 172
constraints. Coordination with other countries involved in the process is shown to be of much lesser
importance.
Some LDCs stakeholders (33%) stressed other factors they considered might help the success of the
IF included consideration of local realities, private sector transparency, the follow up process,Government's commitment, people's willingness and the participation of local experts.
34) The following statements focus on issues related to the IF process? Please rate your level of
agreement or disagreement with each of the following statements. LDC
 Agree DisagreeDon't
Know
a. The IF is a good mechanism to link trade, development and
poverty reduction95% 3% 2%
b. The Lead donor/facilitator is playing an effective support role
within the IF process
c. There is support and active participation in the planning and
implementation of the IF by government in my country68%
66%8%
22%24%
12%
d. The revamped IF is achieving its expected results o
f
mainstreaming trade into development plans and poverty
reduction strategies
e. The IF is achieving its expected result in facilitating the
delivery of necessary technical assistance51%
51%18%
24%31%
25%
f. The coordinating institutional structure (e.g. NSC, focal point,
etc.) is in place and well staffed in my country41% 45% 14%
g. Donors pledge funds in a timely manner
h. All IF partners (Co-ordinating  Agencies, LDC's, Donors) have
streamlined their respective procedures to facilitate the
rapid/timely implementation of IF activities
i. The IF Trust Fund  disburse funds to the IF in a timely manner31%
31%
24%42%
28%
33%27%
41%
43%
Discussion of Results
LDC respondents are generally convinced (95%) th at the IF is a good mechanism to link trade,
development and poverty reduction and that the Lead donor/facilitator is playing an effective supportrole (66%) and there is support and active participation (66%) in the planning and implementation of
the IF by government in their countries.
However, only fifty-one per cent of respondents felt that the revamped IF is achieving its expected
results in mainstreaming trade into development plans or poverty reduction strategies and facilitatingthe delivery of necessary technical assistance.
A further forty-five per cent do not believe that th e coordinating institutional structure (e.g. NSC,
focal point, etc.) is in place and well staffed in their country and less than thirty-one per cent felt
satisfied with the funding.WT/IFSC/6
Page 173
35) There are a number of potential obstacles or barriers that could undermine the success of the
IF. Below is a list of some potential obstacles. For each one, please identify the extent to which you
think this is an obstacle or barrier to the success of the IF.  LDCs
Potential obstacles/barriers to the success of the IF Major barrier
a.  Bureaucracy
b.  Insufficient cooperation between government, the private sector and civil
c.  society in the LDC country
d.  Lack of a vision or strategy
e.  Access to knowledge and technology
f.  Lack of clearly defined priorities in the LDC country
g.  Lack of understanding of LDCs' needsh.  Lack of capacity to manage IF
i.  Lack of donor support
j.  Lack of infrastructure
k.  Lack of coordination between agencies
l.  Lack of donor coordinationm. Supply-side constraints
n.  Management of the IF in the LDC
o.  Supervision of projects in the LDC country80%
76%
73%
71%
71%
69%67%
67%
65%
59%
51%51%
45%
41%
Discussion of Results
Bureaucracy is ranked by local stakeholders (80%) as a major potential obstacle or barrier to the
success of the IF, while insufficient cooperation between government, private sector and civil society
in the LDC country (76%) is second.
Lack of a vision or strategy, access to knowledge and technology, lack of clearly defined priorities in
the LDC country and a lack of understanding of LDCs’ needs are ranked lower but still considered as
relative to success.WT/IFSC/6
Page 174
36) Please rate your level of agreement or disagreement with each of the following statements.
       Agree
AgenciesDonors      Disagree
 Agencies  DonorsDon't Know
Agencies  Donors
a. LDC governments commit the
necessary resources to carry out the IF
within their countries  27%          32% 66%            54% 7%              14%
b. IF priorities are mainstreamed within
LDCs and within the budgetary planningand allocation processes  40%           32% 47%            59% 13%              9%
c. There is enough national commitment
to the IF in LDCs among the private
sector, the academic community,workers, and NGOs  34%           32% 46%            59% 20%             9%
d. LDC missions in Geneva are on top o
f
trade issues and the IF, are in tune with
local needs/priorities, to secure theirgovernment’s support for IF  40%           36% 34%            41% 26%            23%
e. The IF goal as “a mechanism to deliver
trade-related technical assistance”, is a
realistic objective  80%            82%  7%                4% 13%            14%
f. There is active participation and
involvement by LDCs in the planning
and implementation of the IF in their
countries  73%            63% 20%              28%   7%              9%
Discussion of Results
A majority of agencies/donors representatives are convinced that the IF goal as “a mechanism to
deliver trade-related technical assistance”, is a realistic objective (81%) and stated that LDCs are
actively involved in the planning and implementation of the IF in their countries. However, they have
no common position on many issues in the IF process as shown below.
A majority of agencies/donors representatives are convinced that the IF goal as “a mechanism to
deliver trade-related technical assistance”, is a realistic objective (81%) and stated that LDCs are
actively involved in the planning and implementation of the IF in their countries. However, they have
no common position on many issues in the IF process.
Section 6: Recommendations (by Respondents)
37) In your view, what are the two most important things needed to improve the implementation
of the IF?
Local ownership of the IF process is the reco mmendation that appeared most often among survey
respondents. The visibility of the IF process and the clarity of its objectives was clearly an issue as
well. Indeed, most participants stated that an in country pre-sensitization before the IF process startsWT/IFSC/6
Page 175
would raise the awareness about the process and ensure a common understanding of its goals and
objectives among all stakeholders.
Encouraging participation by all stakeholders in cluding the private sector and academia in the IF
decision making process was particularly emphasized as was the capacity building issue. Respondentsinsisted especially on the necessity to assist the beneficiary countries to build the requisite
institutional infrastructure and capacity for the implementation of the IF. A clearer definition of the
roles, tasks and responsibilities of each stakeholder, a call for the timely release of funds and
increased access to trade related information were also a theme of many responses .WT/IFSC/6
Page 176
Annex F
Results-Based Checklist for Country Progress Tracking
Table F-1
Checklist for Status Summary, Round Table Countries, by Expected Results and Performance
Measures, Assumptions and Risks
Table F-2
Checklist for Status Summary, Revamped IF (Pilot) Countries, by Expected Results and
Performance Measures, Assumptions and Risks
Table F-3
Checklist for Status Summary, Non-Pilot Countries, by Expected Results and Performance
Measures, Assumptions and RisksWT/IFSC/6
Page 177
Table F-1
Checklist for Status Summary, Round Table Countries,
by Expected Results and Performance Measures, Assumptions and Risks
Expected Results , Performance Measures,
Assumptions and Risks Bangladesh Gambia Haiti Tanzania Uganda
Sub-Table F-1-A:
Impact Results (Long-term)
Expected Results , Performance Measures,
Assumptions and Risks
Expected Results , Performance Measures
1.0   Trade is an important driver of LDC
economic growth, employment, and poverty
reduction
1.0.1  There is evidence that economic growth,attributable to trade, has contributed to povertyreduction
1.0.2  LDC exports increase
1.0.3  The trade sector is an integral part of theLDC country development plans
2.0  Low income populations raise their income
levels
2.0.1 There is evidence that low incomepopulations have raised their income levelsthrough trade related activities
3.0  LDCs increasingly participate ininternational trade
3.0.1  There is evidence that LDCs areincreasingly integrated into the international and
regional trading systems
3.0.2  There is evidence that LDCs are becoming,or are eligible to become, WTO members
3.0.3  LDC share of world exports increases
Assumptions
A.2  LDCs will maintain IF as a priority in theirnational development strategy
A.4  LDC governments are committed to goodgovernance and to the creation of an open and
stable   business environment
A.5  Low income populations (men and women)are targets of trade related activities
Risks
R.1  LDC exports are at risk, unless a more
supportive trade environment is created, and
improved market access is achieved
AssumptionsWT/IFSC/6
Page 178
Expected Results , Performance Measures,
Assumptions and Risks Bangladesh Gambia Haiti Tanzania Uganda
A.2  LDCs will maintain IF as a priority in their
national development strategy
A.4  LDC governments are committed to goodgovernance and to the creation of an open and
stable   business environment
A.5  Low income populations (men and women)are targets of trade related activities
Risks
R.1  LDC exports are at risk, unless a more
supportive trade environment is created, and
improved market access is achieved
Sub-Table F-1-B:Outcome Results
(Medium-term)
2.2  Business and trade development support
services are being offered
2.2.1  The degree to which business and tradedevelopment support services are increasing
3.1  LDC governments have the capacity toimplement trade related priorities
3.1.1  The degree to which LDC governmentshave the capacity to implement trade-related
priorities
3.2  IF trade related technical assistance trustfunds support the effective launch of LDC’s IFprogrammes (LDC view)
3.2.1  The degree to which IF trust funds arestrategically targeted to support the successful
launch of prioritized action plans
Assumptions
A.6  LDC policy, leadership and direction
support the inclusion of trade in national
development plans and/or PRSPs
A.7  Donors are willing to align their priorities tothe LDC stated priorities (LDC point of view)
A.8  LDCs are able to translate policyprescriptions into actionable projects
A.9  Political expectations for support from civilsociety are realistic
A. 10  LDC governments choose to promotebroadly based economic activities involving both
labour and capital intensive projects to increase
export-based revenues
A.11  Business and trade support services forurban and rural exporters meet the needs of
businesses, including exportersWT/IFSC/6
Page 179
Expected Results , Performance Measures,
Assumptions and Risks Bangladesh Gambia Haiti Tanzania Uganda
A.12  Business and trade support services are
being delivered by public and private service
providers
A.13  Senior LDC leadership and direction inpolicy matters are provided to support trade as apriority
A.14  LDC governments are committed toenhance human resource capacity, as required, to
implement trade-related priorities
A.15  LDC governments are committed toensuring that the necessary resources (human and
financial) are available to implement trade-related
priorities
A.17  All IF participants are fully committed to acommon set of goals and objectives requiring a
results-based approach
Risk
R.2  Core agency, donor, and LDC IF related
objectives conflict, or are not sufficiently
harmonized (LDC point of view)
Sub-Table F-1-C:Output Results (Short-term)
Expected Results , Performance Measures
1.1.1 DTISs or needs analyses are completed
1.1.1.1 The degree to which IF country
governments have completed their DTIS or needs
analyses
1.1.1.2 The degree to which IF countrygovernments have linked their DTIS or needs
analyses to national development plans and/or
PRSPs
1.1.2 The country’s trade priorities have beendefined through broad consultations
1.1.2.1 The degree to which the relevantgovernment Ministries and agencies have
participated in the setting of the country’s tradepriorities
1.1.2.2 The degree to which the private sector hasparticipated in the setting of the country’s trade
priorities
1.1.2.3 The degree to which the academiccommunity has participated in the setting of the
country’s trade priorities
1.1.2.4 The degree to which workers haveparticipated in the setting of the country’s trade
prioritiesWT/IFSC/6
Page 180
Expected Results , Performance Measures,
Assumptions and Risks Bangladesh Gambia Haiti Tanzania Uganda
1.1.2.5 The degree to which other stakeholders
have participated in the setting of the country’s
trade priorities
1.2.1 LDC governments implement IF
1.2.1.1 The degree to which LDC governments
have developed, prioritized, and costed an Action
Plan
1.2.1.2 The degree to which each LDCgovernment implements its Action Plan
1.2.1.3 The degree to which IF country tradepriorities are mainstreamed within each LDC’sprogramme and budgetary planning and
allocation process
1.2.1.4 The degree to which each LDCgovernment commits the necessary
organizational resources to carry out the agreed
IF priorities within its country
1.2.1.5 The degree to which donors’ fundsresponds to LDC IF priorities (LDC point of
view)
1.2.1.6 The degree to which leaddonors/facilitators are playing an effectivesupport role in the development and
implementation of LDC IF plans
2.1.1 Identified low income populations areincluded in trade priorities
2.1.1.1 The degree to which low incomepopulations (men and women) benefit from IF
trade initiatives
2.2.1 Mechanisms for including the low incomepopulations in business and trade initiatives have
been enhanced
2.2.1.1 The degree to which mechanisms are in
place to ensure low income populations can
access business and trade initiatives
3.1.2 Co-ordinating institutional structure (e.g.,NSC, focal point, etc.) is in place with the
necessary capacity in terms of human and
financial resources to manage and implement the
IF
3.1.2.1 The degree to which country specifichuman resource functions and correspondingskills have been validated
3.1.2.2 The degree to which country specificcompetency based training is available to
stakeholdersWT/IFSC/6
Page 181
Expected Results , Performance Measures,
Assumptions and Risks Bangladesh Gambia Haiti Tanzania Uganda
3.3.4 Monitoring and evaluation systems exist
that review progress and feed back into planning
and budgetary processes
3.3.4.1 The degree to which monitoring andperformance measures are results based
Assumptions
A.21  The senior LDC leadership sustains
commitment, support and interest
A.22  The Focal Point is effective, acting asleader, co-ordinator, clearinghouse for
information and views in the implementation ofthe IF
A.23  All LDC stakeholders  are actively involved
in the design, implementation, and monitoring of
IF activities
A.24  Local funding is available to support IFactivities
(including organizational changes) to which the
LDC has committed
A.25  LDC governments will undertake necessaryorganizational changes to support IF planning
and implementation activities.
A.26  Donor country plans for IF countries makeprovision to support priority IF activities,especially those included in PRSP's
Risks
R.7  Communication with stakeholders is
insufficient to assure effective buy-in
R.8  Execution of the projects might be at risk, ifthere is insufficient continuity and succession
planning at the country level
R.9  Absorptive capacity within LDCs lags thepotential implementation pace of IF initiatives
R.10  DTIS and the associated Action Matricesmay not fully reflect the considered views of
LDC governments and stakeholders and may not
provide clear prioritization and guidance forfurther action.WT/IFSC/6
Page 182
Table F-2
Checklist for Status Summary, Revamped IF (Pilot) Countries,
by Expected Results and Performance Measures, Assumptions and Risks
Sub-Table F-2-A:  Impact Results (Long-term)
Expected Results , Performance Measures,
Assumptions and RisksCambodia Madagascar Mauritania
Expected Results , Performance Measures
1.0  Trade is an important driver of LDC economic
growth, employment, and poverty reduction
1.0.1 There is evidence that economic growth,attributable to trade, has contributed to poverty
reduction
1.0.2 LDC exports increase
1.0.3 The trade sector is an integral part of the LDC
country development plans
3.0  Low income populations raise their income levels
2.0.1 There is evidence that low income populations
have raised their income levels through trade related
activities
3.0  LDCs increasingly participate in internationaltrade
3.0.1 There is evidence that LDCs are increasinglyintegrated into the international and regional trading
systems
3.0.2 There is evidence that LDCs are becoming, or
are eligible to become, WTO members
3.0.3 LDC share of world exports increases
Assumptions
A.2  LDCs will maintain IF as a priority in their
national development strategy
A.4  LDC governments are committed to goodgovernance and to the creation of an open and stablebusiness environment
A.5  Low income populations (men and women) aretargets of trade related activities
Risks
R.1 LDC exports are at risk, unless a more supportivetrade environment is created, and improved marketaccess is achieved
Expected Results , Performance Measures
1.3 LDCs integrate trade within national
development plans and/or PRSPs
1.1.1 The degree to which LDC governments have
integrated trade within national development planning
and/or PRSPs
1.2   LDCs implement trade related prioritiesWT/IFSC/6
Page 183
Expected Results , Performance Measures,
Assumptions and RisksCambodia Madagascar Mauritania
1.2.1 The degree to which on-going mechanisms are
in place to implement trade related priorities
1.2.2 The degree to which LDC governments are ableto co-ordinate donor support effectively
1.2.3 The degree to which LDC governments are ableto mobilize sufficient funds (internally and externally)
for an identified and prioritized set of activities orprojects
2.1 Broadly based economic activities are beingundertaken
2.1.1 The degree to which broadly based economicactivities are increasing
2.1.2 The degree to which labour-intensive economicactivities are increasing
2.2 Business and trade development support servicesare being offered
2.2.1 The degree to which business and tradedevelopment support services are increasing
3.1 LDC governments have th e capacity to implement
trade related priorities
3.1.1 The degree to which LDC governments have thecapacity to implement trade-related priorities
3.2 IF trade related technical assistance trust fundssupport the effective launch of LDC’s IF programmes
(LDC view)
3.2.1 The degree to which IF trust funds arestrategically targeted to support the successful launch
of prioritized action plans
Assumptions
A.6   LDC policy, leadership  and direction support the
inclusion of trade in national development plans
and/or PRSPs
A.7   Donors are willing to align their priorities to theLDC stated priorities (LDC point of view)
A.8   LDCs are able to translate policy prescriptionsinto actionable projects
A.9   Political expectations for support from civilsociety are realistic
A. 10   LDC governments choose to promote broadlybased economic activities involving both labour andcapital intensive projects to increase export-based
revenues
A.11   Business and trade support services for urbanand rural exporters meet the needs of businesses,
including exporters
A.12   Business and trade support services are beingdelivered by public and private service providersWT/IFSC/6
Page 184
Expected Results , Performance Measures,
Assumptions and RisksCambodia Madagascar Mauritania
A.13   Senior LDC leadership and direction in policy
matters are provided to support trade as a priority
A.14   LDC governments are committed to enhancehuman resource capacity, as required, to implement
trade-related priorities
A.15   LDC governments are committed to ensuringthat the necessary resources (human and financial) areavailable to implement trade-related priorities
A.17   All IF participants are fully committed to acommon set of goals and objectives requiring a
results-based approach
Risk
R.2   Core agency, donor, and LDC IF related
objectives conflict, or are not sufficiently harmonized
(LDC point of view)
Expected Results , Performance Measures
1.1.1 DTISs or needs analyses are completed
1.1.1.1 The degree to which IF country governments
have completed their DTIS or needs analyses
1.1.1.2 The degree to which IF country governmentshave linked their DTIS or needs analyses to national
development plans and/or PRSPs
1.1.2 The country’s trade priorities have been definedthrough broad consultations
1.1.2.1 The degree to which the relevant governmentMinistries and agencies have participated in the
setting of the country’s trade priorities
1.1.2.2 The degree to which the private sector hasparticipated in the setting of the country’s trade
priorities
1.1.2.3 The degree to which the academic communityhas participated in the setting of the country’s tradepriorities
1.1.2.4 The degree to which workers have participatedin the setting of the country’s trade priorities
1.1.2.5 The degree to which other stakeholders haveparticipated in the setting of the country’s trade
priorities
1.2.1 LDC governments implement IF
1.2.1.1 The degree to which LDC governments have
developed, prioritized, and costed an Action Plan
1.2.1.2 The degree to which each LDC governmentimplements its Action Plan
1.2.1.3 The degree to which IF country trade prioritiesare mainstreamed within each LDC’s programme and
budgetary planning and allocation processWT/IFSC/6
Page 185
Expected Results , Performance Measures,
Assumptions and RisksCambodia Madagascar Mauritania
1.2.1.4 The degree to which each LDC government
commits the necessary organizational resources to
carry out the agreed IF priorities within its country
1.2.1.5 The degree to which donors’ funds responds toLDC IF priorities (LDC point of view)
1.2.1.6 The degree to which lead donors/facilitatorsare playing an effective support role in thedevelopment and implementation of LDC IF plans
2.1.1 Identified low income populations are includedin trade priorities
2.1.1.1 The degree to which low income populations(men and women) benefit from IF trade initiatives
2.2.1 Mechanisms for including the low incomepopulations in business and trade initiatives have been
enhanced
2.2.1.1 The degree to which mechanisms are in placeto ensure low income populations can access business
and trade initiatives
3.1.2 Co-ordinating institutional structure (e.g., NSC,focal point, etc.) is in place with the necessary
capacity in terms of human and financial resources to
manage and implement the IF
3.1.2.1 The degree to which country specific humanresource functions and corresponding skills have beenvalidated
3.1.2.2 The degree to which country specificcompetency based training is available to stakeholders
3.3.4 Monitoring and evaluation systems exist thatreview progress and feed back into planning and
budgetary processes
3.3.4.1 The degree to which monitoring andperformance measures are results based
Assumptions
A.21  The senior LDC leadership sustains
commitment, support and interest
A.22   The Focal Point is effective, acting as leader,co-ordinator, clearinghouse for information and views
in the implementation of the IF
A.23   All LDC stakeholders  are actively involved in
the design, implementation, and monitoring of IF
activities
A.24   Local funding is available to support IFactivities(including organizational changes) to which the LDC
has committedWT/IFSC/6
Page 186
Expected Results , Performance Measures,
Assumptions and RisksCambodia Madagascar Mauritania
A.25   LDC governments will undertake necessary
organizational changes to support IF planning and
implementation activities.
A.26   Donor country plans for IF countries makeprovision to support priority IF activities, especiallythose included in PRSP's
Risks
R.7   Communication with stakeholders is insufficientto assure effective buy-in
R.8   Execution of the projects might be at risk, ifthere is insufficient continuity and succession
planning at the country level
R.9   Absorptive capacity within LDCs lags thepotential implementation pace of IF initiatives
R.10: DTIS and the associated Action Matrices maynot fully reflect the considered views of LDC
governments and stakeholders and may not provide
clear prioritization and guidance for further action.WT/IFSC/6
Page 187TABLE F-3
Checklist for Status Summary, Non-Pilot Countries,
by Expected Results and Performance Measures, Assumptions and Risks
Expected Results , Performance Measures,
Assumptions and Risks  Burundi  DjiboutiEthiopiaGuineaLesothoMalawiMaliNepal  SenegalYemen
Sub-Table F-3-A
Impact Results (Long-term)
Expected Results , Performance Measures
1.0   Trade is an important driver of LDC economic
growth, employment, and poverty reduction
1.0.1 There is evidence that economic growth, attributableto trade, has contributed to poverty reduction
1.0.2 LDC exports increase
1.0.3 The trade sector is an integral part of the LDC
country development plans
4.0  Low income populations raise their income levels
2.0.1 There is evidence that low income populations have
raised their income levels through trade related activities
3.0  LDCs increasingly participate in international trade
3.0.1 There is evidence that LDCs are increasingly
integrated into the international and regional trading
systems
3.0.2 There is evidence that LDCs are becoming, or areeligible to become, WTO members
3.0.3 LDC share of world exports increases
  Assumptions
A.2   LDCs will maintain IF as a priority in their nationaldevelopment strategy
A.4   LDC governments are committed to good governanceand to the creation of an open and stable business
environmentWT/IFSC/6
Page 188Expected Results , Performance Measures,
Assumptions and Risks  Burundi  DjiboutiEthiopiaGuineaLesothoMalawiMaliNepal  SenegalYemen
A.5   Low income populations (men and women) are
targets of trade related activities
Risks
R.1   LDC exports are at risk, unless a more supportive
trade environment is created, and improved market access
is achieved
Sub-Table F-3- B:Outcome Results (Medium-term)
1.4 LDCs integrate trade within national development
plans and/or PRSPs
1.1.1 The degree to which LDC governments haveintegrated trade within national development planning
and/or PRSPs
1.2   LDCs implement trade related priorities
1.2.1 The degree to which on-going mechanisms are in
place to implement trade related priorities
1.2.2 The degree to which LDC governments are able toco-ordinate donor support effectively
1.2.3 The degree to which LDC governments are able tomobilize sufficient funds (internally and externally) for an
identified and prioritized set of activities or projects
2.1 Broadly based economic activities are beingundertaken
2.1.1 The degree to which broadly based economic
activities are increasing
2.1.2 The degree to which labour-intensive economicactivities are increasing
2.2 Business and trade development support services arebeing offered
2.2.1 The degree to which business and trade developmentsupport services are increasing
3.1 LDC governments have th e capacity to implementWT/IFSC/6
Page 189Expected Results , Performance Measures,
Assumptions and Risks  Burundi  DjiboutiEthiopiaGuineaLesothoMalawiMaliNepal  SenegalYemen
trade related priorities
3.1.1 The degree to which LDC governments have the
capacity to implement trade-related priorities
3.2 IF trade related technical assistance trust fundssupport the effective launch of LDC’s IF programmes
(LDC view)
3.2.1 The degree to which IF trust funds are strategicallytargeted to support the successful launch of prioritized
action plans
Assumptions
A.6   LDC policy, leadership  and direction support the
inclusion of trade in national development plans and/or
PRSPs
A.7   Donors are willing to alig n their priorities to the LDC
stated priorities  (LDC view)
A.8   LDCs are able to translate policy prescriptions intoactionable projects
A.9   Political expectations for support from civil societyare realistic
A.10   LDC governments choose to promote broadly basedeconomic activities involving both labour and capital
intensive projects to increase export-based revenues
A.11   Business and trade support services for urban andrural exporters meet the needs of businesses, includingexporters
A.12   Business and trade support services are beingdelivered by public and private service providers
A.13   Senior LDC leadership and direction in policy
matters are provided to support trade as a priority
A.14   LDC governments are committed to enhance humanresource capacity, as required, to implement trade-related
priorities
A.15   LDC governments are committed to ensuring thatWT/IFSC/6
Page 190Expected Results , Performance Measures,
Assumptions and Risks  Burundi  DjiboutiEthiopiaGuineaLesothoMalawiMaliNepal  SenegalYemen
the necessary resources (human and financial) are available
to implement trade-related priorities
A.17   All IF participants are fully committed to a commonset of goals and objectives requiring a results-based
approach
Risk
R.2   Core agency, donor, and LDC IF related objectives
conflict, or are not sufficiently harmonized (LDC point of
view)
Sub-Table F-3-C: Output Results (Short-term)
Expected Results , Performance Measures
1.1.1 DTISs or needs analyses are completed
1.1.1.1 The degree to which IF country governments have
completed their DTIS or needs analyses
1.1.1.2 The degree to which IF country governments havelinked their DTIS or needs analyses to national
development plans and/or PRSPs
1.1.2 The country’s trade priorities have been definedthrough broad consultations
1.1.2.1 The degree to which the relevant governmentMinistries and agencies have participated in the setting of
the country’s trade priorities
1.1.2.2 The degree to which the private sector hasparticipated in the setting of the country’s trade priorities
1.1.2.3 The degree to which the academic community has
participated in the setting of the country’s trade priorities
1.1.2.4 The degree to which workers have participated inthe setting of the country’s trade priorities
1.1.2.5 The degree to which other stakeholders haveparticipated in the setting of the country’s trade priorities
1.2.1 LDC governments implement IF
1.2.1.1 The degree to which LDC governments havedeveloped, prioritized, and costed an Action PlanWT/IFSC/6
Page 191Expected Results , Performance Measures,
Assumptions and Risks  Burundi  DjiboutiEthiopiaGuineaLesothoMalawiMaliNepal  SenegalYemen
1.2.1.2 The degree to which each LDC government
implements its Action Plan
1.2.1.3 The degree to which IF country trade priorities aremainstreamed within each LDC’s programme and
budgetary planning and allocation process
1.2.1.4 The degree to which each LDC governmentcommits the necessary organizational resources to carry
out the agreed IF priorities within its country
1.2.1.5 The degree to which donors’ funds responds toLDC IF priorities (LDC point of view)
1.2.1.6 The degree to which lead donors/facilitators areplaying an effective support role in the development andimplementation of LDC IF plans
2.1.1 Identified low income populations are included intrade priorities
2.1.1.1 The degree to which low income populations (menand women) benefit from IF trade initiatives
2.2.1 Mechanisms for including the low incomepopulations in business and trade initiatives have been
enhanced
2.2.1.1 The degree to which mechanisms are in place toensure low income populations can access business and
trade initiatives
3.1.2 Coordinating institutional structure (e.g., NSC, focalpoint, etc.) is in place with the necessary capacity in terms
of human and financial resources to manage and
implement the IF
3.1.2.1 The degree to which country specific humanresource functions and corresponding skills have beenvalidated
3.1.2.2 The degree to which country specific competencybased training is available to stakeholders
3.3.4 Monitoring and evaluation systems exist that reviewprogress and feed back into planning and budgetaryWT/IFSC/6
Page 192Expected Results , Performance Measures,
Assumptions and Risks  Burundi  DjiboutiEthiopiaGuineaLesothoMalawiMaliNepal  SenegalYemen
processes
3.3.4.1 The degree to which monitoring and performance
measures are results based
Assumptions
A.21   The senior LDC leadership sustains commitment,
support and interest
A.22   The Focal Point is effective, acting as leader, co-ordinator, clearinghouse for information and views in the
implementation of the IF
A.23   All LDC stakeholders ar e actively involved in the
design, implementation, and monitoring of IF activities
A.24   Local funding is available to support IF activities(including organizational changes) to which the LDC has
committed
A.25  LDC governments will undertake necessaryorganizational changes to support IF planning and
implementation activities
A.26   Donor country plans for IF countries makeprovision to support priority IF activities, especially those
included in PRSP's
Risks
R.7   Communication with stakeholders is insufficient to
assure effective buy-in
R.8   Execution of the projects might be at risk, if there isinsufficient continuity and succession planning at the
country level
R.9   Absorptive capacity within LDCs lags the potential
implementation pace of IF initiatives
R.10: DTIS and the associated Action Matrices may notfully reflect the considered views of LDC governments and
stakeholders and may not provide clear prioritization and
guidance for further actionWT/IFSC/6
Page 193
Annex G
Coherent Trade-Related Technical Assistance Approach: Technical Background
This Annex provides technical background for section 3.4.1 “A Coherent TRTA Approach” , which
includes:
• Main features of the DACUM Method
• Planning DACUM Functional analysis
• Prior Learning Assessment
• Planning an Orientation Programme for IF-related Managers
• The Action Learning Approach
• Personal Competencies
Main features of the DACUM Method
DACUM is a total system for organizing, delivering instruction and managing the learning process. It
has been developed in Canada in the late sixties and is now being used extensively in the education as
well as in the business and industry sectors in several countries on all continents.31 Features of a
DACUM functional analysis:
• it essentially relies on the involvement and input provided by a group of individuals who are
actual practitioners  of the occupation or function being analysed;
• it is "consensus-based ", i.e. each competency statement is the reflection of a consensus
reached by the committee, and ...         
• competency-based, meaning that each generated statement must be application oriented and
phrased in such a way that it will be measurable and/or  observable.
The competency-based DACUM  approach is highly useful in the IF context, when local consultants
aspire to participating in available IF related consulting. Since DACUM is capable of identifying sub-
occupational  or sub-professional  skills, it is of critical importance when assessing the availability of
qualified resources anywhere, and particularly in LDCs. The reason is that occupational  or
professional  qualifications tend to be global and comprehensive, while sub-occupational  and sub-
professional  skills tend to be segmented and modular. Certain locally available consultants may be
excluded, if the criteria of the selection process call for full-blown occupational or professional
qualifications, whereas they might be included, if the criteria call for segmented or modular skills.
                                                     
31  http://www.capra.net/publications /occasional/OccasionalPaper4Dacum.pdf . Capra International Inc.,
in collaboration with the Canadian Vocational Association, has used this method to train Facilitators and
Trainers of Facilitators for Brazil’s National Industrial  Training Service (SENAI) and the Ministry of Labour
and Employment, in support of Brazil’s new occupational classification to define the skill competencies ofabout 300 occupational families.WT/IFSC/6
Page 194
Planning a DACUM Functional Analysis
If the DACUM method should be selected for the purpose of undertaking an IF  functional analysis, it
would entail: (1) organizing two workshops, of th ree to five days’ duration each, (a) to identify
consulting research functions , and (b) to identify IF-related management functions , inviting 8-10
practicing  functional specialists for each group and appointing an experienced DACUM Facilitator
for each group; (2) validating the functional profiles that result from the workshop in a convenient
manner, which might include electronic polling; (3) soliciting IFWG approval of the validated
profiles; and (4) publishing the approved profiles for use in consultant recruitment and in IF-related
management orientation programmes.
Prior Learning Assessment (PLA)
PLA is a system whereby individuals can use knowledge and skills learned outside formal academic
or training programmes — including on-the-job-expe rience, volunteer work, hobbies, or self study —
to gain exemption for particular courses or for other qualification requirements. Such a method could
be used to assess  - on the basis of the functional analyses described  in the preceding paragraph - thelevel of competence of entry-level local candidates for consulting assignments.
Planning an Orientation Programme
Planning an Orientation Programme would involve:
1. design a modular curriculum, based on the technical and personal competency profile
described in C2.1 for use in a variety of instructional environments, which could include traditional
seminars ands short-courses, corresponding courses, or internet-based study, all expected to require
only a few days of effort;
2. based on the competency profile, assess potential IF managers to determine the extent towhich they already possess the required IF-related competency level, also using, if desired, the Prior
Learning Assessment process;
3. certify persons who are already able to demonstrate the required level of competency;
4. enrol potential IF managers who demonstrate IF-related knowledge and ability gaps, allowing
them to select the preferred instructional method;
5. certify their competency upon successful completion of the instructional process; and
6. appoint them to the IF-related function once competency has been demonstrated. Thisindividual learning approach, can, upon its comp letion, be enhanced through group learning, say at
the level of the National Steering Committee , by employing such approaches as Action Learning ,
which focuses on learning by doing.
Action Learning
Action learning is both a process and a powerful programme that involves a small group of people
(for instance, an NSC) solving real problems while at the same time focusing on what they are
learning and how their learning can benefit each group member and the organization as a whole. The
components of an Action Learning  programme are:
• A Problem - Action Learning is built around a problem (project, challenge, issue, or task), the
resolution of which is of high importance to  an individual, team, and / or organization.
• The Group - The core entity in action learning is the Action Learning Group . The group is
usually composed of four to eight individuals who examine an organizational problem thathas no easily identifiable solution.
• The Questioning and Reflection Process - Action Learning tackles problems through a
process that involves first asking questions, to clarify the exact nature of the problem, and
then reflecting and identifying possible solutions before taking actions.WT/IFSC/6
Page 195
• The Resolution to Take Action - For Action Learning advocates, there is no real learning
unless action is taken, for one is never sure the idea or plan will be effective until it has been
implemented.
• The Commitment to Learning  - In action learning, the learning is as important as the action.
Action Learning places equal emphasis on accomplishing the task and on the learning /development of individuals and organizations.
• The Facilitator  - The facilitator is very important in helping participants reflect both on what
they are learning and how they are solving problems.32 (Marquardt 1999)
Action learning has the capability of being applied to important needs facing organizations today,
such as:
• Problem Solving - Action Learning programmes are notorious in their ability to find solutions
to organizational problems
• Organizational Learning - Action Learning teams serve as model and an impetus for
individual, group and or ganization-wide learning
• Leadership Development - Action learning has become the premier way for training future
and current managers in organizations throughout the world because it prepares and develops
leaders to deal with real problems
• Team Building - Action learning helps develop strong teams and build skills for individuals to
work effectively in future teams
• Professional Growth and Career Development - High levels of self-awareness, self-
development, and continuous learning are gained via action learning. (1)
Personal Competencies
It is being widely recognized that workplace-oriented human resource development must focus not
only on professional, technical and clerical skills, but also on personal skills. Personal skills can be
classified in the following four broad categories: (a) managing self, (b) communicating, (c) managingpeople and tasks, and (d) mobilizing innovation and change.
33
__________
                                                     
32 Michael J. Marquardt . Action Learning in Action. Transforming Problems and People for World-
Class Organizational Learning. Davies Black Publishing, 1999
33 The concepts are described in: Fredrick T.  Evers, James C. Rush and Iris Berdrow. The Bases of
Competence: Skills for Lifelong Learning and Productivity . San Francisco: Jossey-Bass Publishers, 1998, 273
pp.